| |||||||
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | AN ACT concerning education.
| ||||||
2 | Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
| ||||||
3 | represented in the General Assembly:
| ||||||
4 | Section 5. The School Code is amended by changing Sections | ||||||
5 | 1H-115, 2-3.64a-5, 2-3.71, 2-3.170, 10-19, 10-19.05, 10-20.56, | ||||||
6 | 10-21.9, 14-8.02f, 14-8.02h, 17-2.11, 17-2A, 18-8.15, 21A-5, | ||||||
7 | 21A-30, 21A-35, 21B-20, 21B-35, 21B-45, 21B-50, 24-11, 24-12, | ||||||
8 | 24A-5, 27-3, 27-6.5, 27-8.1, 27-21, 27-22, 34-2.1, 34-2.2, | ||||||
9 | 34-18.5, 34-85, and 34-85c and by adding Sections 10-30, | ||||||
10 | 21B-110, 21B-115, 22-89, and 34-18.66 as follows: | ||||||
11 | (105 ILCS 5/1H-115) | ||||||
12 | Sec. 1H-115. Abolition of Panel. | ||||||
13 | (a) Except as provided in subsections (b), (c), and (d) , | ||||||
14 | and (e) of this Section, the Panel shall be abolished 10 years | ||||||
15 | after its creation. | ||||||
16 | (b) The State Board, upon recommendation of the Panel or | ||||||
17 | petition of the school board, may abolish the Panel at any time | ||||||
18 | after the Panel has been in existence for 3 years if no | ||||||
19 | obligations of the Panel are outstanding or remain undefeased | ||||||
20 | and upon investigation and finding that: | ||||||
21 | (1) none of the factors specified in Section 1A-8 of | ||||||
22 | this Code remain applicable to the district; and | ||||||
23 | (2) there has been substantial achievement of the goals |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and objectives established pursuant to the financial plan | ||||||
2 | and required under Section 1H-15 of this Code. | ||||||
3 | (c) The Panel of a district that otherwise meets all of the | ||||||
4 | requirements for abolition of a Panel under subsection (b) of | ||||||
5 | this Section, except for the fact that there are outstanding | ||||||
6 | financial obligations of the Panel, may petition the State | ||||||
7 | Board for reinstatement of all of the school board's powers and | ||||||
8 | duties assumed by the Panel; and if approved by the State | ||||||
9 | Board, then: | ||||||
10 | (1) the Panel shall continue in operation, but its | ||||||
11 | powers and duties shall be limited to those necessary to | ||||||
12 | manage and administer its outstanding obligations; | ||||||
13 | (2) the school board shall once again begin exercising | ||||||
14 | all of the powers and duties otherwise allowed by statute; | ||||||
15 | and | ||||||
16 | (3) the Panel shall be abolished as provided in | ||||||
17 | subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
18 | (d) If the Panel of a district otherwise meets all of the | ||||||
19 | requirements for abolition of a Panel under subsection (b) of | ||||||
20 | this Section, except for outstanding obligations of the Panel, | ||||||
21 | then the district may petition the State Board for abolition of | ||||||
22 | the Panel if the district: | ||||||
23 | (1) establishes an irrevocable trust fund, the purpose | ||||||
24 | of which is to provide moneys to defease the outstanding | ||||||
25 | obligations of the Panel; and | ||||||
26 | (2) issues funding bonds pursuant to the provisions of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sections 19-8 and 19-9 of this Code. | ||||||
2 | A district with a Panel that falls under this subsection | ||||||
3 | (d) shall be abolished as provided in subsection (a) of this | ||||||
4 | Section.
| ||||||
5 | (e) The duration of a Panel may be continued for more than | ||||||
6 | 10 years after the date of its creation if the State Board | ||||||
7 | extends the Panel's duration under paragraph (3) of subsection | ||||||
8 | (e) of Section 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11; 98-463, eff. 8-16-13.) | ||||||
10 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.64a-5) | ||||||
11 | Sec. 2-3.64a-5. State goals and assessment. | ||||||
12 | (a) For the assessment and accountability purposes of this | ||||||
13 | Section, "students" includes those students enrolled in a | ||||||
14 | public or State-operated elementary school, secondary school, | ||||||
15 | or cooperative or joint agreement with a governing body or | ||||||
16 | board of control, a charter school operating in compliance with | ||||||
17 | the Charter Schools Law, a school operated by a regional office | ||||||
18 | of education under Section 13A-3 of this Code, or a public | ||||||
19 | school administered by a local public agency or the Department | ||||||
20 | of Human Services. | ||||||
21 | (b) The State Board of Education shall establish the | ||||||
22 | academic standards that are to be applicable to students who | ||||||
23 | are subject to State assessments under this Section. The State | ||||||
24 | Board of Education shall not establish any such standards in | ||||||
25 | final form without first providing opportunities for public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | participation and local input in the development of the final | ||||||
2 | academic standards. Those opportunities shall include a | ||||||
3 | well-publicized period of public comment and opportunities to | ||||||
4 | file written comments. | ||||||
5 | (c) Beginning no later than the 2014-2015 school year, the | ||||||
6 | State Board of Education shall annually assess all students | ||||||
7 | enrolled in grades 3 through 8 in English language arts and | ||||||
8 | mathematics. | ||||||
9 | Beginning no later than the 2017-2018 school year, the | ||||||
10 | State Board of Education shall annually assess all students in | ||||||
11 | science at one grade in grades 3 through 5, at one grade in | ||||||
12 | grades 6 through 8, and at one grade in grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
13 | The State Board of Education shall annually assess schools | ||||||
14 | that operate a secondary education program, as defined in | ||||||
15 | Section 22-22 of this Code, in English language arts and | ||||||
16 | mathematics. The State Board of Education shall administer no | ||||||
17 | more than 3 assessments, per student, of English language arts | ||||||
18 | and mathematics for students in a secondary education program. | ||||||
19 | One of these assessments shall be recognized by this State's | ||||||
20 | public institutions of higher education, as defined in the | ||||||
21 | Board of Higher Education Act, for the purpose of student | ||||||
22 | application or admissions consideration. The assessment | ||||||
23 | administered by the State Board of Education for the purpose of | ||||||
24 | student application to or admissions consideration by | ||||||
25 | institutions of higher education must be administered on a | ||||||
26 | school day during regular student attendance hours. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Students who do not take the State's final accountability | ||||||
2 | assessment or its approved alternate assessment may not receive | ||||||
3 | a regular high school diploma unless the student is exempted | ||||||
4 | from taking the State assessments under subsection (d) of this | ||||||
5 | Section because the student is enrolled in a program of adult | ||||||
6 | and continuing education, as defined in the Adult Education | ||||||
7 | Act, or the student is identified by the State Board of | ||||||
8 | Education, through rules, as being exempt from the assessment. | ||||||
9 | The State Board of Education shall not assess students | ||||||
10 | under this Section in subjects not required by this Section. | ||||||
11 | Districts shall inform their students of the timelines and | ||||||
12 | procedures applicable to their participation in every yearly | ||||||
13 | administration of the State assessments.
The State Board of | ||||||
14 | Education shall establish periods of time in each school year | ||||||
15 | during which State assessments shall occur to meet the | ||||||
16 | objectives of this Section. | ||||||
17 | The requirements of this subsection do not apply if the | ||||||
18 | State Board of Education has received a waiver from the | ||||||
19 | administration of assessments from the U.S. Department of | ||||||
20 | Education. | ||||||
21 | (d) Every individualized educational program as described | ||||||
22 | in Article 14 shall identify if the State assessment or | ||||||
23 | components thereof require accommodation for the student. The | ||||||
24 | State Board of Education shall develop rules governing the | ||||||
25 | administration of an alternate assessment that may be available | ||||||
26 | to students for whom participation in this State's regular |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessments is not appropriate, even with accommodations as | ||||||
2 | allowed under this Section. | ||||||
3 | Students receiving special education services whose | ||||||
4 | individualized educational programs identify them as eligible | ||||||
5 | for the alternative State assessments nevertheless shall have | ||||||
6 | the option of also taking this State's regular final | ||||||
7 | accountability assessment, which shall be administered in | ||||||
8 | accordance with the eligible accommodations appropriate for | ||||||
9 | meeting these students' respective needs. | ||||||
10 | All students determined to be English learners shall | ||||||
11 | participate in the State assessments. The scores of those | ||||||
12 | students who have been enrolled in schools in the United States | ||||||
13 | for less than 12 months may not be used for the purposes of | ||||||
14 | accountability. Any student determined to be an English learner | ||||||
15 | shall receive appropriate assessment accommodations, including | ||||||
16 | language supports, which shall be established by rule. Approved | ||||||
17 | assessment accommodations must be provided until the student's | ||||||
18 | English language skills develop to the extent that the student | ||||||
19 | is no longer considered to be an English learner, as | ||||||
20 | demonstrated through a State-identified English language | ||||||
21 | proficiency assessment. | ||||||
22 | (e) The results or scores of each assessment taken under | ||||||
23 | this Section shall be made available to the parents of each | ||||||
24 | student. | ||||||
25 | In each school year, the scores attained by a student on | ||||||
26 | the final accountability assessment must be placed in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | student's permanent record pursuant to rules that the State | ||||||
2 | Board of Education shall adopt for that purpose in accordance | ||||||
3 | with Section 3 of the Illinois School Student Records Act. In | ||||||
4 | each school year, the scores attained by a student on the State | ||||||
5 | assessments administered in grades 3 through 8 must be placed | ||||||
6 | in the student's temporary record. | ||||||
7 | (f) All schools shall administer the State's academic | ||||||
8 | assessment of English language proficiency to all children | ||||||
9 | determined to be English learners. | ||||||
10 | (g) All schools in this State that are part of the sample | ||||||
11 | drawn by the National Center for Education Statistics, in | ||||||
12 | collaboration with their school districts and the State Board | ||||||
13 | of Education, shall administer the academic assessments under | ||||||
14 | the National Assessment of Educational Progress carried out | ||||||
15 | under Section 411(b)(2) of the federal National Education | ||||||
16 | Statistics Act of 1994 (20 U.S.C. 9010) if the U.S. Secretary | ||||||
17 | of Education pays the costs of administering the assessments. | ||||||
18 | (h) (Blank). | ||||||
19 | (i) For the purposes of this subsection (i), "academically | ||||||
20 | based assessments" means assessments consisting of questions | ||||||
21 | and answers that are measurable and quantifiable to measure the | ||||||
22 | knowledge, skills, and ability of students in the subject | ||||||
23 | matters covered by the assessments. All assessments | ||||||
24 | administered pursuant to this Section must be academically | ||||||
25 | based assessments. The scoring of academically based | ||||||
26 | assessments shall be reliable, valid, and fair and shall meet |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the guidelines for assessment development and use prescribed by | ||||||
2 | the American Psychological Association, the National Council | ||||||
3 | on Measurement in Education, and the American Educational | ||||||
4 | Research Association. | ||||||
5 | The State Board of Education shall review the use of all | ||||||
6 | assessment item types in order to ensure that they are valid | ||||||
7 | and reliable indicators of student performance aligned to the | ||||||
8 | learning standards being assessed and that the development, | ||||||
9 | administration, and scoring of these item types are justifiable | ||||||
10 | in terms of cost. | ||||||
11 | (j) The State Superintendent of Education shall appoint a | ||||||
12 | committee of no more than 21 members, consisting of parents, | ||||||
13 | teachers, school administrators, school board members, | ||||||
14 | assessment experts, regional superintendents of schools, and | ||||||
15 | citizens, to review the State assessments administered by the | ||||||
16 | State Board of Education. The Committee shall select one of its | ||||||
17 | members as its chairperson. The Committee shall meet on an | ||||||
18 | ongoing basis to review the content and design of the | ||||||
19 | assessments (including whether the requirements of subsection | ||||||
20 | (i) of this Section have been met), the time and money expended | ||||||
21 | at the local and State levels to prepare for and administer the | ||||||
22 | assessments, the collective results of the assessments as | ||||||
23 | measured against the stated purpose of assessing student | ||||||
24 | performance, and other issues involving the assessments | ||||||
25 | identified by the Committee. The Committee shall make periodic | ||||||
26 | recommendations to the State Superintendent of Education and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the General Assembly concerning the assessments. | ||||||
2 | (k) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to | ||||||
3 | implement this Section.
| ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15; 99-185, eff. 1-1-16; 99-642, | ||||||
5 | eff. 7-28-16; 100-7, eff. 7-1-17; 100-222, eff. 8-18-17; | ||||||
6 | 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 100-1046, eff. 8-23-18.)
| ||||||
7 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.71) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.71)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 2-3.71. Grants for preschool educational programs. | ||||||
9 | (a) Preschool program.
| ||||||
10 | (1) The State Board of Education shall implement and | ||||||
11 | administer
a grant program under the provisions of this | ||||||
12 | subsection which shall
consist of grants to public school | ||||||
13 | districts and other eligible entities, as defined by the | ||||||
14 | State Board of Education, to conduct voluntary
preschool
| ||||||
15 | educational programs for children ages 3 to 5 which include | ||||||
16 | a parent
education component. A public school district | ||||||
17 | which receives grants under
this subsection may | ||||||
18 | subcontract with other entities that are eligible to | ||||||
19 | conduct a preschool educational
program. These grants must | ||||||
20 | be used to supplement, not supplant, funds received from | ||||||
21 | any other source.
| ||||||
22 | (2) (Blank).
| ||||||
23 | (3) Except as otherwise provided under this subsection | ||||||
24 | (a), any teacher of preschool children in the program | ||||||
25 | authorized by this
subsection shall hold a Professional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Educator License with an early childhood education | ||||||
2 | endorsement. | ||||||
3 | (3.5) Beginning with the 2018-2019 school year and | ||||||
4 | until the 2023-2024 school year, an individual may teach | ||||||
5 | preschool children in an early childhood program under this | ||||||
6 | Section if he or she holds a Professional Educator License | ||||||
7 | with an early childhood education endorsement or with | ||||||
8 | short-term approval for early childhood education or he or | ||||||
9 | she pursues a Professional Educator License and holds any | ||||||
10 | of the following: | ||||||
11 | (A) An ECE Credential Level of 5 awarded by the | ||||||
12 | Department of Human Services under the Gateways to | ||||||
13 | Opportunity Program developed under Section 10-70 of | ||||||
14 | the Department of Human Services Act. | ||||||
15 | (B) An Educator License with Stipulations with a | ||||||
16 | transitional bilingual educator endorsement and he or | ||||||
17 | she has (i) passed an early childhood education content | ||||||
18 | test or (ii) completed no less than 9 semester hours of | ||||||
19 | postsecondary coursework in the area of early | ||||||
20 | childhood education.
| ||||||
21 | (4) (Blank).
| ||||||
22 | (4.5) The State Board of Education shall provide the | ||||||
23 | primary source of
funding through appropriations for the | ||||||
24 | program.
Such funds shall be distributed to achieve a goal | ||||||
25 | of "Preschool for All Children" for the benefit
of all | ||||||
26 | children whose families choose to participate in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | program. Based on available appropriations, newly funded | ||||||
2 | programs shall be selected through a process giving first | ||||||
3 | priority to qualified programs serving primarily at-risk | ||||||
4 | children and second priority to qualified programs serving | ||||||
5 | primarily children with a family income of less than 4 | ||||||
6 | times the poverty guidelines updated periodically in the | ||||||
7 | Federal Register by the U.S. Department of Health and Human | ||||||
8 | Services under the authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). For | ||||||
9 | purposes of this paragraph (4.5), at-risk children are | ||||||
10 | those who because of their home and community environment | ||||||
11 | are subject
to such language, cultural, economic and like | ||||||
12 | disadvantages to cause them to have
been determined as a | ||||||
13 | result of screening procedures to be at risk of
academic | ||||||
14 | failure. Such screening procedures shall be based on | ||||||
15 | criteria
established by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
16 | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4.5), | ||||||
17 | grantees under the program must enter into a memorandum of | ||||||
18 | understanding with the appropriate local Head Start | ||||||
19 | agency. This memorandum must be entered into no later than | ||||||
20 | 3 months after the award of a grantee's grant under the | ||||||
21 | program, except that, in the case of the 2009-2010 program | ||||||
22 | year, the memorandum must be entered into no later than the | ||||||
23 | deadline set by the State Board of Education for | ||||||
24 | applications to participate in the program in fiscal year | ||||||
25 | 2011, and must address collaboration between the grantee's | ||||||
26 | program and the local Head Start agency on certain issues, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which shall include without limitation the following: | ||||||
2 | (A) educational activities, curricular objectives, | ||||||
3 | and instruction; | ||||||
4 | (B) public information dissemination and access to | ||||||
5 | programs for families contacting programs; | ||||||
6 | (C) service areas; | ||||||
7 | (D) selection priorities for eligible children to | ||||||
8 | be served by programs; | ||||||
9 | (E) maximizing the impact of federal and State | ||||||
10 | funding to benefit young children; | ||||||
11 | (F) staff training, including opportunities for | ||||||
12 | joint staff training; | ||||||
13 | (G) technical assistance; | ||||||
14 | (H) communication and parent outreach for smooth | ||||||
15 | transitions to kindergarten; | ||||||
16 | (I) provision and use of facilities, | ||||||
17 | transportation, and other program elements; | ||||||
18 | (J) facilitating each program's fulfillment of its | ||||||
19 | statutory and regulatory requirements; | ||||||
20 | (K) improving local planning and collaboration; | ||||||
21 | and | ||||||
22 | (L) providing comprehensive services for the | ||||||
23 | neediest Illinois children and families. | ||||||
24 | If the appropriate local Head Start agency is unable or | ||||||
25 | unwilling to enter into a memorandum of understanding as | ||||||
26 | required under this paragraph (4.5), the memorandum of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | understanding requirement shall not apply and the grantee | ||||||
2 | under the program must notify the State Board of Education | ||||||
3 | in writing of the Head Start agency's inability or | ||||||
4 | unwillingness. The State Board of Education shall compile | ||||||
5 | all such written notices and make them available to the | ||||||
6 | public. | ||||||
7 | (5) The State Board of Education shall develop and | ||||||
8 | provide
evaluation tools, including tests, that school | ||||||
9 | districts and other eligible entities may use to
evaluate | ||||||
10 | children for school readiness prior to age 5. The State | ||||||
11 | Board of
Education shall require school districts and other | ||||||
12 | eligible entities
to obtain consent from the parents
or | ||||||
13 | guardians of children before any evaluations are | ||||||
14 | conducted. The State
Board of Education shall encourage | ||||||
15 | local school districts and other eligible entities to | ||||||
16 | evaluate the
population of preschool children in their | ||||||
17 | communities and provide preschool
programs, pursuant to | ||||||
18 | this subsection, where appropriate.
| ||||||
19 | (6) The State Board of Education shall report to the | ||||||
20 | General Assembly by November 1, 2018
and every
2 years | ||||||
21 | thereafter on the results and progress of
students who were | ||||||
22 | enrolled in preschool educational programs, including an
| ||||||
23 | assessment of which programs have been most successful in | ||||||
24 | promoting
academic excellence and alleviating academic | ||||||
25 | failure. The State Board of
Education shall assess the | ||||||
26 | academic progress of all students who have been
enrolled in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | preschool educational programs.
| ||||||
2 | On or before November 1 of each fiscal year in which | ||||||
3 | the General Assembly provides funding for new programs | ||||||
4 | under paragraph (4.5) of this Section, the State Board of | ||||||
5 | Education shall report to the General Assembly on what | ||||||
6 | percentage of new funding was provided to programs serving | ||||||
7 | primarily at-risk children, what percentage of new funding | ||||||
8 | was provided to programs serving primarily children with a | ||||||
9 | family income of less than 4 times the federal poverty | ||||||
10 | level, and what percentage of new funding was provided to | ||||||
11 | other programs. | ||||||
12 | (7) Due to evidence that expulsion practices in the | ||||||
13 | preschool years are linked to poor child outcomes and are | ||||||
14 | employed inconsistently across racial and gender groups, | ||||||
15 | early childhood programs receiving State funds under this | ||||||
16 | subsection (a) shall prohibit expulsions. Planned | ||||||
17 | transitions to settings that are able to better meet a | ||||||
18 | child's needs are not considered expulsion under this | ||||||
19 | paragraph (7). | ||||||
20 | (A) When persistent and serious challenging | ||||||
21 | behaviors emerge, the early childhood program shall | ||||||
22 | document steps taken to ensure that the child can | ||||||
23 | participate safely in the program; including | ||||||
24 | observations of initial and ongoing challenging | ||||||
25 | behaviors, strategies for remediation and intervention | ||||||
26 | plans to address the behaviors, and communication with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the parent or legal guardian, including participation | ||||||
2 | of the parent or legal guardian in planning and | ||||||
3 | decision-making. | ||||||
4 | (B) The early childhood program shall, with | ||||||
5 | parental or legal guardian consent as required, | ||||||
6 | utilize a range of community resources, if available | ||||||
7 | and deemed necessary, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
8 | developmental screenings, referrals to programs and | ||||||
9 | services administered by a local educational agency or | ||||||
10 | early intervention agency under Parts B and C of the | ||||||
11 | federal Individual with Disabilities Education Act, | ||||||
12 | and consultation with infant and early childhood | ||||||
13 | mental health consultants and the child's health care | ||||||
14 | provider. The program shall document attempts to | ||||||
15 | engage these resources, including parent or legal | ||||||
16 | guardian participation and consent attempted and | ||||||
17 | obtained. Communication with the parent or legal | ||||||
18 | guardian shall take place in a culturally and | ||||||
19 | linguistically competent manner. | ||||||
20 | (C) If there is documented evidence that all | ||||||
21 | available interventions and supports recommended by a | ||||||
22 | qualified professional have been exhausted and the | ||||||
23 | program determines in its professional judgment that | ||||||
24 | transitioning a child to another program is necessary | ||||||
25 | for the well-being of the child or his or her peers and | ||||||
26 | staff, with parent or legal guardian permission, both |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the current and pending programs shall create a | ||||||
2 | transition plan designed to ensure continuity of | ||||||
3 | services and the comprehensive development of the | ||||||
4 | child. Communication with families shall occur in a | ||||||
5 | culturally and linguistically competent manner. | ||||||
6 | (D) Nothing in this paragraph (7) shall preclude a | ||||||
7 | parent's or legal guardian's right to voluntarily | ||||||
8 | withdraw his or her child from an early childhood | ||||||
9 | program. Early childhood programs shall request and | ||||||
10 | keep on file, when received, a written statement from | ||||||
11 | the parent or legal guardian stating the reason for his | ||||||
12 | or her decision to withdraw his or her child. | ||||||
13 | (E) In the case of the determination of a serious | ||||||
14 | safety threat to a child or others or in the case of | ||||||
15 | behaviors listed in subsection (d) of Section 10-22.6 | ||||||
16 | of this Code, the temporary removal of a child from | ||||||
17 | attendance in group settings may be used. Temporary | ||||||
18 | removal of a child from attendance in a group setting | ||||||
19 | shall trigger the process detailed in subparagraphs | ||||||
20 | (A), (B), and (C) of this paragraph (7), with the child | ||||||
21 | placed back in a group setting as quickly as possible. | ||||||
22 | (F) Early childhood programs may utilize and the | ||||||
23 | State Board of Education, the Department of Human | ||||||
24 | Services, and the Department of Children and Family | ||||||
25 | Services shall recommend training, technical support, | ||||||
26 | and professional development resources to improve the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ability of teachers, administrators, program | ||||||
2 | directors, and other staff to promote social-emotional | ||||||
3 | development and behavioral health, to address | ||||||
4 | challenging behaviors, and to understand trauma and | ||||||
5 | trauma-informed care, cultural competence, family | ||||||
6 | engagement with diverse populations, the impact of | ||||||
7 | implicit bias on adult behavior, and the use of | ||||||
8 | reflective practice techniques. Support shall include | ||||||
9 | the availability of resources to contract with infant | ||||||
10 | and early childhood mental health consultants. | ||||||
11 | (G) Beginning on July 1, 2018, early childhood | ||||||
12 | programs shall annually report to the State Board of | ||||||
13 | Education, and, beginning in fiscal year 2020, the | ||||||
14 | State Board of Education shall make available on a | ||||||
15 | biennial basis, in an existing report, all of the | ||||||
16 | following data for children from birth to age 5 who are | ||||||
17 | served by the program: | ||||||
18 | (i) Total number served over the course of the | ||||||
19 | program year and the total number of children who | ||||||
20 | left the program during the program year. | ||||||
21 | (ii) Number of planned transitions to another | ||||||
22 | program due to children's behavior, by children's | ||||||
23 | race, gender, disability, language, class/group | ||||||
24 | size, teacher-child ratio, and length of program | ||||||
25 | day. | ||||||
26 | (iii) Number of temporary removals of a child |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | from attendance in group settings due to a serious | ||||||
2 | safety threat under subparagraph (E) of this | ||||||
3 | paragraph (7), by children's race, gender, | ||||||
4 | disability, language, class/group size, | ||||||
5 | teacher-child ratio, and length of program day. | ||||||
6 | (iv) Hours of infant and early childhood | ||||||
7 | mental health consultant contact with program | ||||||
8 | leaders, staff, and families over the program | ||||||
9 | year. | ||||||
10 | (H) Changes to services for children with an | ||||||
11 | individualized education program or individual family | ||||||
12 | service plan shall be construed in a manner consistent | ||||||
13 | with the federal Individuals with Disabilities | ||||||
14 | Education Act. | ||||||
15 | The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
16 | Governor's Office of Early Childhood Development and the | ||||||
17 | Department of Children and Family Services, shall adopt | ||||||
18 | rules to administer this paragraph (7). | ||||||
19 | (b) (Blank).
| ||||||
20 | (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, | ||||||
21 | grantees may serve children ages 0 to 12 of essential workers | ||||||
22 | if the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||||||
23 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
24 | Management Agency Act. For the purposes of this subsection, | ||||||
25 | essential workers include those outlined in Executive Order | ||||||
26 | 20-8 and school employees. The State Board of Education shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | adopt rules to administer this subsection. | ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 100-105, eff. 1-1-18; 100-645, eff. 7-27-18.)
| ||||||
3 | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.170) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 2-3.170. Property tax relief pool grants. | ||||||
5 | (a) As used in this Section, | ||||||
6 | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined under | ||||||
7 | Section 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||||||
8 | "Property tax multiplier" equals one minus the square of | ||||||
9 | the school district's Local Capacity Percentage, as defined in | ||||||
10 | Section 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||||||
11 | "Local capacity percentage multiplier" means one minus the | ||||||
12 | school district's Local Capacity Percentage, as defined in | ||||||
13 | Section 18-8.15. | ||||||
14 | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. | ||||||
15 | (b) Subject to appropriation, the State Board shall provide | ||||||
16 | grants to eligible school districts that provide tax relief to | ||||||
17 | the school district's residents, which may be no greater than | ||||||
18 | 1% of EAV for a unit district, 0.69% of EAV for an elementary | ||||||
19 | school district, or 0.31% of EAV for a high school district, as | ||||||
20 | provided in this Section. | ||||||
21 | (b-5) School districts may apply for property tax relief | ||||||
22 | under this Section concurrently to setting their levy for the | ||||||
23 | fiscal year. The intended relief may not be greater than 1% of | ||||||
24 | the EAV for a unit district, 0.69% of the EAV for an elementary | ||||||
25 | school district, or 0.31% of the EAV for a high school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district, multiplied by the school district's local capacity | ||||||
2 | percentage multiplier. The State Board shall process | ||||||
3 | applications for relief, providing a grant to those districts | ||||||
4 | with the highest operating tax rate, as determined by those | ||||||
5 | districts with the highest percentage of the simple average | ||||||
6 | operating tax rate of districts of the same type, either | ||||||
7 | elementary, high school, or unit, first, in an amount equal to | ||||||
8 | the intended relief multiplied by the property tax multiplier. | ||||||
9 | The State Board shall provide grants to school districts in | ||||||
10 | order of priority until the property tax relief pool is | ||||||
11 | exhausted. If more school districts apply for relief under this | ||||||
12 | subsection than there are funds available, the State Board must | ||||||
13 | distribute the grants and prorate any remaining funds to the | ||||||
14 | final school district that qualifies for grant relief. The | ||||||
15 | abatement amount for that district must be equal to the grant | ||||||
16 | amount divided by the property tax multiplier. | ||||||
17 | If a school district receives the State Board's approval of | ||||||
18 | a grant under this Section by March 1 of the fiscal year, the | ||||||
19 | school district shall present a duly authorized and approved | ||||||
20 | abatement resolution by March 30 of the fiscal year to the | ||||||
21 | county clerk of each county in which the school files its levy, | ||||||
22 | authorizing the county clerk to lower the school district's | ||||||
23 | levy by the amount designated in its application to the State | ||||||
24 | Board. When the preceding requisites are satisfied, the county | ||||||
25 | clerk shall reduce the amount collected for the school district | ||||||
26 | by the amount indicated in the school district's abatement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | resolution for that fiscal year. | ||||||
2 | (c) (Blank). | ||||||
3 | (d) School districts seeking grants under this Section | ||||||
4 | shall apply to the State Board each year. All applications to | ||||||
5 | the State Board for grants shall include the amount of the tax | ||||||
6 | relief intended by the school district. | ||||||
7 | (e) Each year, based on the most recent available data | ||||||
8 | provided by school districts pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of | ||||||
9 | this Code, the State Board shall calculate the order of | ||||||
10 | priority for grant eligibility under subsection (b-5) and | ||||||
11 | publish a list of the school districts eligible for relief. The | ||||||
12 | State Board shall provide grants in the manner provided under | ||||||
13 | subsection (b-5). | ||||||
14 | (f) The State Board shall publish a final list of eligible | ||||||
15 | grant recipients and provide payment of the grants by March 1 | ||||||
16 | of each year. | ||||||
17 | (g) If notice of eligibility from the State Board is | ||||||
18 | received by a school district by March 1, then by March 30, the | ||||||
19 | school district shall file an abatement of its property tax | ||||||
20 | levy in an amount equal to the grant received under this | ||||||
21 | Section divided by the property tax multiplier. Payment of all | ||||||
22 | grant amounts shall be made by June 1 each fiscal year. The | ||||||
23 | State Superintendent of Education shall establish the timeline | ||||||
24 | in such cases in which notice cannot be made by March 1. | ||||||
25 | (h) The total property tax relief allowable to a school | ||||||
26 | district under this Section shall be calculated based on the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | total amount of reduction in the school district's aggregate | ||||||
2 | extension. The total grant shall be equal to the reduction, | ||||||
3 | multiplied by the property tax multiplier. The reduction shall | ||||||
4 | be equal to 1% of a district's EAV for a unit school district, | ||||||
5 | 0.69% for an elementary school district, or 0.31% for a high | ||||||
6 | school district, multiplied by the school district's local | ||||||
7 | capacity percentage multiplier. | ||||||
8 | (i) If the State Board does not expend all appropriations | ||||||
9 | allocated pursuant to this Section, then any remaining funds | ||||||
10 | shall be allocated pursuant to Section 18-8.15 of this Code. | ||||||
11 | (j) The State Board shall prioritize payments under Section | ||||||
12 | 18-8.15 of this Code over payments under this Section, if | ||||||
13 | necessary. | ||||||
14 | (k) Any grants received by a school district shall be | ||||||
15 | included in future calculations of that school district's Base | ||||||
16 | Funding Minimum under Section 18-8.15 of this Code. Beginning | ||||||
17 | with Fiscal Year 2020, if a school district receives a grant | ||||||
18 | under this Section, the school district must present to the | ||||||
19 | county clerk a duly authorized and approved abatement | ||||||
20 | resolution by March 30 for the year in which the school | ||||||
21 | district receives the grant and the successive fiscal year | ||||||
22 | following the receipt of the grant, authorizing the county | ||||||
23 | clerk to lower the school district's levy by the amount | ||||||
24 | designated in its original application to the State Board. | ||||||
25 | After receiving a resolution, the county clerk must reduce the | ||||||
26 | amount collected for the school district by the amount |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | indicated in the school district's abatement resolution for | ||||||
2 | that fiscal year. If a school district does not abate in this | ||||||
3 | amount for the successive fiscal year, the grant amount may not | ||||||
4 | be included in the school district's Base Funding Minimum under | ||||||
5 | Section 18-8.15 in the fiscal year following the tax year in | ||||||
6 | which the abatement is not authorized and in any future fiscal | ||||||
7 | year thereafter, and the county clerk must notify the State | ||||||
8 | Board of the increase no later 30 days after it occurs. | ||||||
9 | (l) In the immediate 2 consecutive tax years year following | ||||||
10 | receipt of a Property Tax Pool Relief Grant, the aggregate | ||||||
11 | extension base levy of any school district receiving a grant | ||||||
12 | under this Section, for purposes of the Property Tax Extension | ||||||
13 | Limitation Law, shall include the tax relief the school | ||||||
14 | district provided in the previous taxable year under this | ||||||
15 | Section.
| ||||||
16 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-582, eff. 3-23-18; | ||||||
17 | 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-17, eff. 6-14-19.)
| ||||||
18 | (105 ILCS 5/10-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-19)
| ||||||
19 | Sec. 10-19. Length of school term - experimental programs. | ||||||
20 | Each school
board shall annually prepare a calendar for the | ||||||
21 | school term, specifying
the opening and closing dates and | ||||||
22 | providing a minimum term of at least 185
days to insure 176 | ||||||
23 | days of actual pupil attendance, computable under Section | ||||||
24 | 10-19.05, except that for the 1980-1981 school year only 175 | ||||||
25 | days
of actual
pupil attendance shall be required because of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the closing of schools pursuant
to Section 24-2 on January 29, | ||||||
2 | 1981 upon the appointment by the President
of that day as a day | ||||||
3 | of thanksgiving for the freedom of the Americans who
had been | ||||||
4 | held hostage in Iran. Any days allowed by law for teachers' | ||||||
5 | institutes
but not used as such or used as parental institutes | ||||||
6 | as provided
in Section 10-22.18d shall increase the minimum | ||||||
7 | term by the school days not
so used. Except as provided in | ||||||
8 | Section 10-19.1, the board may not extend
the school term | ||||||
9 | beyond such closing date unless that extension of term is
| ||||||
10 | necessary to provide the minimum number of computable days. In | ||||||
11 | case of
such necessary extension school employees
shall be paid | ||||||
12 | for such additional time on the basis of their regular
| ||||||
13 | contracts. A school board may specify a closing date earlier | ||||||
14 | than that
set on the annual calendar when the schools of the | ||||||
15 | district have
provided the minimum number of computable days | ||||||
16 | under this Section.
Nothing in this Section prevents the board | ||||||
17 | from employing
superintendents of schools, principals and | ||||||
18 | other nonteaching personnel
for a period of 12 months, or in | ||||||
19 | the case of superintendents for a
period in accordance with | ||||||
20 | Section 10-23.8, or prevents the board from
employing other | ||||||
21 | personnel before or after the regular school term with
payment | ||||||
22 | of salary proportionate to that received for comparable work
| ||||||
23 | during the school term. Remote learning days, blended remote | ||||||
24 | learning days, and up to 5 remote and blended remote learning | ||||||
25 | planning days established under Section 10-30 or 34-18.66 shall | ||||||
26 | be deemed pupil attendance days for calculation of the length |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of a school term under this Section.
| ||||||
2 | A school board may make such changes in its calendar for | ||||||
3 | the school term
as may be required by any changes in the legal | ||||||
4 | school holidays prescribed
in Section 24-2. A school board may | ||||||
5 | make changes in its calendar for the
school term as may be | ||||||
6 | necessary to reflect the utilization of teachers'
institute | ||||||
7 | days as parental institute days as provided in Section | ||||||
8 | 10-22.18d.
| ||||||
9 | The calendar for the school term and any changes must be | ||||||
10 | submitted to and approved by the regional superintendent of | ||||||
11 | schools before the calendar or changes may take effect.
| ||||||
12 | With the prior approval of the State Board of Education and | ||||||
13 | subject
to review by the State Board of Education every 3 | ||||||
14 | years, any school
board may, by resolution of its board and in | ||||||
15 | agreement with affected
exclusive collective bargaining | ||||||
16 | agents, establish experimental
educational programs, including | ||||||
17 | but not limited to programs for e-learning days as authorized | ||||||
18 | under Section 10-20.56 of this Code,
self-directed learning, or | ||||||
19 | outside of formal class periods, which programs
when so | ||||||
20 | approved shall be considered to comply with the requirements of
| ||||||
21 | this Section as respects numbers of days of actual pupil | ||||||
22 | attendance and
with the other requirements of this Act as | ||||||
23 | respects courses of instruction.
| ||||||
24 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.)
| ||||||
25 | (105 ILCS 5/10-19.05) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 10-19.05. Daily pupil attendance calculation. | ||||||
2 | (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, for a | ||||||
3 | pupil of legal school age and in kindergarten or any of grades | ||||||
4 | 1 through 12, a day of attendance shall be counted only for | ||||||
5 | sessions of not less than 5 clock hours of school work per day | ||||||
6 | under direct supervision of (i) teachers or (ii) non-teaching | ||||||
7 | personnel or volunteer personnel when engaging in non-teaching | ||||||
8 | duties and supervising in those instances specified in | ||||||
9 | subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section | ||||||
10 | 34-18. Days of attendance by pupils through verified | ||||||
11 | participation in an e-learning program adopted by a school | ||||||
12 | board and verified by the regional office of education or | ||||||
13 | intermediate service center for the school district under | ||||||
14 | Section 10-20.56 of this Code shall be considered as full days | ||||||
15 | of attendance under this Section. | ||||||
16 | (b) A pupil regularly enrolled in a public school for only | ||||||
17 | a part of the school day may be counted on the basis of | ||||||
18 | one-sixth of a school day for every class hour of instruction | ||||||
19 | of 40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment, | ||||||
20 | unless a pupil is enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 | ||||||
21 | minutes or more of instruction, in which case the pupil may be | ||||||
22 | counted on the basis of the proportion of minutes of school | ||||||
23 | work completed each day to the minimum number of minutes that | ||||||
24 | school work is required to be held that day. | ||||||
25 | (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as a | ||||||
26 | day of attendance upon certification by the regional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | superintendent of schools and approval by the State | ||||||
2 | Superintendent of Education to the extent that the district has | ||||||
3 | been forced to use daily multiple sessions. | ||||||
4 | (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted as a | ||||||
5 | day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school day or | ||||||
6 | at least 2 hours in the evening of that day is utilized for an | ||||||
7 | in-service training program for teachers, up to a maximum of 10 | ||||||
8 | days per school year, provided that a district conducts an | ||||||
9 | in-service training program for teachers in accordance with | ||||||
10 | Section 10-22.39 of this Code, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 | ||||||
11 | full days may be used, in which event each such day may be | ||||||
12 | counted as a day required for a legal school calendar pursuant | ||||||
13 | to Section 10-19 of this Code; (2) when, of the 5 days allowed | ||||||
14 | under item (1), a maximum of 4 days are used for parent-teacher | ||||||
15 | conferences, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days are used, | ||||||
16 | in which case each such day may be counted as a calendar day | ||||||
17 | required under Section 10-19 of this Code, provided that the | ||||||
18 | full-day, parent-teacher conference consists of (i) a minimum | ||||||
19 | of 5 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences, (ii) both a | ||||||
20 | minimum of 2 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences held in | ||||||
21 | the evening following a full day of student attendance and a | ||||||
22 | minimum of 3 clock hours of parent-teacher conferences held on | ||||||
23 | the day immediately following evening parent-teacher | ||||||
24 | conferences, or (iii) multiple parent-teacher conferences held | ||||||
25 | in the evenings following full days of student attendance in | ||||||
26 | which the time used for the parent-teacher conferences is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | equivalent to a minimum of 5 clock hours; and (3) when days in | ||||||
2 | addition to those provided in items (1) and (2) are scheduled | ||||||
3 | by a school pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted | ||||||
4 | under Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement | ||||||
5 | plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions | ||||||
6 | of 3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at regular | ||||||
7 | intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which such | ||||||
8 | sessions occur are utilized for in-service training programs or | ||||||
9 | other staff development activities for teachers, and (iii) a | ||||||
10 | sufficient number of minutes of school work under the direct | ||||||
11 | supervision of teachers are added to the school days between | ||||||
12 | such regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate not less than | ||||||
13 | the number of minutes by which such sessions of 3 or more clock | ||||||
14 | hours fall short of 5 clock hours. Days scheduled for | ||||||
15 | in-service training programs, staff development activities, or | ||||||
16 | parent-teacher conferences may be scheduled separately for | ||||||
17 | different grade levels and different attendance centers of the | ||||||
18 | district. | ||||||
19 | (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of teaching | ||||||
20 | hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by telephone to the | ||||||
21 | classroom may be counted as a half day of attendance; however, | ||||||
22 | these pupils must receive 4 or more clock hours of instruction | ||||||
23 | to be counted for a full day of attendance. | ||||||
24 | (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted as a | ||||||
25 | day of attendance for first grade pupils and pupils in full-day | ||||||
26 | kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours may be counted |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | as a half day of attendance by pupils in kindergartens that | ||||||
2 | provide only half days of attendance. | ||||||
3 | (g) For children with disabilities who are below the age of | ||||||
4 | 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock hours because of | ||||||
5 | their disability or immaturity, a session of not less than one | ||||||
6 | clock hour may be counted as a half day of attendance; however, | ||||||
7 | for such children whose educational needs require a session of | ||||||
8 | 4 or more clock hours, a session of at least 4 clock hours may | ||||||
9 | be counted as a full day of attendance. | ||||||
10 | (h) A recognized kindergarten that provides for only a half | ||||||
11 | day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more than one | ||||||
12 | half day of attendance counted in any one day. However, | ||||||
13 | kindergartens may count 2 and a half days of attendance in any | ||||||
14 | 5 consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a | ||||||
15 | kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the pupil | ||||||
16 | shall have the following day as a day absent from school, | ||||||
17 | unless the school district obtains permission in writing from | ||||||
18 | the State Superintendent of Education. Attendance at | ||||||
19 | kindergartens that provide for a full day of attendance by each | ||||||
20 | pupil shall be counted the same as attendance by first grade | ||||||
21 | pupils. Only the first year of attendance in one kindergarten | ||||||
22 | shall be counted, except in the case of children who entered | ||||||
23 | the kindergarten in their fifth year whose educational | ||||||
24 | development requires a second year of kindergarten as | ||||||
25 | determined under rules of the State Board of Education. | ||||||
26 | (i) On the days when the State's final accountability |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessment is administered under subsection (c) of Section | ||||||
2 | 2-3.64a-5 of this Code, the day of attendance for a pupil whose | ||||||
3 | school day must be shortened to accommodate required testing | ||||||
4 | procedures may be less than 5 clock hours and shall be counted | ||||||
5 | toward the 176 days of actual pupil attendance required under | ||||||
6 | Section 10-19 of this Code, provided that a sufficient number | ||||||
7 | of minutes of school work in excess of 5 clock hours are first | ||||||
8 | completed on other school days to compensate for the loss of | ||||||
9 | school work on the examination days. | ||||||
10 | (j) Pupils enrolled in a remote educational program | ||||||
11 | established under Section 10-29 of this Code may be counted on | ||||||
12 | the basis of a one-fifth day of attendance for every clock hour | ||||||
13 | of instruction attended in the remote educational program, | ||||||
14 | provided that, in any month, the school district may not claim | ||||||
15 | for a student enrolled in a remote educational program more | ||||||
16 | days of attendance than the maximum number of days of | ||||||
17 | attendance the district can claim (i) for students enrolled in | ||||||
18 | a building holding year-round classes if the student is | ||||||
19 | classified as participating in the remote educational program | ||||||
20 | on a year-round schedule or (ii) for students enrolled in a | ||||||
21 | building not holding year-round classes if the student is not | ||||||
22 | classified as participating in the remote educational program | ||||||
23 | on a year-round schedule. | ||||||
24 | (j-5) The clock hour requirements of subsections (a) | ||||||
25 | through (j) of this Section do not apply if the Governor has | ||||||
26 | declared a disaster due to a public health emergency pursuant |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
2 | The State Superintendent of Education may establish minimum | ||||||
3 | clock hour requirements under Sections 10-30 and 34-18.66 if | ||||||
4 | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||||||
5 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
6 | Management Agency Act. | ||||||
7 | (k) Pupil participation in any of the following activities | ||||||
8 | shall be counted toward the calculation of clock hours of | ||||||
9 | school work per day: | ||||||
10 | (1) Instruction in a college course in which a student | ||||||
11 | is dually enrolled for both high school credit and college | ||||||
12 | credit. | ||||||
13 | (2) Participation in a Supervised Career Development | ||||||
14 | Experience, as defined in Section 10 of the Postsecondary | ||||||
15 | and Workforce Readiness Act, in which student | ||||||
16 | participation and learning outcomes are supervised by an | ||||||
17 | educator licensed under Article 21B. | ||||||
18 | (3) Participation in a youth apprenticeship, as | ||||||
19 | jointly defined in rules of the State Board of Education | ||||||
20 | and Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity, in | ||||||
21 | which student participation and outcomes are supervised by | ||||||
22 | an educator licensed under Article 21B. | ||||||
23 | (4) Participation in a blended learning program | ||||||
24 | approved by the school district in which course content, | ||||||
25 | student evaluation, and instructional methods are | ||||||
26 | supervised by an educator licensed under Article 21B.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Source: P.A. 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.) | ||||||
2 | (105 ILCS 5/10-20.56) | ||||||
3 | Sec. 10-20.56. E-learning days. | ||||||
4 | (a) The State Board of Education shall establish and | ||||||
5 | maintain, for implementation in school districts, a program for | ||||||
6 | use of electronic-learning (e-learning) days, as described in | ||||||
7 | this
Section. School districts may utilize a program approved | ||||||
8 | under this Section for use during remote learning days and | ||||||
9 | blended remote learning days under Section 10-30 or 34-18.66. | ||||||
10 | (b) The school board of a school district may, by | ||||||
11 | resolution, adopt a research-based program or
research-based | ||||||
12 | programs for e-learning days district-wide that shall permit | ||||||
13 | student instruction to be received electronically while | ||||||
14 | students are not physically present in lieu of the district's | ||||||
15 | scheduled emergency days as required by Section 10-19 of this | ||||||
16 | Code. The research-based program or programs may not exceed the | ||||||
17 | minimum number of emergency days in the approved school | ||||||
18 | calendar and must be verified by the regional office of | ||||||
19 | education or intermediate service center for the school | ||||||
20 | district on or before September 1st annually to ensure access | ||||||
21 | for all students. The regional office of education or | ||||||
22 | intermediate service center shall ensure that the specific | ||||||
23 | needs of all students are met, including special education | ||||||
24 | students and English learners, and that all mandates are still | ||||||
25 | met using the proposed research-based program. The e-learning |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | program may utilize the Internet, telephones, texts, chat | ||||||
2 | rooms, or other similar means of electronic communication for | ||||||
3 | instruction and interaction between teachers and students that | ||||||
4 | meet the needs of all
learners. The e-learning program shall | ||||||
5 | address the school district's responsibility to ensure that all | ||||||
6 | teachers and staff who may be involved in the provision of | ||||||
7 | e-learning have access to any and all hardware and software | ||||||
8 | that may be required for the program. If a proposed program | ||||||
9 | does not address this responsibility, the school district must | ||||||
10 | propose an alternate program. | ||||||
11 | (c) Before its adoption by a school board, the school board | ||||||
12 | must hold a public hearing on a school district's initial | ||||||
13 | proposal for an e-learning program or for renewal of such a | ||||||
14 | program, at a regular or special meeting of the school board, | ||||||
15 | in which the terms of the proposal must be substantially | ||||||
16 | presented and an opportunity for allowing public comments must | ||||||
17 | be provided. Notice of such public hearing must be provided at | ||||||
18 | least 10 days prior to the hearing by: | ||||||
19 | (1) publication in a newspaper of general circulation | ||||||
20 | in the school district; | ||||||
21 | (2) written or electronic notice designed to reach the | ||||||
22 | parents or guardians of all students enrolled in the school | ||||||
23 | district; and | ||||||
24 | (3) written or electronic notice designed to reach any | ||||||
25 | exclusive collective bargaining representatives of school | ||||||
26 | district employees and all those employees not in a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | collective bargaining unit. | ||||||
2 | (d) The regional office of education or intermediate | ||||||
3 | service center for the school district must timely verify that | ||||||
4 | a proposal for an e-learning program has met the requirements | ||||||
5 | specified in this Section and that the proposal contains | ||||||
6 | provisions designed to reasonably and practicably accomplish | ||||||
7 | the following: | ||||||
8 | (1) to ensure and verify at least 5 clock hours of | ||||||
9 | instruction or school work, as required under Section | ||||||
10 | 10-19.05, for each student participating in an e-learning | ||||||
11 | day; | ||||||
12 | (2) to ensure access from home or other appropriate | ||||||
13 | remote facility for all students participating, including | ||||||
14 | computers, the Internet, and other forms of electronic | ||||||
15 | communication that must be utilized in the proposed | ||||||
16 | program; | ||||||
17 | (2.5) to ensure that non-electronic materials are made | ||||||
18 | available to students participating in the program who do | ||||||
19 | not have access to the required technology or to | ||||||
20 | participating teachers or students who are prevented from | ||||||
21 | accessing the required technology; | ||||||
22 | (3) to ensure appropriate learning opportunities for | ||||||
23 | students with special needs; | ||||||
24 | (4) to monitor and verify each student's electronic | ||||||
25 | participation; | ||||||
26 | (5) to address the extent to which student |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | participation is within the student's control as to the | ||||||
2 | time, pace, and means of learning; | ||||||
3 | (6) to provide effective notice to students and their | ||||||
4 | parents or guardians of the use of particular days for | ||||||
5 | e-learning; | ||||||
6 | (7) to provide staff and students with adequate | ||||||
7 | training for e-learning days' participation; | ||||||
8 | (8) to ensure an opportunity for any collective | ||||||
9 | bargaining negotiations with representatives of the school | ||||||
10 | district's employees that would be legally required, | ||||||
11 | including all classifications of school district employees | ||||||
12 | who are represented by collective bargaining agreements | ||||||
13 | and who would be affected in the event of an e-learning | ||||||
14 | day; | ||||||
15 | (9) to review and revise the program as implemented to | ||||||
16 | address difficulties confronted; and | ||||||
17 | (10) to ensure that the protocol regarding general | ||||||
18 | expectations and responsibilities of the program is | ||||||
19 | communicated to teachers, staff, and students at least 30 | ||||||
20 | days prior to utilizing an e-learning day. | ||||||
21 | The school board's approval of a school district's initial | ||||||
22 | e-learning program and renewal of the e-learning program shall | ||||||
23 | be for a term of 3 years. | ||||||
24 | (e) The State Board of Education may adopt rules consistent | ||||||
25 | with the provision of this Section.
| ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 100-760, eff. 8-10-18; 101-12, eff. 7-1-19.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/10-21.9) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-21.9)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 10-21.9. Criminal history records checks and checks of | ||||||
3 | the Statewide Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer and | ||||||
4 | Violent Offender Against Youth Database.
| ||||||
5 | (a) Licensed and nonlicensed applicants for employment | ||||||
6 | with a school
district, except school bus driver applicants, | ||||||
7 | are required as a condition
of employment to authorize a | ||||||
8 | fingerprint-based criminal history records check to determine | ||||||
9 | if such applicants have been convicted of any disqualifying, | ||||||
10 | enumerated criminal or drug offenses in subsection (c) of this | ||||||
11 | Section or
have been convicted, within 7 years of the | ||||||
12 | application for employment with
the
school district, of any | ||||||
13 | other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense | ||||||
14 | committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws | ||||||
15 | of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this | ||||||
16 | State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of | ||||||
17 | this State.
Authorization for
the check shall be furnished by | ||||||
18 | the applicant to
the school district, except that if the | ||||||
19 | applicant is a substitute teacher
seeking employment in more | ||||||
20 | than one school district, a teacher seeking
concurrent | ||||||
21 | part-time employment positions with more than one school
| ||||||
22 | district (as a reading specialist, special education teacher or | ||||||
23 | otherwise),
or an educational support personnel employee | ||||||
24 | seeking employment positions
with more than one district, any | ||||||
25 | such district may require the applicant to
furnish |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | authorization for
the check to the regional superintendent
of | ||||||
2 | the educational service region in which are located the school | ||||||
3 | districts
in which the applicant is seeking employment as a | ||||||
4 | substitute or concurrent
part-time teacher or concurrent | ||||||
5 | educational support personnel employee.
Upon receipt of this | ||||||
6 | authorization, the school district or the appropriate
regional | ||||||
7 | superintendent, as the case may be, shall submit the | ||||||
8 | applicant's
name, sex, race, date of birth, social security | ||||||
9 | number, fingerprint images, and other identifiers, as | ||||||
10 | prescribed by the Department
of State Police, to the | ||||||
11 | Department. The regional
superintendent submitting the | ||||||
12 | requisite information to the Department of
State Police shall | ||||||
13 | promptly notify the school districts in which the
applicant is | ||||||
14 | seeking employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time
| ||||||
15 | teacher or concurrent educational support personnel employee | ||||||
16 | that
the
check of the applicant has been requested. The | ||||||
17 | Department of State Police and the Federal Bureau of | ||||||
18 | Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a fingerprint-based | ||||||
19 | criminal history records check, records of convictions, | ||||||
20 | forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the president of | ||||||
21 | the school board for the school district that requested the | ||||||
22 | check, or to the regional superintendent who requested the | ||||||
23 | check.
The
Department shall charge
the school district
or the | ||||||
24 | appropriate regional superintendent a fee for
conducting
such | ||||||
25 | check, which fee shall be deposited in the State
Police | ||||||
26 | Services Fund and shall not exceed the cost of
the inquiry; and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the
applicant shall not be charged a fee for
such check by the | ||||||
2 | school
district or by the regional superintendent, except that | ||||||
3 | those applicants seeking employment as a substitute teacher | ||||||
4 | with a school district may be charged a fee not to exceed the | ||||||
5 | cost of the inquiry. Subject to appropriations for these | ||||||
6 | purposes, the State Superintendent of Education shall | ||||||
7 | reimburse school districts and regional superintendents for | ||||||
8 | fees paid to obtain criminal history records checks under this | ||||||
9 | Section.
| ||||||
10 | (a-5) The school district or regional superintendent shall | ||||||
11 | further perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, | ||||||
12 | as authorized by the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, | ||||||
13 | for each applicant. The check of the Statewide Sex Offender | ||||||
14 | Database must be conducted by the school district or regional | ||||||
15 | superintendent once for every 5 years that an applicant remains | ||||||
16 | employed by the school district. | ||||||
17 | (a-6) The school district or regional superintendent shall | ||||||
18 | further perform a check of the Statewide Murderer and Violent | ||||||
19 | Offender Against Youth Database, as authorized by the Murderer | ||||||
20 | and Violent Offender Against Youth Community Notification Law, | ||||||
21 | for each applicant. The check of the Murderer and Violent | ||||||
22 | Offender Against Youth Database must be conducted by the school | ||||||
23 | district or regional superintendent once for every 5 years that | ||||||
24 | an applicant remains employed by the school district. | ||||||
25 | (b)
Any information
concerning the record of convictions | ||||||
26 | obtained by the president of the
school board or the regional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | superintendent shall be confidential and may
only be | ||||||
2 | transmitted to the superintendent of the school district or his
| ||||||
3 | designee, the appropriate regional superintendent if
the check | ||||||
4 | was
requested by the school district, the presidents of the | ||||||
5 | appropriate school
boards if
the check was requested from the | ||||||
6 | Department of State
Police by the regional superintendent, the | ||||||
7 | State Board of Education and a school district as authorized | ||||||
8 | under subsection (b-5), the State Superintendent of
Education, | ||||||
9 | the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, any other | ||||||
10 | person
necessary to the decision of hiring the applicant for | ||||||
11 | employment, or for clarification purposes the Department of | ||||||
12 | State Police or Statewide Sex Offender Database, or both. A | ||||||
13 | copy
of the record of convictions obtained from the Department | ||||||
14 | of State Police
shall be provided to the applicant for | ||||||
15 | employment. Upon the check of the Statewide Sex Offender | ||||||
16 | Database or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against | ||||||
17 | Youth Database, the school district or regional superintendent | ||||||
18 | shall notify an applicant as to whether or not the applicant | ||||||
19 | has been identified in the Database. If a check of
an applicant | ||||||
20 | for employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time teacher
| ||||||
21 | or concurrent educational support personnel employee in more | ||||||
22 | than one
school district was requested by the regional | ||||||
23 | superintendent, and the
Department of State Police upon a check | ||||||
24 | ascertains that the applicant
has not been convicted of any of | ||||||
25 | the enumerated criminal or drug offenses
in subsection (c) of | ||||||
26 | this Section
or has not been convicted, within 7 years of the
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | application for
employment with the
school district, of any | ||||||
2 | other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense | ||||||
3 | committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws | ||||||
4 | of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this | ||||||
5 | State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of | ||||||
6 | this State
and so notifies the regional
superintendent and if | ||||||
7 | the regional superintendent upon a check ascertains that the | ||||||
8 | applicant has not been identified in the Sex Offender Database | ||||||
9 | or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||||||
10 | Database, then the
regional superintendent shall issue to the | ||||||
11 | applicant a certificate
evidencing that as of the date | ||||||
12 | specified by the Department of State Police
the applicant has | ||||||
13 | not been convicted of any of the enumerated criminal or
drug | ||||||
14 | offenses in subsection (c) of this Section
or has not been
| ||||||
15 | convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment | ||||||
16 | with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of | ||||||
17 | this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any | ||||||
18 | other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if | ||||||
19 | committed or attempted in this State, would
have been | ||||||
20 | punishable as a felony under the laws of this State and | ||||||
21 | evidencing that as of the date that the regional superintendent | ||||||
22 | conducted a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or | ||||||
23 | Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||||||
24 | Database, the applicant has not been identified in the | ||||||
25 | Database. The school
board of
any
school district
may rely on | ||||||
26 | the
certificate issued by any regional superintendent to that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | substitute teacher, concurrent part-time teacher, or | ||||||
2 | concurrent educational support personnel employee or may
| ||||||
3 | initiate its own criminal history records check of the | ||||||
4 | applicant through the Department of
State Police and its own | ||||||
5 | check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide | ||||||
6 | Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Database as | ||||||
7 | provided in this Section. Any unauthorized release of | ||||||
8 | confidential information may be a violation of Section 7 of the | ||||||
9 | Criminal Identification Act.
| ||||||
10 | (b-5) If a criminal history records check or check of the | ||||||
11 | Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and | ||||||
12 | Violent Offender Against Youth Database is performed by a | ||||||
13 | regional superintendent for an applicant seeking employment as | ||||||
14 | a substitute teacher with a school district, the regional | ||||||
15 | superintendent may disclose to the State Board of Education | ||||||
16 | whether the applicant has been issued a certificate under | ||||||
17 | subsection (b) based on those checks. If the State Board | ||||||
18 | receives information on an applicant under this subsection, | ||||||
19 | then it must indicate in the Educator Licensure Information | ||||||
20 | System for a 90-day period that the applicant has been issued | ||||||
21 | or has not been issued a certificate. | ||||||
22 | (c) No school board shall knowingly employ a person who has | ||||||
23 | been
convicted of any offense that would subject him or her to | ||||||
24 | license suspension or revocation pursuant to Section 21B-80 of | ||||||
25 | this Code, except as provided under subsection (b) of Section | ||||||
26 | 21B-80.
Further, no school board shall knowingly employ a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | person who has been found
to be the perpetrator of sexual or | ||||||
2 | physical abuse of any minor under 18 years
of age pursuant to | ||||||
3 | proceedings under Article II of the Juvenile Court Act of
1987. | ||||||
4 | As a condition of employment, each school board must consider | ||||||
5 | the status of a person who has been issued an indicated finding | ||||||
6 | of abuse or neglect of a child by the Department of Children | ||||||
7 | and Family Services under the Abused and Neglected Child | ||||||
8 | Reporting Act or by a child welfare agency of another | ||||||
9 | jurisdiction.
| ||||||
10 | (d) No school board shall knowingly employ a person for | ||||||
11 | whom a criminal
history records check and a Statewide Sex | ||||||
12 | Offender Database check have has not been initiated.
| ||||||
13 | (e) Within 10 days after a superintendent, regional office | ||||||
14 | of education, or entity that provides background checks of | ||||||
15 | license holders to public schools receives information of a | ||||||
16 | pending criminal charge against a license holder for an offense | ||||||
17 | set forth in Section 21B-80 of this Code, the superintendent, | ||||||
18 | regional office of education, or entity must notify the State | ||||||
19 | Superintendent of Education of the pending criminal charge. | ||||||
20 | If permissible by federal or State law, no later than 15 | ||||||
21 | business days after receipt of a record of conviction or of | ||||||
22 | checking the Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against | ||||||
23 | Youth Database or the Statewide Sex Offender Database and | ||||||
24 | finding a registration, the superintendent of the employing | ||||||
25 | school board or the applicable regional superintendent shall, | ||||||
26 | in writing, notify the State Superintendent of Education of any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | license holder who has been convicted of a crime set forth in | ||||||
2 | Section 21B-80 of this Code. Upon receipt of the record of a | ||||||
3 | conviction of or a finding of child
abuse by a holder of any | ||||||
4 | license
issued pursuant to Article 21B or Section 34-8.1 or | ||||||
5 | 34-83 of the
School Code, the
State Superintendent of Education | ||||||
6 | may initiate licensure suspension
and revocation proceedings | ||||||
7 | as authorized by law. If the receipt of the record of | ||||||
8 | conviction or finding of child abuse is received within 6 | ||||||
9 | months after the initial grant of or renewal of a license, the | ||||||
10 | State Superintendent of Education may rescind the license | ||||||
11 | holder's license.
| ||||||
12 | (e-5) The superintendent of the employing school board | ||||||
13 | shall, in writing, notify the State Superintendent of Education | ||||||
14 | and the applicable regional superintendent of schools of any | ||||||
15 | license holder whom he or she has reasonable cause to believe | ||||||
16 | has committed an intentional act of abuse or neglect with the | ||||||
17 | result of making a child an abused child or a neglected child, | ||||||
18 | as defined in Section 3 of the Abused and Neglected Child | ||||||
19 | Reporting Act, and that act resulted in the license holder's | ||||||
20 | dismissal or resignation from the school district. This | ||||||
21 | notification must be submitted within 30 days after the | ||||||
22 | dismissal or resignation. The license holder must also be | ||||||
23 | contemporaneously sent a copy of the notice by the | ||||||
24 | superintendent. All correspondence, documentation, and other | ||||||
25 | information so received by the regional superintendent of | ||||||
26 | schools, the State Superintendent of Education, the State Board |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of Education, or the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||||||
2 | Board under this subsection (e-5) is confidential and must not | ||||||
3 | be disclosed to third parties, except (i) as necessary for the | ||||||
4 | State Superintendent of Education or his or her designee to | ||||||
5 | investigate and prosecute pursuant to Article 21B of this Code, | ||||||
6 | (ii) pursuant to a court order, (iii) for disclosure to the | ||||||
7 | license holder or his or her representative, or (iv) as | ||||||
8 | otherwise provided in this Article and provided that any such | ||||||
9 | information admitted into evidence in a hearing is exempt from | ||||||
10 | this confidentiality and non-disclosure requirement. Except | ||||||
11 | for an act of willful or wanton misconduct, any superintendent | ||||||
12 | who provides notification as required in this subsection (e-5) | ||||||
13 | shall have immunity from any liability, whether civil or | ||||||
14 | criminal or that otherwise might result by reason of such | ||||||
15 | action. | ||||||
16 | (f) After January 1, 1990 the provisions of this Section | ||||||
17 | shall apply
to all employees of persons or firms holding | ||||||
18 | contracts with any school
district including, but not limited | ||||||
19 | to, food service workers, school bus
drivers and other | ||||||
20 | transportation employees, who have direct, daily contact
with | ||||||
21 | the pupils of any school in such district. For purposes of | ||||||
22 | criminal
history records checks and checks of the Statewide Sex | ||||||
23 | Offender Database on employees of persons or firms holding
| ||||||
24 | contracts with more than one school district and assigned to | ||||||
25 | more than one
school district, the regional superintendent of | ||||||
26 | the educational service
region in which the contracting school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | districts are located may, at the
request of any such school | ||||||
2 | district, be responsible for receiving the
authorization for
a | ||||||
3 | criminal history records check prepared by each such employee | ||||||
4 | and
submitting the same to the Department of State Police and | ||||||
5 | for conducting a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database | ||||||
6 | for each employee. Any information
concerning the record of | ||||||
7 | conviction and identification as a sex offender of any such | ||||||
8 | employee obtained by the
regional superintendent shall be | ||||||
9 | promptly reported to the president of the
appropriate school | ||||||
10 | board or school boards.
| ||||||
11 | (f-5) Upon request of a school or school district, any | ||||||
12 | information obtained by a school district pursuant to | ||||||
13 | subsection (f) of this Section within the last year must be | ||||||
14 | made available to the requesting school or school district. | ||||||
15 | (g) Prior to the commencement of any student teaching | ||||||
16 | experience or required internship (which is referred to as | ||||||
17 | student teaching in this Section) in the public schools, a | ||||||
18 | student teacher is required to authorize a fingerprint-based | ||||||
19 | criminal history records check. Authorization for and payment | ||||||
20 | of the costs of the check must be furnished by the student | ||||||
21 | teacher to the school district where the student teaching is to | ||||||
22 | be completed. Upon receipt of this authorization and payment, | ||||||
23 | the school district shall submit the student teacher's name, | ||||||
24 | sex, race, date of birth, social security number, fingerprint | ||||||
25 | images, and other identifiers, as prescribed by the Department | ||||||
26 | of State Police, to the Department of State Police. The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Department of State Police and the Federal Bureau of | ||||||
2 | Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a fingerprint-based | ||||||
3 | criminal history records check, records of convictions, | ||||||
4 | forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the president of | ||||||
5 | the school board for the school district that requested the | ||||||
6 | check. The Department shall charge the school district a fee | ||||||
7 | for conducting the check, which fee must not exceed the cost of | ||||||
8 | the inquiry and must be deposited into the State Police | ||||||
9 | Services Fund. The school district shall further perform a | ||||||
10 | check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, as authorized by | ||||||
11 | the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, and of the | ||||||
12 | Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||||||
13 | Database, as authorized by the Murderer and Violent Offender | ||||||
14 | Against Youth Registration Act, for each student teacher. No | ||||||
15 | school board may knowingly allow a person to student teach for | ||||||
16 | whom a criminal history records check, a Statewide Sex Offender | ||||||
17 | Database check, and a Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender | ||||||
18 | Against Youth Database check have not been completed and | ||||||
19 | reviewed by the district. | ||||||
20 | A copy of the record of convictions obtained from the | ||||||
21 | Department of State Police must be provided to the student | ||||||
22 | teacher. Any information concerning the record of convictions | ||||||
23 | obtained by the president of the school board is confidential | ||||||
24 | and may only be transmitted to the superintendent of the school | ||||||
25 | district or his or her designee, the State Superintendent of | ||||||
26 | Education, the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or, for clarification purposes, the Department of State Police | ||||||
2 | or the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer | ||||||
3 | and Violent Offender Against Youth Database. Any unauthorized | ||||||
4 | release of confidential information may be a violation of | ||||||
5 | Section 7 of the Criminal Identification Act. | ||||||
6 | No school board shall knowingly allow a person to student | ||||||
7 | teach who has been convicted of any offense that would subject | ||||||
8 | him or her to license suspension or revocation pursuant to | ||||||
9 | subsection (c) of Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as | ||||||
10 | provided under subsection (b) of Section 21B-80. Further, no | ||||||
11 | school board shall allow a person to student teach if he or she | ||||||
12 | has been found to be the perpetrator of sexual or physical | ||||||
13 | abuse of a minor under 18 years of age pursuant to proceedings | ||||||
14 | under Article II of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987. Each school | ||||||
15 | board must consider the status of a person to student teach who | ||||||
16 | has been issued an indicated finding of abuse or neglect of a | ||||||
17 | child by the Department of Children and Family Services under | ||||||
18 | the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act or by a child | ||||||
19 | welfare agency of another jurisdiction. | ||||||
20 | (h) (Blank). | ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 101-72, eff. 7-12-19; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; | ||||||
22 | revised 12-3-19.)
| ||||||
23 | (105 ILCS 5/10-30 new) | ||||||
24 | Sec. 10-30. Remote and blended remote learning. This | ||||||
25 | Section applies if the Governor has declared a disaster due to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||||||
2 | Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
3 | (1) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a | ||||||
4 | public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
5 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, the State | ||||||
6 | Superintendent of Education may declare a requirement to | ||||||
7 | use remote learning days or blended remote learning days | ||||||
8 | for a school district, multiple school districts, a region, | ||||||
9 | or the entire State. During remote learning days, schools | ||||||
10 | shall conduct instruction remotely. During blended remote | ||||||
11 | learning days, schools may utilize hybrid models of | ||||||
12 | in-person and remote instruction. Once declared, remote | ||||||
13 | learning days or blended remote learning days shall be | ||||||
14 | implemented in grades pre-kindergarten through 12 as days | ||||||
15 | of attendance and shall be deemed pupil attendance days for | ||||||
16 | calculation of the length of a school term under Section | ||||||
17 | 10-19. | ||||||
18 | (2) For purposes of this Section, a remote learning day | ||||||
19 | or blended remote learning day may be met through a | ||||||
20 | district's implementation of an e-learning program under | ||||||
21 | Section 10-20.56. | ||||||
22 | (3) For any district that does not implement an | ||||||
23 | e-learning program under Section 10-20.56, the district | ||||||
24 | shall adopt a remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||||||
25 | approved by the district superintendent. Each district may | ||||||
26 | utilize remote and blended remote learning planning days, |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | consecutively or in separate increments, to develop, | ||||||
2 | review, or amend its remote and blended remote learning day | ||||||
3 | plan or provide professional development to staff | ||||||
4 | regarding remote education. Up to 5 remote and blended | ||||||
5 | remote learning planning days may be deemed pupil | ||||||
6 | attendance days for calculation of the length of a school | ||||||
7 | term under Section 10-19. | ||||||
8 | (4) Each remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||||||
9 | shall address the following: | ||||||
10 | (i) accessibility of the remote instruction to all | ||||||
11 | students enrolled in the district; | ||||||
12 | (ii) if applicable, a requirement that the remote | ||||||
13 | learning day and blended remote learning day | ||||||
14 | activities reflect State learning standards; | ||||||
15 | (iii) a means for students to confer with an | ||||||
16 | educator, as necessary; | ||||||
17 | (iv) the unique needs of students in special | ||||||
18 | populations, including, but not limited to, students | ||||||
19 | eligible for special education under Article 14, | ||||||
20 | students who are English learners as defined in Section | ||||||
21 | 14C-2, and students experiencing homelessness under | ||||||
22 | the Education for Homeless Children Act, or vulnerable | ||||||
23 | student populations; | ||||||
24 | (v) how the district will take attendance and | ||||||
25 | monitor and verify each student's remote | ||||||
26 | participation; and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (vi) transitions from remote learning to on-site | ||||||
2 | learning upon the State Superintendent's declaration | ||||||
3 | that remote learning days or blended remote learning | ||||||
4 | days are no longer deemed necessary. | ||||||
5 | (5) The district superintendent shall periodically | ||||||
6 | review and amend the district's remote and blended remote | ||||||
7 | learning day plan, as needed, to ensure the plan meets the | ||||||
8 | needs of all students. | ||||||
9 | (6) Each remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||||||
10 | shall be posted on the district's Internet website where | ||||||
11 | other policies, rules, and standards of conduct are posted | ||||||
12 | and shall be provided to students and faculty. | ||||||
13 | (7) This Section does not create any additional | ||||||
14 | employee bargaining rights and does not remove any employee | ||||||
15 | bargaining rights. | ||||||
16 | (8) Statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and | ||||||
17 | offerings may be administered via a district's remote and | ||||||
18 | blended remote learning day plan, except that a district | ||||||
19 | may not offer individual behind-the-wheel instruction | ||||||
20 | required by Section 27-24.2 via a district's remote and | ||||||
21 | blended remote learning day plan.
This Section does not | ||||||
22 | relieve schools and districts from completing all | ||||||
23 | statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and | ||||||
24 | offerings. | ||||||
25 | (105 ILCS 5/14-8.02f) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 14-8.02f. Individualized education program meeting | ||||||
2 | protections. | ||||||
3 | (a) (Blank). | ||||||
4 | (b) This subsection (b) applies only to a school district | ||||||
5 | organized under Article 34. No later than 10 calendar days | ||||||
6 | prior to a child's individualized education program meeting or | ||||||
7 | as soon as possible if a meeting is scheduled within 10 | ||||||
8 | calendar days with written parental consent, the school board | ||||||
9 | or school personnel must provide the child's parent or guardian | ||||||
10 | with a written notification of the services that require a | ||||||
11 | specific data collection procedure from the school district for | ||||||
12 | services related to the child's individualized education | ||||||
13 | program. The notification must indicate, with a checkbox, | ||||||
14 | whether specific data has been collected for the child's | ||||||
15 | individualized education program services. For purposes of | ||||||
16 | this subsection (b), individualized education program services | ||||||
17 | must include, but are not limited to, paraprofessional support, | ||||||
18 | an extended school year, transportation, therapeutic day | ||||||
19 | school, and services for specific learning disabilities. | ||||||
20 | (c) Beginning on July 1, 2020, no later than 3 school days | ||||||
21 | prior to a child's individualized education program | ||||||
22 | eligibility meeting or meeting to determine a child's | ||||||
23 | eligibility for special education and related services or to | ||||||
24 | review a child's individualized education program, or as soon | ||||||
25 | as possible if an individualized education program meeting is | ||||||
26 | scheduled within 3 school days with the written consent of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | child's parent or guardian, the local education agency must | ||||||
2 | provide the child's parent or guardian with copies of all | ||||||
3 | written material that will be considered by the individualized | ||||||
4 | education program team at the meeting so that the parent or | ||||||
5 | guardian may participate in the meeting as a fully-informed | ||||||
6 | team member. The parent or guardian shall have the option of | ||||||
7 | choosing from the available methods of delivery, which must | ||||||
8 | include regular mail and picking up the materials at school. | ||||||
9 | For a meeting to determine the child's eligibility for special | ||||||
10 | education, the The written material must include , but is not | ||||||
11 | limited to, all evaluations and collected data that will be | ||||||
12 | considered at the meeting . For and, for a child who is already | ||||||
13 | eligible for special education and related services has an | ||||||
14 | individualized education program , the written material must | ||||||
15 | include a copy of all individualized education program | ||||||
16 | components that will be discussed by the individualized | ||||||
17 | education program team, other than the components related to | ||||||
18 | the educational and related service minutes proposed for the | ||||||
19 | child and the child's educational placement. Parents shall also | ||||||
20 | be informed of their right to review and copy their child's | ||||||
21 | school student records prior to any special education | ||||||
22 | eligibility or individualized education program review | ||||||
23 | meeting, subject to the requirements of applicable federal and | ||||||
24 | State law. | ||||||
25 | (d) Local education agencies must make related service logs | ||||||
26 | that record the delivery type of related services administered |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under the child's individualized education program and the | ||||||
2 | minutes of each type of related service that has been | ||||||
3 | administered available to the child's parent or guardian at the | ||||||
4 | annual review of the child's individualized education program | ||||||
5 | and must also provide a copy of the related service logs at any | ||||||
6 | time upon request of the child's parent or guardian. For | ||||||
7 | purposes of this subsection (d), related services for which a | ||||||
8 | log must be made are: speech and language services, | ||||||
9 | occupational therapy services, physical therapy services, | ||||||
10 | school social work services, school counseling services, | ||||||
11 | school psychology services, and school nursing services. The | ||||||
12 | local education agency must inform the child's parent or | ||||||
13 | guardian within 20 school days from the beginning of the school | ||||||
14 | year or upon establishment of an individualized education | ||||||
15 | program of his or her ability to request those related service | ||||||
16 | logs. | ||||||
17 | (d-5) If , at a meeting to develop or revise a child's | ||||||
18 | individualized education program , the individualized education | ||||||
19 | program team determines that a certain service is services are | ||||||
20 | required in order for the child to receive a free, appropriate | ||||||
21 | public education and that service is those services are not | ||||||
22 | implemented administered within 10 school days after the | ||||||
23 | service was to be initiated as a date or frequency set forth by | ||||||
24 | the child's individualized education program, then the local | ||||||
25 | education agency shall provide the child's parent or guardian | ||||||
26 | with written notification that the service has those services |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | have not yet been implemented administered to the child . The | ||||||
2 | notification must be provided to the child's parent or guardian | ||||||
3 | within 3 school days of the local education agency's | ||||||
4 | non-compliance with the child's individualized education | ||||||
5 | program and must inform include information on the parent or | ||||||
6 | guardian about the school district's procedures for requesting | ||||||
7 | parent's or guardian's ability to request compensatory | ||||||
8 | services. In this subsection (d-5) (d) , "school days" does not | ||||||
9 | include days where a child is absent from school for reasons | ||||||
10 | unrelated to a lack of individualized education program | ||||||
11 | services or when the service is available, but the child is | ||||||
12 | unavailable . | ||||||
13 | (e) The State Board of Education may create a telephone | ||||||
14 | hotline to address complaints regarding the special education | ||||||
15 | services or lack of special education services of a school | ||||||
16 | district subject to this Section. If a hotline is created, it | ||||||
17 | must be available to all students enrolled in the school | ||||||
18 | district, parents or guardians of those students, and school | ||||||
19 | personnel. If a hotline is created, any complaints received | ||||||
20 | through the hotline must be registered and recorded with the | ||||||
21 | State Board's monitor of special education policies. No | ||||||
22 | student, parent or guardian, or member of school personnel may | ||||||
23 | be retaliated against for submitting a complaint through a | ||||||
24 | telephone hotline created by the State Board under this | ||||||
25 | subsection (e). | ||||||
26 | (f) A school district subject to this Section may not use |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | any measure that would prevent or delay an individualized | ||||||
2 | education program team from adding a service to the program or | ||||||
3 | create a time restriction in which a service is prohibited from | ||||||
4 | being added to the program. The school district may not build | ||||||
5 | functions into its computer software that would remove any | ||||||
6 | services from a student's individualized education program | ||||||
7 | without the approval of the program team and may not prohibit | ||||||
8 | the program team from adding a service to the program.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 100-993, eff. 8-20-18; 101-515, eff. 8-23-19; | ||||||
10 | 101-598, eff. 12-6-19.) | ||||||
11 | (105 ILCS 5/14-8.02h) | ||||||
12 | Sec. 14-8.02h. Response to scientific, research-based | ||||||
13 | intervention. | ||||||
14 | (a) In this Section, "response to scientific, | ||||||
15 | research-based intervention" or "multi-tiered system systems | ||||||
16 | of support" means a tiered process of appropriate instruction | ||||||
17 | and support school support that utilizes differentiated | ||||||
18 | instructional strategies for students, provides students with | ||||||
19 | an evidence-based curriculum and scientific, research-based | ||||||
20 | interventions aligned with State standards , continuously | ||||||
21 | monitors student performance using scientific scientifically , | ||||||
22 | research-based progress monitoring instruments, and makes | ||||||
23 | data-driven educational decisions based on a student's | ||||||
24 | response to the interventions. Response to scientific, | ||||||
25 | research-based intervention or a multi-tiered system systems |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of support uses use a problem-solving method to define the | ||||||
2 | problem, analyzes analyze the problem using data to determine | ||||||
3 | why there is a discrepancy between what is expected and what is | ||||||
4 | occurring, establishes establish one or more student | ||||||
5 | performance goals, develops develop an intervention plan to | ||||||
6 | address the performance goals, and delineates delineate how the | ||||||
7 | student's progress will be monitored and how implementation | ||||||
8 | integrity will be ensured. | ||||||
9 | (b) (Blank). A school district may utilize response to | ||||||
10 | scientific, research-based intervention or multi-tiered | ||||||
11 | systems of support as part of an evaluation procedure to | ||||||
12 | determine if a child is eligible for special education services | ||||||
13 | due to a specific learning disability. A school district may | ||||||
14 | utilize the data generated during the response to scientific, | ||||||
15 | research-based intervention or multi-tiered systems of support | ||||||
16 | process in an evaluation to determine if a child is eligible | ||||||
17 | for special education services due to any category of | ||||||
18 | disability. | ||||||
19 | (c) The response to scientific, research-based | ||||||
20 | intervention or a multi-tiered system systems of support | ||||||
21 | process should use must involve a collaborative team approach | ||||||
22 | and include the engagement of and regular communication with | ||||||
23 | the child's parent or guardian , with the parent or guardian of | ||||||
24 | a student being part of the collaborative team . The parent or | ||||||
25 | guardian of a child shall be provided with written notice of | ||||||
26 | the school district's use of scientific, research-based |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | intervention or a multi-tiered system of support for the child | ||||||
2 | and may be part of the collaborative team approach at the | ||||||
3 | discretion of the school district student must be involved in | ||||||
4 | the data sharing and decision-making processes of support under | ||||||
5 | this Section . The parent or guardian shall be provided all data | ||||||
6 | collected and reviewed by the school district with regard to | ||||||
7 | the child in the scientific, research-based intervention or | ||||||
8 | multi-tiered system of support process. The State Board of | ||||||
9 | Education may provide guidance to a school districts district | ||||||
10 | and identify available resources related to facilitating | ||||||
11 | parent parental or guardian engagement participation in the | ||||||
12 | response to scientific, research-based intervention or a | ||||||
13 | multi-tiered system systems of support process. | ||||||
14 | (d) Nothing in this Section affects the responsibility of a | ||||||
15 | school district to identify, locate, and evaluate children with | ||||||
16 | disabilities who are in need of special education services in | ||||||
17 | accordance with the federal Individuals with Disabilities | ||||||
18 | Education Improvement Act of 2004 , this Code, or any applicable | ||||||
19 | federal or State rules.
| ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 101-515, eff. 8-23-19; 101-598, eff. 12-6-19.) | ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/17-2.11) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2.11) | ||||||
22 | Sec. 17-2.11. School board power to levy a tax or to borrow | ||||||
23 | money and
issue bonds for fire prevention, safety, energy | ||||||
24 | conservation,
accessibility, school security, and specified | ||||||
25 | repair purposes. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) Whenever, as a
result of any lawful order of any | ||||||
2 | agency,
other than a school board, having authority to enforce | ||||||
3 | any school building code
applicable to any facility that houses | ||||||
4 | students, or any law or regulation for
the protection and | ||||||
5 | safety of the environment, pursuant to the Environmental
| ||||||
6 | Protection Act, any school district having a population of less | ||||||
7 | than 500,000
inhabitants is required to alter or reconstruct | ||||||
8 | any school building or
permanent, fixed equipment; the district | ||||||
9 | may, by proper resolution, levy a tax for the purpose of making | ||||||
10 | such alteration or reconstruction, based on a survey report by | ||||||
11 | an architect or engineer licensed in this State, upon all of | ||||||
12 | the taxable property of the district at the value as assessed | ||||||
13 | by the Department of Revenue and at a rate not to exceed 0.05% | ||||||
14 | per year for a period sufficient to finance such alteration or | ||||||
15 | reconstruction, upon the following conditions: | ||||||
16 | (1) When there are not sufficient funds available in | ||||||
17 | the operations and maintenance fund of the school district, | ||||||
18 | the school facility occupation tax fund of the district, or | ||||||
19 | the fire prevention and safety fund of the district, as | ||||||
20 | determined by the district on the basis of rules adopted by | ||||||
21 | the State Board of Education, to make such alteration or | ||||||
22 | reconstruction or to purchase and install such permanent, | ||||||
23 | fixed equipment so ordered or determined as necessary. | ||||||
24 | Appropriate school district records must be made available | ||||||
25 | to the State Superintendent of Education, upon request, to | ||||||
26 | confirm this insufficiency. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (2) When a certified estimate of an architect or | ||||||
2 | engineer licensed in this State stating the estimated | ||||||
3 | amount necessary to make the alteration or reconstruction | ||||||
4 | or to purchase and install the equipment so ordered has | ||||||
5 | been secured by the school district, and the estimate has | ||||||
6 | been approved by the regional superintendent of schools | ||||||
7 | having jurisdiction over the district and the State | ||||||
8 | Superintendent of Education. Approval must not be granted | ||||||
9 | for any work that has already started without the prior | ||||||
10 | express authorization of the State Superintendent of | ||||||
11 | Education. If the estimate is not approved or is denied | ||||||
12 | approval by the regional superintendent of schools within 3 | ||||||
13 | months after the date on which it is submitted to him or | ||||||
14 | her, the school board of the district may submit the | ||||||
15 | estimate directly to the State Superintendent of Education | ||||||
16 | for approval or denial. | ||||||
17 | In the case of an emergency situation, where the estimated | ||||||
18 | cost to effectuate emergency repairs is less than the amount | ||||||
19 | specified in Section 10-20.21 of this Code, the school district | ||||||
20 | may proceed with such repairs prior to approval by the State | ||||||
21 | Superintendent of Education, but shall comply with the | ||||||
22 | provisions of subdivision (2) of this subsection (a) as soon | ||||||
23 | thereafter as may be as well as Section 10-20.21 of this Code. | ||||||
24 | If the estimated cost to effectuate emergency repairs is | ||||||
25 | greater than the amount specified in Section 10-20.21 of this | ||||||
26 | Code, then the school district shall proceed in conformity with |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 10-20.21 of this Code and with rules established by the | ||||||
2 | State Board of Education to address such situations. The rules | ||||||
3 | adopted by the State Board of Education to deal with these | ||||||
4 | situations shall stipulate that emergency situations must be | ||||||
5 | expedited and given priority consideration. For purposes of | ||||||
6 | this paragraph, an emergency is a situation that presents an | ||||||
7 | imminent and continuing threat to the health and safety of | ||||||
8 | students or other occupants of a facility, requires complete or | ||||||
9 | partial evacuation of a building or part of a building, or | ||||||
10 | consumes one or more of the 5 emergency days built into the | ||||||
11 | adopted calendar of the school or schools or would otherwise be | ||||||
12 | expected to cause such school or schools to fall short of the | ||||||
13 | minimum school calendar requirements. | ||||||
14 | (b) Whenever any such district determines that
it is | ||||||
15 | necessary for energy conservation purposes that any school | ||||||
16 | building
or permanent, fixed equipment should be altered or | ||||||
17 | reconstructed and
that such alterations or reconstruction will | ||||||
18 | be made with funds not necessary
for the completion of approved | ||||||
19 | and recommended projects contained in any safety
survey report | ||||||
20 | or amendments thereto authorized by Section 2-3.12 of this Act; | ||||||
21 | the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in | ||||||
22 | subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
23 | (c) Whenever
any such district determines that it is | ||||||
24 | necessary for accessibility purposes and to comply with the | ||||||
25 | school building
code that any
school building or equipment | ||||||
26 | should be altered or reconstructed and that such
alterations or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | reconstruction will be made with
funds not necessary for the | ||||||
2 | completion of approved and recommended projects
contained in | ||||||
3 | any safety survey report or amendments thereto authorized under
| ||||||
4 | Section 2-3.12 of this Act, the district may levy a tax or | ||||||
5 | issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
6 | (d) Whenever any such district determines that it is
| ||||||
7 | necessary for school
security purposes and the related | ||||||
8 | protection and safety of pupils and school
personnel that any | ||||||
9 | school building or property should be altered or
reconstructed | ||||||
10 | or that security systems and equipment (including but not | ||||||
11 | limited
to intercom, early detection and warning, access | ||||||
12 | control and television
monitoring systems) should be purchased | ||||||
13 | and installed, and that such
alterations, reconstruction or | ||||||
14 | purchase and installation of equipment will be
made with funds | ||||||
15 | not necessary for the completion of approved and recommended
| ||||||
16 | projects contained in any safety survey report or amendment | ||||||
17 | thereto authorized
by Section 2-3.12 of this Act and will deter | ||||||
18 | and prevent unauthorized entry or
activities upon school | ||||||
19 | property by unknown or dangerous persons, assure early
| ||||||
20 | detection and advance warning of any such actual or attempted | ||||||
21 | unauthorized
entry or activities and help assure the continued | ||||||
22 | safety of pupils and school
staff if any such unauthorized | ||||||
23 | entry or activity is attempted or occurs;
the district may levy | ||||||
24 | a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a) of this | ||||||
25 | Section. | ||||||
26 | If such a school district determines that it is necessary |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for school security purposes and the related protection and | ||||||
2 | safety of pupils and school staff to hire a school resource | ||||||
3 | officer or that personnel costs for school counselors, mental | ||||||
4 | health experts, or school resource officers are necessary and | ||||||
5 | the district determines that it does not need funds for any of | ||||||
6 | the other purposes set forth in this Section, then the district | ||||||
7 | may levy a tax or issue bonds as provided in subsection (a). | ||||||
8 | (e) If a school district does not need funds for other fire | ||||||
9 | prevention and
safety projects, including the completion of | ||||||
10 | approved and recommended projects
contained in any safety | ||||||
11 | survey report or amendments thereto authorized by
Section | ||||||
12 | 2-3.12 of this Act, and it is determined after a public hearing | ||||||
13 | (which
is preceded by at least one published notice (i) | ||||||
14 | occurring at least 7 days
prior to the hearing in a newspaper | ||||||
15 | of general circulation within the school
district and (ii) | ||||||
16 | setting forth the time, date, place, and general subject
matter | ||||||
17 | of the hearing) that there is a
substantial, immediate, and | ||||||
18 | otherwise unavoidable threat to the health, safety,
or welfare | ||||||
19 | of pupils due to disrepair of school sidewalks, playgrounds, | ||||||
20 | parking
lots, or school bus turnarounds and repairs must be | ||||||
21 | made; then the district may levy a tax or issue bonds as | ||||||
22 | provided in subsection (a) of this Section. | ||||||
23 | (f) For purposes of this Section a school district may | ||||||
24 | replace a school
building or build additions to replace | ||||||
25 | portions of a building when it is
determined that the | ||||||
26 | effectuation of the recommendations for the existing
building |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | will cost more than the replacement costs. Such determination | ||||||
2 | shall
be based on a comparison of estimated costs made by an | ||||||
3 | architect or engineer
licensed in the State of Illinois. The | ||||||
4 | new building or addition shall be
equivalent in area (square | ||||||
5 | feet) and comparable in purpose and grades served
and may be on | ||||||
6 | the same site or another site. Such replacement may only be | ||||||
7 | done
upon order of the regional superintendent of schools and | ||||||
8 | the approval of the
State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
9 | (g) The filing of a certified copy of the resolution | ||||||
10 | levying the tax when
accompanied by the certificates of the | ||||||
11 | regional superintendent of schools and
State Superintendent of | ||||||
12 | Education shall be the authority of the county clerk to
extend | ||||||
13 | such tax. | ||||||
14 | (h) The county clerk of the county in which any school | ||||||
15 | district levying a
tax under the authority of this Section is | ||||||
16 | located, in reducing raised
levies, shall not consider any such | ||||||
17 | tax as a part of the general levy
for school purposes and shall | ||||||
18 | not include the same in the limitation of
any other tax rate | ||||||
19 | which may be extended. | ||||||
20 | Such tax shall be levied and collected in like manner as | ||||||
21 | all other
taxes of school districts, subject to the provisions | ||||||
22 | contained in this Section. | ||||||
23 | (i) The tax rate limit specified in this Section may be | ||||||
24 | increased to .10%
upon the approval of a proposition to effect | ||||||
25 | such increase by a majority
of the electors voting on that | ||||||
26 | proposition at a regular scheduled election.
Such proposition |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | may be initiated by resolution of the school board and
shall be | ||||||
2 | certified by the secretary to the proper election authorities | ||||||
3 | for
submission in accordance with the general election law. | ||||||
4 | (j) When taxes are levied by any school district for fire | ||||||
5 | prevention,
safety, energy conservation, and school security | ||||||
6 | purposes as specified in this
Section, and the purposes for | ||||||
7 | which the taxes have been
levied are accomplished and paid in | ||||||
8 | full, and there remain funds on hand in
the Fire Prevention and | ||||||
9 | Safety Fund from the proceeds of the taxes levied,
including | ||||||
10 | interest earnings thereon, the school board by resolution shall | ||||||
11 | use
such excess and other board restricted funds, excluding | ||||||
12 | bond proceeds and
earnings from such proceeds, as follows: | ||||||
13 | (1) for other authorized fire prevention,
safety, | ||||||
14 | energy conservation, required safety inspections, school | ||||||
15 | security purposes, sampling for lead in drinking water in | ||||||
16 | schools, and for repair and mitigation due to lead levels | ||||||
17 | in the drinking water supply;
or | ||||||
18 | (2) for transfer to the Operations and Maintenance Fund
| ||||||
19 | for the purpose of abating an equal amount of operations | ||||||
20 | and maintenance
purposes taxes. | ||||||
21 | Notwithstanding subdivision (2) of this subsection (j) and | ||||||
22 | subsection (k) of this Section, through June 30, 2021 2020 , the | ||||||
23 | school board
may, by proper resolution following a public | ||||||
24 | hearing set by the
school board or the president of the school | ||||||
25 | board (that is
preceded (i) by at least one published notice | ||||||
26 | over the name of
the clerk or secretary of the board, occurring |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | at least 7 days
and not more than 30 days prior to the hearing, | ||||||
2 | in a newspaper
of general circulation within the school | ||||||
3 | district and (ii) by
posted notice over the name of the clerk | ||||||
4 | or secretary of the
board, at least 48 hours before the | ||||||
5 | hearing, at the principal
office of the school board or at the | ||||||
6 | building where the hearing
is to be held if a principal office | ||||||
7 | does not exist, with both
notices setting forth the time, date, | ||||||
8 | place, and subject matter
of the hearing), transfer surplus | ||||||
9 | life safety taxes and interest earnings thereon to the | ||||||
10 | Operations and Maintenance Fund for building repair work. | ||||||
11 | (k) If any transfer is made to the Operation and | ||||||
12 | Maintenance
Fund, the secretary of the school board shall | ||||||
13 | within 30 days notify
the county clerk of the amount of that | ||||||
14 | transfer and direct the clerk to
abate the taxes to be extended | ||||||
15 | for the purposes of operations and
maintenance authorized under | ||||||
16 | Section 17-2 of this Act by an amount equal
to such transfer. | ||||||
17 | (l) If the proceeds from the tax levy authorized by this
| ||||||
18 | Section are insufficient to complete the work approved under | ||||||
19 | this
Section, the school board is authorized to sell bonds | ||||||
20 | without referendum
under the provisions of this Section in an | ||||||
21 | amount that, when added to the
proceeds of the tax levy | ||||||
22 | authorized by this Section, will allow completion
of the | ||||||
23 | approved work. | ||||||
24 | (m) Any bonds issued pursuant to this Section shall bear | ||||||
25 | interest at a rate not to exceed the maximum rate
authorized by | ||||||
26 | law at the time of the making of the contract, shall mature
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | within 20 years from date, and shall be signed by the president | ||||||
2 | of the school
board and the treasurer of the school district. | ||||||
3 | (n) In order to authorize and issue such bonds, the school | ||||||
4 | board shall adopt
a resolution fixing the amount of bonds, the | ||||||
5 | date thereof, the maturities
thereof, rates of interest | ||||||
6 | thereof, place of payment and denomination,
which shall be in | ||||||
7 | denominations of not less than $100 and not more than
$5,000, | ||||||
8 | and provide for the levy and collection of a direct annual tax | ||||||
9 | upon
all the taxable property in the school district sufficient | ||||||
10 | to pay the
principal and interest on such bonds to maturity. | ||||||
11 | Upon the filing in the
office of the county clerk of the county | ||||||
12 | in which the school district is
located of a certified copy of | ||||||
13 | the resolution, it is the duty of the
county clerk to extend | ||||||
14 | the tax therefor in addition to and in excess of all
other | ||||||
15 | taxes heretofore or hereafter authorized to be
levied by such | ||||||
16 | school district. | ||||||
17 | (o) After the time such bonds are issued as provided for by | ||||||
18 | this Section, if
additional alterations or reconstructions are | ||||||
19 | required to be made because
of surveys conducted by an | ||||||
20 | architect or engineer licensed in the State of
Illinois, the | ||||||
21 | district may levy a tax at a rate not to exceed .05% per year
| ||||||
22 | upon all the taxable property of the district or issue | ||||||
23 | additional bonds,
whichever action shall be the most feasible. | ||||||
24 | (p) This Section is cumulative and constitutes complete | ||||||
25 | authority for the
issuance of bonds as provided in this Section | ||||||
26 | notwithstanding any other
statute or law to the contrary. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (q) With respect to instruments for the payment of money | ||||||
2 | issued under this
Section either before, on, or after the | ||||||
3 | effective date of Public Act 86-004
(June 6, 1989), it is, and | ||||||
4 | always has been, the intention of the General
Assembly (i) that | ||||||
5 | the Omnibus Bond Acts are, and always have been,
supplementary | ||||||
6 | grants of power to issue instruments in accordance with the
| ||||||
7 | Omnibus Bond Acts, regardless of any provision of this Act that | ||||||
8 | may appear
to be or to have been more restrictive than those | ||||||
9 | Acts, (ii) that the
provisions of this Section are not a | ||||||
10 | limitation on the supplementary
authority granted by the | ||||||
11 | Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that instruments
issued under this | ||||||
12 | Section within the supplementary authority granted by the
| ||||||
13 | Omnibus Bond Acts are not invalid because of any provision of | ||||||
14 | this Act that
may appear to be or to have been more restrictive | ||||||
15 | than those Acts. | ||||||
16 | (r) When the purposes for which the bonds are issued have | ||||||
17 | been accomplished
and paid for in full and there remain funds | ||||||
18 | on hand from the proceeds of
the bond sale and interest | ||||||
19 | earnings therefrom, the board shall, by
resolution, use such | ||||||
20 | excess funds in accordance with the provisions of
Section | ||||||
21 | 10-22.14 of this Act. | ||||||
22 | (s) Whenever any tax is levied or bonds issued for fire | ||||||
23 | prevention, safety,
energy conservation, and school security | ||||||
24 | purposes, such proceeds shall be
deposited and accounted for | ||||||
25 | separately within the Fire Prevention and Safety
Fund. | ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 101-455, eff. 8-23-19.)
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (105 ILCS 5/17-2A) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-2A)
| ||||||
2 | Sec. 17-2A. Interfund transfers. | ||||||
3 | (a) The school board of any district having a population of | ||||||
4 | less than
500,000 inhabitants may, by proper resolution | ||||||
5 | following a public hearing
set by the school board or the | ||||||
6 | president of the school board
(that is preceded (i) by at least | ||||||
7 | one published notice over the name of
the clerk
or secretary of | ||||||
8 | the board, occurring at least 7 days and not more than 30
days
| ||||||
9 | prior to the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation | ||||||
10 | within the
school
district and (ii) by posted notice over the | ||||||
11 | name of the clerk or secretary of
the board, at least 48 hours | ||||||
12 | before the hearing, at the principal office of the
school board | ||||||
13 | or at the building where the hearing is to be held if a | ||||||
14 | principal
office does not exist, with both notices setting | ||||||
15 | forth the time, date, place,
and subject matter of the
| ||||||
16 | hearing), transfer money from (1) the Educational Fund to the | ||||||
17 | Operations
and
Maintenance Fund or the Transportation Fund, (2) | ||||||
18 | the Operations and
Maintenance Fund to the Educational Fund or | ||||||
19 | the Transportation Fund, (3) the
Transportation Fund to the | ||||||
20 | Educational Fund or the Operations and Maintenance
Fund, or (4) | ||||||
21 | the Tort Immunity Fund to the Operations and Maintenance Fund | ||||||
22 | of said
district,
provided that, except during the period from | ||||||
23 | July 1, 2003 through June 30, 2021 2020 , such transfer is made | ||||||
24 | solely for the purpose of meeting one-time,
non-recurring | ||||||
25 | expenses. Except during the period from July 1, 2003 through
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | June 30, 2021 2020 and except as otherwise provided in | ||||||
2 | subsection (b) of this Section, any other permanent interfund | ||||||
3 | transfers authorized
by any provision or judicial | ||||||
4 | interpretation of this Code for which the
transferee fund is | ||||||
5 | not precisely and specifically set forth in the provision of
| ||||||
6 | this Code authorizing such transfer shall be made to the fund | ||||||
7 | of the school
district most in need of the funds being | ||||||
8 | transferred, as determined by
resolution of the school board. | ||||||
9 | (b) (Blank).
| ||||||
10 | (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any | ||||||
11 | other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board | ||||||
12 | of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax | ||||||
13 | Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is an elementary district | ||||||
14 | servicing students in grades K through 8, (iii) whose territory | ||||||
15 | is in one county, (iv) that is eligible for Section 7002 | ||||||
16 | Federal Impact Aid, and (v) that has no more than $81,000 in | ||||||
17 | funds remaining from refinancing bonds that were refinanced a | ||||||
18 | minimum of 5 years prior to January 20, 2017 (the effective | ||||||
19 | date of Public Act 99-926) may make a one-time transfer of the | ||||||
20 | funds remaining from the refinancing bonds to the Operations | ||||||
21 | and Maintenance Fund of the district by proper resolution | ||||||
22 | following a public hearing set by the school board or the | ||||||
23 | president of the school board, with notice as provided in | ||||||
24 | subsection (a) of this Section, so long as the district meets | ||||||
25 | the qualifications set forth in this subsection (c) on January | ||||||
26 | 20, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act 99-926). |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (d) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section or any | ||||||
2 | other provision of this Code to the contrary, the school board | ||||||
3 | of any school district (i) that is subject to the Property Tax | ||||||
4 | Extension Limitation Law, (ii) that is a community unit school | ||||||
5 | district servicing students in grades K through 12, (iii) whose | ||||||
6 | territory is in one county, (iv) that owns property designated | ||||||
7 | by the United States as a Superfund site pursuant to the | ||||||
8 | federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and | ||||||
9 | Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.), and (v) that | ||||||
10 | has an excess accumulation of funds in its bond fund, including | ||||||
11 | funds accumulated prior to July 1, 2000, may make a one-time | ||||||
12 | transfer of those excess funds accumulated prior to July 1, | ||||||
13 | 2000 to the Operations and Maintenance Fund of the district by | ||||||
14 | proper resolution following a public hearing set by the school | ||||||
15 | board or the president of the school board, with notice as | ||||||
16 | provided in subsection (a) of this Section, so long as the | ||||||
17 | district meets the qualifications set forth in this subsection | ||||||
18 | (d) on August 4, 2017 (the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
19 | 100-32). | ||||||
20 | (Source: P.A. 99-713, eff. 8-5-16; 99-922, eff. 1-17-17; | ||||||
21 | 99-926, eff. 1-20-17; 100-32, eff. 8-4-17; 100-465, eff. | ||||||
22 | 8-31-17; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18.)
| ||||||
23 | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) | ||||||
24 | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding Evidence-based | ||||||
25 | funding for student success for the 2017-2018 and subsequent |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school years. | ||||||
2 | (a) General provisions. | ||||||
3 | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by | ||||||
4 | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten | ||||||
5 | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity | ||||||
6 | to ensure the educational development of all persons to the | ||||||
7 | limits of their capacities in accordance with Section 1 of | ||||||
8 | Article X of the Constitution of the State of Illinois. To | ||||||
9 | accomplish that objective, this Section creates a method of | ||||||
10 | funding public education that is evidence-based; is | ||||||
11 | sufficient to ensure every student receives a meaningful | ||||||
12 | opportunity to learn irrespective of race, ethnicity, | ||||||
13 | sexual orientation, gender, or community-income level; and | ||||||
14 | is sustainable and predictable. When fully funded under | ||||||
15 | this Section, every school shall have the resources, based | ||||||
16 | on what the evidence indicates is needed, to: | ||||||
17 | (A) provide all students with a high quality | ||||||
18 | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social | ||||||
19 | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused | ||||||
20 | programs that will allow them to become competitive | ||||||
21 | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of | ||||||
22 | this State, and active members of our national | ||||||
23 | democracy; | ||||||
24 | (B) ensure all students receive the education they | ||||||
25 | need to graduate from high school with the skills | ||||||
26 | required to pursue post-secondary education and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | training for a rewarding career; | ||||||
2 | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the | ||||||
3 | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk | ||||||
4 | students by raising the performance of at-risk | ||||||
5 | students and not by reducing standards; and | ||||||
6 | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to | ||||||
7 | assume the primary responsibility to fund public | ||||||
8 | education and simultaneously relieve the | ||||||
9 | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes | ||||||
10 | to fund schools. | ||||||
11 | (2) The Evidence-Based Funding evidence-based funding | ||||||
12 | formula under this Section shall be applied to all | ||||||
13 | Organizational Units in this State. The Evidence-Based | ||||||
14 | Funding evidence-based funding formula outlined in this | ||||||
15 | Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 of | ||||||
16 | the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both legislative | ||||||
17 | chambers. As further defined and described in this Section, | ||||||
18 | there are 4 major components of the Evidence-Based Funding | ||||||
19 | evidence-based funding model: | ||||||
20 | (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy | ||||||
21 | Target adequacy target for each Organizational Unit in | ||||||
22 | this State that considers the costs to implement | ||||||
23 | research-based activities, the unit's student | ||||||
24 | demographics, and regional wage differences | ||||||
25 | difference . | ||||||
26 | (B) Second, the model calculates each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity local capacity , | ||||||
2 | or the amount each Organizational Unit is assumed to | ||||||
3 | contribute toward towards its Adequacy Target adequacy | ||||||
4 | target from local resources. | ||||||
5 | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding | ||||||
6 | the State currently contributes to the Organizational | ||||||
7 | Unit , and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity local | ||||||
8 | capacity to determine the unit's overall current | ||||||
9 | adequacy of funding. | ||||||
10 | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method | ||||||
11 | allocates new State funding to those Organizational | ||||||
12 | Units that are least well-funded, considering both | ||||||
13 | Local Capacity local capacity and State funding, in | ||||||
14 | relation to their Adequacy Target adequacy target . | ||||||
15 | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under | ||||||
16 | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received | ||||||
17 | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make | ||||||
18 | expenditures by law. | ||||||
19 | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall | ||||||
20 | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): | ||||||
21 | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
22 | subsection (b) of this Section. | ||||||
23 | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
24 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
25 | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in | ||||||
26 | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all | ||||||
2 | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent | ||||||
3 | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a | ||||||
4 | transportation rate based on total expenses for | ||||||
5 | transportation services under this Code, as reported on the | ||||||
6 | most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil | ||||||
7 | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the | ||||||
8 | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and | ||||||
9 | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding | ||||||
10 | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding | ||||||
11 | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, or | ||||||
12 | special education transportation reimbursement pursuant to | ||||||
13 | Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this | ||||||
14 | Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an Organizational | ||||||
15 | Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of Illinois | ||||||
16 | scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for prior | ||||||
17 | years for regular, vocational, or special education | ||||||
18 | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or | ||||||
19 | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the | ||||||
20 | total transportation expenses, as defined in this | ||||||
21 | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from | ||||||
22 | the Operating Tax Rate. | ||||||
23 | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
24 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
25 | "Alternative School" means a public school that is | ||||||
26 | created and operated by a regional superintendent of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | schools and approved by the State Board. | ||||||
2 | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
3 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
4 | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress | ||||||
5 | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, | ||||||
6 | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that | ||||||
7 | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and | ||||||
8 | meeting the needs of the students they serve. | ||||||
9 | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator | ||||||
10 | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in | ||||||
11 | this State. | ||||||
12 | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of not | ||||||
13 | meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not graduating | ||||||
14 | from elementary or high school and who demonstrates a need | ||||||
15 | for vocational support or social services beyond that | ||||||
16 | provided by the regular school program. All students | ||||||
17 | included in an Organizational Unit's Low-Income Count, as | ||||||
18 | well as all English learner and disabled students attending | ||||||
19 | the Organizational Unit, shall be considered at-risk | ||||||
20 | students under this Section. | ||||||
21 | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year | ||||||
22 | 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the | ||||||
23 | average number of students (grades K through 12) reported | ||||||
24 | to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit | ||||||
25 | on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, plus | ||||||
26 | the pre-kindergarten students who receive special |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to | ||||||
2 | the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
3 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
4 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
5 | Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the | ||||||
6 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
7 | services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State | ||||||
8 | Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding | ||||||
9 | 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent | ||||||
10 | fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, | ||||||
11 | for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average | ||||||
12 | number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the | ||||||
13 | State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
14 | October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school | ||||||
15 | year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive | ||||||
16 | special education services as reported to the State Board | ||||||
17 | on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding | ||||||
18 | school year, or the average number of students (grades K | ||||||
19 | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the | ||||||
20 | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the | ||||||
21 | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education | ||||||
22 | services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and | ||||||
23 | March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school | ||||||
24 | years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in | ||||||
25 | the Organizational Unit" means the number of students | ||||||
26 | reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or | ||||||
2 | would attend if not placed or transferred to another school | ||||||
3 | or program to receive needed services. For the purposes of | ||||||
4 | calculating "ASE", all students, grades K through 12, | ||||||
5 | excluding those attending kindergarten for a half day and | ||||||
6 | students attending an alternative education program | ||||||
7 | operated by a regional office of education or intermediate | ||||||
8 | service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All students | ||||||
9 | attending kindergarten for a half day shall be counted as | ||||||
10 | 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in subsequent | ||||||
11 | years, the school district reports to the State Board of | ||||||
12 | Education the intent to implement full-day kindergarten | ||||||
13 | district-wide for all students, then all students | ||||||
14 | attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. Special | ||||||
15 | education pre-kindergarten students shall be counted as | ||||||
16 | 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or has not | ||||||
17 | collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment count by | ||||||
18 | grade or a December 1 collection of special education | ||||||
19 | pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 ( the | ||||||
20 | effective date of Public Act 100-465) this amendatory Act | ||||||
21 | of the 100th General Assembly , it shall establish such | ||||||
22 | collection for all future years. For any year in which | ||||||
23 | where a count by grade level was collected only once, that | ||||||
24 | count shall be used as the single count available for | ||||||
25 | computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for programs | ||||||
26 | operated by a regional office of education or an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | intermediate service center must be calculated using the | ||||||
2 | Evidence-Based Funding evidence-based funding formula | ||||||
3 | under this Section for the 2019-2020 school year and each | ||||||
4 | subsequent school year until separate adequacy formulas | ||||||
5 | are developed and adopted for each type of program. ASE for | ||||||
6 | a program operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
7 | intermediate service center must be determined by the March | ||||||
8 | 1 enrollment for the program. For the 2019-2020 school | ||||||
9 | year, the ASE used in the calculation must be the | ||||||
10 | first-year ASE and, in that year only, the assignment of | ||||||
11 | students served by a regional office of education or | ||||||
12 | intermediate service center shall not result in a reduction | ||||||
13 | of the March enrollment for any school district. For the | ||||||
14 | 2020-2021 school year, the ASE must be the greater of the | ||||||
15 | current-year ASE or the 2-year average ASE. Beginning with | ||||||
16 | the 2021-2022 school year, the ASE must be the greater of | ||||||
17 | the current-year ASE or the 3-year average ASE. School | ||||||
18 | districts shall submit the data for the ASE calculation to | ||||||
19 | the State Board within 45 days of the dates required in | ||||||
20 | this Section for submission of enrollment data in order for | ||||||
21 | it to be included in the ASE calculation. For fiscal year | ||||||
22 | 2018 only, the ASE calculation shall include only | ||||||
23 | enrollment taken on October 1. | ||||||
24 | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) | ||||||
25 | of subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
26 | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Section. | ||||||
2 | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used | ||||||
3 | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State | ||||||
4 | aid. | ||||||
5 | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the | ||||||
6 | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk | ||||||
7 | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as | ||||||
8 | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. | ||||||
9 | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of | ||||||
10 | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target | ||||||
11 | attributable to bilingual education divided by the | ||||||
12 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product | ||||||
13 | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding | ||||||
14 | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational | ||||||
15 | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual | ||||||
16 | education shall include all additional investments in | ||||||
17 | English learner students' adequacy elements. | ||||||
18 | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary | ||||||
19 | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. | ||||||
20 | "Central office" means individual administrators and | ||||||
21 | support service personnel charged with managing the | ||||||
22 | instructional programs, business and operations, and | ||||||
23 | security of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
24 | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost | ||||||
25 | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional | ||||||
26 | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, for the | ||||||
2 | first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, be | ||||||
3 | the CWI initially developed by the National Center for | ||||||
4 | Education Statistics, as most recently updated by Texas A & | ||||||
5 | M University. In the fourth and subsequent years of | ||||||
6 | Evidence-Based Funding implementation, the State | ||||||
7 | Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using a similar | ||||||
8 | methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M | ||||||
9 | University study, with adjustments made no less frequently | ||||||
10 | than once every 5 years. | ||||||
11 | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers | ||||||
12 | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, | ||||||
13 | instructional software, security software, curriculum | ||||||
14 | management courseware, and other similar materials and | ||||||
15 | equipment. | ||||||
16 | "Computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
17 | allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an | ||||||
18 | Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the | ||||||
19 | prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 | ||||||
20 | per student computer technology and equipment investment | ||||||
21 | grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
22 | Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
23 | amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. An | ||||||
24 | Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final | ||||||
25 | Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer | ||||||
26 | technology and equipment investment grant shall include |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | all additional investments in computer technology and | ||||||
2 | equipment adequacy elements. | ||||||
3 | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, | ||||||
4 | English, writing, and language arts; history and social | ||||||
5 | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced | ||||||
6 | Placement in high schools. | ||||||
7 | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in | ||||||
8 | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in middle | ||||||
9 | and high schools. | ||||||
10 | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed | ||||||
11 | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to | ||||||
12 | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. | ||||||
13 | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement | ||||||
14 | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the | ||||||
15 | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a | ||||||
16 | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the | ||||||
17 | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the | ||||||
18 | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and | ||||||
19 | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection | ||||||
20 | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public | ||||||
21 | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). | ||||||
22 | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in | ||||||
23 | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and | ||||||
24 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection | ||||||
25 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
26 | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational | ||||||
2 | services in elementary and secondary schools on a | ||||||
3 | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding | ||||||
4 | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. | ||||||
5 | "EIS Data" means the employment information system | ||||||
6 | data maintained by the State Board on educators within | ||||||
7 | Organizational Units. | ||||||
8 | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision | ||||||
9 | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, | ||||||
10 | the costs associated with the statutorily required payment | ||||||
11 | of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher | ||||||
12 | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and | ||||||
13 | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. | ||||||
14 | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in the | ||||||
15 | definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 of | ||||||
16 | this Code participating in a program of transitional | ||||||
17 | bilingual education or a transitional program of | ||||||
18 | instruction meeting the requirements and program | ||||||
19 | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For the | ||||||
20 | purposes of collecting the number of EL students enrolled, | ||||||
21 | the same collection and calculation methodology as defined | ||||||
22 | above for "ASE" shall apply to English learners, with the | ||||||
23 | exception that EL student enrollment shall include | ||||||
24 | students in grades pre-kindergarten through 12. | ||||||
25 | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, | ||||||
26 | and educational programs that have been identified through |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | academic research as necessary to improve student success, | ||||||
2 | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and | ||||||
3 | provide for other per student costs related to the delivery | ||||||
4 | and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as well as the | ||||||
5 | maintenance and operations of the unit, and which are | ||||||
6 | specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this | ||||||
7 | Section. | ||||||
8 | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided | ||||||
9 | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. | ||||||
10 | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
11 | provided to students outside the regular school day before | ||||||
12 | and after school or during non-instructional times during | ||||||
13 | the school day. | ||||||
14 | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio | ||||||
15 | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension and | ||||||
16 | the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. | ||||||
17 | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph (4) | ||||||
18 | of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
19 | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of | ||||||
20 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
21 | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time | ||||||
22 | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant | ||||||
23 | position at an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
24 | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of subsection | ||||||
25 | (g). | ||||||
26 | "Guidance counselor" means a licensed guidance |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | counselor who provides guidance and counseling support for | ||||||
2 | students within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
3 | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit | ||||||
4 | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
5 | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special | ||||||
6 | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in | ||||||
7 | the classroom and provides academic support to students. | ||||||
8 | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher | ||||||
9 | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches | ||||||
10 | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides | ||||||
11 | instructional support to teachers in the elements of | ||||||
12 | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment | ||||||
13 | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment | ||||||
14 | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or | ||||||
15 | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses | ||||||
16 | standards-based instructional materials; provides teachers | ||||||
17 | with an understanding of current research; serves as a | ||||||
18 | mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead | ||||||
19 | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in | ||||||
20 | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional | ||||||
21 | practice or develop model lessons. | ||||||
22 | "Instructional materials" means relevant instructional | ||||||
23 | materials for student instruction, including, but not | ||||||
24 | limited to, textbooks, consumable workbooks, laboratory | ||||||
25 | equipment, library books, and other similar materials. | ||||||
26 | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | created and operated by a public university and approved by | ||||||
2 | the State Board. | ||||||
3 | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a | ||||||
4 | library information specialist or another individual whose | ||||||
5 | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources | ||||||
6 | within an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
7 | "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the | ||||||
8 | combined elementary school and high school limiting | ||||||
9 | limited rates. | ||||||
10 | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
11 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
12 | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph | ||||||
13 | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
14 | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) | ||||||
15 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
16 | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
17 | subsection (c) of this Section. | ||||||
18 | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit | ||||||
19 | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of | ||||||
20 | students for the prior school year or the immediately | ||||||
21 | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the | ||||||
22 | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the | ||||||
23 | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least | ||||||
24 | one of the following low-income low income programs: | ||||||
25 | Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, | ||||||
26 | Temporary Assistance for Needy Families ( TANF ) , or the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program, excluding | ||||||
2 | pupils who are eligible for services provided by the | ||||||
3 | Department of Children and Family Services. Until such time | ||||||
4 | that grade level low-income populations become available, | ||||||
5 | grade level low-income populations shall be determined by | ||||||
6 | applying the low-income percentage to total student | ||||||
7 | enrollments by grade level. The low-income percentage is | ||||||
8 | determined by dividing the Low-Income Count by the Average | ||||||
9 | Student Enrollment. The low-income percentage for programs | ||||||
10 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
11 | intermediate service center must be set to the weighted | ||||||
12 | average of the low-income percentages of all of the school | ||||||
13 | districts in the service region. The weighted low-income | ||||||
14 | percentage is the result of multiplying the low-income | ||||||
15 | percentage of each school district served by the regional | ||||||
16 | office of education or intermediate service center by each | ||||||
17 | school district's Average Student Enrollment, summarizing | ||||||
18 | those products and dividing the total by the total Average | ||||||
19 | Student Enrollment for the service region. | ||||||
20 | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, | ||||||
21 | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, | ||||||
22 | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other | ||||||
23 | similar services and functions. | ||||||
24 | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of | ||||||
25 | subsection (g) of this Section. | ||||||
26 | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under | ||||||
2 | Section 2-3.170 of the School Code. | ||||||
3 | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all | ||||||
4 | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in | ||||||
5 | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding | ||||||
6 | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. | ||||||
7 | "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given | ||||||
8 | school year, the amount of State funds that would be | ||||||
9 | necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an | ||||||
10 | Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available | ||||||
11 | to each unit. | ||||||
12 | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified | ||||||
13 | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for | ||||||
14 | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of | ||||||
15 | and is available to provide health care-related services | ||||||
16 | for students of an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
17 | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the | ||||||
18 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
19 | except , Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
20 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
21 | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the | ||||||
22 | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the | ||||||
23 | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, | ||||||
24 | except , Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital | ||||||
25 | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. | ||||||
26 | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | public school district that is recognized as such by the | ||||||
2 | State Board and that contains elementary schools typically | ||||||
3 | serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools | ||||||
4 | typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools | ||||||
5 | typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program | ||||||
6 | established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program | ||||||
7 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
8 | intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The | ||||||
9 | General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels | ||||||
10 | served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary | ||||||
11 | slightly from what is typical. | ||||||
12 | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating | ||||||
13 | the CWI in the region and original county in which an | ||||||
14 | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is | ||||||
15 | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if | ||||||
16 | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance | ||||||
17 | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational | ||||||
18 | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current | ||||||
19 | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that | ||||||
20 | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a | ||||||
21 | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated | ||||||
22 | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent | ||||||
23 | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent | ||||||
24 | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the | ||||||
25 | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois | ||||||
26 | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, the | ||||||
2 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 and | ||||||
3 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
4 | 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, the | ||||||
5 | original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 and | ||||||
6 | the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted at | ||||||
7 | 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and its | ||||||
8 | weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the | ||||||
9 | Organizational Unit CWI. | ||||||
10 | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year | ||||||
11 | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. | ||||||
12 | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of | ||||||
13 | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county | ||||||
14 | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating | ||||||
15 | Tax Rate. | ||||||
16 | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in | ||||||
17 | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
18 | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of | ||||||
19 | subsection (f) of this Section. | ||||||
20 | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed | ||||||
21 | to be employed as a principal in this State. | ||||||
22 | "Professional development" means training programs for | ||||||
23 | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
24 | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum | ||||||
25 | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data | ||||||
26 | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, | ||||||
2 | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, | ||||||
3 | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural | ||||||
4 | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide | ||||||
5 | professional support for licensed staff. | ||||||
6 | "Prototypical" means 450 special education | ||||||
7 | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students | ||||||
8 | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students | ||||||
9 | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students | ||||||
10 | for a high school. | ||||||
11 | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation | ||||||
12 | Law. | ||||||
13 | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection | ||||||
14 | (d) of this Section. | ||||||
15 | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, | ||||||
16 | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff | ||||||
17 | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling | ||||||
18 | students. | ||||||
19 | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of | ||||||
20 | subsection (d) of this Section. | ||||||
21 | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular | ||||||
22 | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the | ||||||
23 | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. | ||||||
24 | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary | ||||||
25 | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a school. | ||||||
26 | "Special education" means special educational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of | ||||||
2 | this Code. | ||||||
3 | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an | ||||||
4 | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable | ||||||
5 | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
6 | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be | ||||||
7 | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant | ||||||
8 | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy | ||||||
9 | Target attributable to special education shall include all | ||||||
10 | special education investment adequacy elements. | ||||||
11 | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides | ||||||
12 | instruction in subject areas not included in core subjects, | ||||||
13 | including, but not limited to, art, music, physical | ||||||
14 | education, health, driver education, career-technical | ||||||
15 | education, and such other subject areas as may be mandated | ||||||
16 | by State law or provided by an Organizational Unit. | ||||||
17 | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, | ||||||
18 | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, | ||||||
19 | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the | ||||||
20 | State Board as a special education cooperative, | ||||||
21 | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning | ||||||
22 | opportunities program that received direct funding from | ||||||
23 | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through | ||||||
24 | any of the funding sources included within the calculation | ||||||
25 | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. | ||||||
26 | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | general State aid funding received by an Organizational | ||||||
2 | Organization Unit during the 2016-2017 school year | ||||||
3 | pursuant to subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code | ||||||
4 | (now repealed). | ||||||
5 | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy | ||||||
6 | Targets of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
7 | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. | ||||||
8 | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent | ||||||
9 | of Education. | ||||||
10 | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by | ||||||
11 | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for | ||||||
12 | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, | ||||||
13 | summing all Organizational Units' Unit's weighted values, | ||||||
14 | and dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
15 | thereby creating an average weighted index. | ||||||
16 | "Student activities" means non-credit producing | ||||||
17 | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, | ||||||
18 | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by | ||||||
19 | the school board of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
20 | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or | ||||||
21 | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational | ||||||
22 | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on | ||||||
23 | a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace | ||||||
24 | replacing another staff member. | ||||||
25 | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs | ||||||
26 | provided to students during the summer months outside of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the regular school year. | ||||||
2 | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member | ||||||
3 | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational | ||||||
4 | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations | ||||||
5 | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and | ||||||
6 | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising | ||||||
7 | students when being transported in buses serving the | ||||||
8 | Organizational Unit. | ||||||
9 | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of | ||||||
10 | subsection (g). | ||||||
11 | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined | ||||||
12 | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). | ||||||
13 | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate | ||||||
14 | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 Aggregate | ||||||
15 | Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of subsection (g). | ||||||
16 | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. | ||||||
17 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the | ||||||
18 | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing | ||||||
19 | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this | ||||||
20 | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential | ||||||
21 | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated | ||||||
22 | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). | ||||||
23 | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro | ||||||
24 | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each | ||||||
25 | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), | ||||||
26 | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based on |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ASE counts in excess or less than the thresholds set forth | ||||||
2 | in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating | ||||||
3 | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups | ||||||
4 | thereto are as follows: | ||||||
5 | (A) Core class size investments. Each | ||||||
6 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required | ||||||
7 | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions as | ||||||
8 | is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the | ||||||
9 | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: | ||||||
10 | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the | ||||||
11 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
12 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
13 | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
14 | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 | ||||||
15 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
16 | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the | ||||||
17 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required | ||||||
18 | to support one FTE core teacher position for every | ||||||
19 | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and | ||||||
20 | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 | ||||||
21 | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. | ||||||
22 | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a | ||||||
23 | grade shall be determined by subtracting the | ||||||
24 | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the | ||||||
25 | Organizational Unit for that grade. | ||||||
26 | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
2 | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher | ||||||
3 | positions that correspond to the following | ||||||
4 | percentages: | ||||||
5 | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an | ||||||
6 | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the | ||||||
7 | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, | ||||||
8 | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this | ||||||
9 | paragraph (2); and | ||||||
10 | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a | ||||||
11 | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the | ||||||
12 | Organizational Unit's core teachers. | ||||||
13 | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each | ||||||
14 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
15 | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position | ||||||
16 | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
17 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
18 | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. | ||||||
19 | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. | ||||||
20 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding | ||||||
21 | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each | ||||||
22 | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. | ||||||
23 | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each | ||||||
24 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
25 | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to | ||||||
26 | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time | ||||||
2 | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention | ||||||
3 | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers | ||||||
4 | and instructional assistants, instructional | ||||||
5 | facilitators, and summer school and extended day | ||||||
6 | extended-day teacher positions, as determined under | ||||||
7 | this paragraph (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the | ||||||
8 | average salary for grade K through 12 teachers and | ||||||
9 | 33.33% of the average salary of each instructional | ||||||
10 | assistant position. | ||||||
11 | (F) Core guidance counselor investments. Each | ||||||
12 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
13 | to cover one FTE guidance counselor for each 450 | ||||||
14 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
15 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 | ||||||
16 | students, plus one FTE guidance counselor for each 250 | ||||||
17 | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus one | ||||||
18 | FTE guidance counselor for each 250 grades 9 through 12 | ||||||
19 | ASE high school students. | ||||||
20 | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
21 | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE nurse | ||||||
22 | for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
23 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through grade | ||||||
24 | 12 students across all grade levels it serves. | ||||||
25 | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each | ||||||
26 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of | ||||||
2 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
3 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
4 | each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE for | ||||||
5 | each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
6 | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
7 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
8 | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, | ||||||
9 | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or | ||||||
10 | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of | ||||||
11 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
12 | kindergarten through grade 12 students. | ||||||
13 | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
14 | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE | ||||||
15 | principal position for each prototypical elementary | ||||||
16 | school, plus one FTE principal position for each | ||||||
17 | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal | ||||||
18 | position for each prototypical high school. | ||||||
19 | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each | ||||||
20 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
21 | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each | ||||||
22 | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant | ||||||
23 | principal position for each prototypical middle | ||||||
24 | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for | ||||||
25 | each prototypical high school. | ||||||
26 | (L) School site staff investments. Each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed | ||||||
2 | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of | ||||||
3 | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
4 | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE | ||||||
5 | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus | ||||||
6 | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school students. | ||||||
7 | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit | ||||||
8 | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
9 | ASE. | ||||||
10 | (N) Professional development investments. Each | ||||||
11 | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of | ||||||
12 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
13 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
14 | students for trainers and other professional | ||||||
15 | development-related expenses for supplies and | ||||||
16 | materials. | ||||||
17 | (O) Instructional material investments. Each | ||||||
18 | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of | ||||||
19 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
20 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
21 | students to cover instructional material costs. | ||||||
22 | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational | ||||||
23 | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE | ||||||
24 | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all | ||||||
25 | kindergarten through grade 12 students student to | ||||||
26 | cover assessment costs. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. | ||||||
2 | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per | ||||||
3 | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten | ||||||
4 | children with disabilities and all kindergarten | ||||||
5 | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology | ||||||
6 | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and | ||||||
7 | subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned | ||||||
8 | to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall | ||||||
9 | receive an additional $285.50 per student of the | ||||||
10 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
11 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
12 | students to cover computer technology and equipment | ||||||
13 | costs in the Organizational Organization Unit's | ||||||
14 | Adequacy Target. The State Board may establish | ||||||
15 | additional requirements for Organizational Unit | ||||||
16 | expenditures of funds received pursuant to this | ||||||
17 | subparagraph (Q), including a requirement that funds | ||||||
18 | received pursuant to this subparagraph (Q) may be used | ||||||
19 | only for serving the technology needs of the district. | ||||||
20 | It is the intent of Public Act 100-465 this amendatory | ||||||
21 | Act of the 100th General Assembly that all Tier 1 and | ||||||
22 | Tier 2 districts receive the addition to their Adequacy | ||||||
23 | Target in the following year, subject to compliance | ||||||
24 | with the requirements of the State Board. | ||||||
25 | (R) Student activities investments. Each | ||||||
26 | Organizational Unit shall receive the following |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per | ||||||
2 | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary | ||||||
3 | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, | ||||||
4 | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. | ||||||
5 | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each | ||||||
6 | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student | ||||||
7 | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
8 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
9 | students for day-to-day maintenance and operations | ||||||
10 | expenditures, including salary, supplies, and | ||||||
11 | materials, as well as purchased services, but | ||||||
12 | excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary | ||||||
13 | for the application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
14 | calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. | ||||||
15 | (T) Central office investments. Each | ||||||
16 | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of | ||||||
17 | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
18 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
19 | students to cover central office operations, including | ||||||
20 | administrators and classified personnel charged with | ||||||
21 | managing the instructional programs, business and | ||||||
22 | operations of the school district, and security | ||||||
23 | personnel. The proportion of salary for the | ||||||
24 | application of a Regionalization Factor and the | ||||||
25 | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. | ||||||
26 | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of | ||||||
2 | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, | ||||||
3 | excluding substitute teachers and student activities | ||||||
4 | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central | ||||||
5 | office and maintenance and operations investments, the | ||||||
6 | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary | ||||||
7 | proportion of each investment. If at any time the | ||||||
8 | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of | ||||||
9 | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then | ||||||
10 | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement | ||||||
11 | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the | ||||||
12 | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year | ||||||
13 | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any | ||||||
14 | fiscal year in which a school district organized under | ||||||
15 | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the | ||||||
16 | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that | ||||||
17 | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for | ||||||
18 | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public | ||||||
19 | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of | ||||||
20 | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the | ||||||
21 | preceding school year that is statutorily required to | ||||||
22 | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree | ||||||
23 | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified in | ||||||
24 | this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement System | ||||||
25 | of the State of Illinois and the Public School | ||||||
26 | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | submit such information as the State Superintendent | ||||||
2 | may require for the calculations set forth in this | ||||||
3 | subparagraph (U). | ||||||
4 | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. | ||||||
5 | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding | ||||||
6 | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit | ||||||
7 | shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
8 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
9 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
10 | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
11 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
12 | every 125 Low-Income Count students; | ||||||
13 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position | ||||||
14 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and | ||||||
15 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
16 | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. | ||||||
17 | (W) Additional investments in English learner | ||||||
18 | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other | ||||||
19 | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational | ||||||
20 | Unit shall receive funding based on the average teacher | ||||||
21 | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: | ||||||
22 | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) | ||||||
23 | position for every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
24 | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for | ||||||
25 | every 125 English learner students; | ||||||
26 | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for every 120 English learner students; | ||||||
2 | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position | ||||||
3 | for every 120 English learner students; and | ||||||
4 | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every 100 | ||||||
5 | English learner students. | ||||||
6 | (X) Special education investments. Each | ||||||
7 | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the | ||||||
8 | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover | ||||||
9 | special education as follows: | ||||||
10 | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 | ||||||
11 | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
12 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
13 | students; | ||||||
14 | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every | ||||||
15 | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with | ||||||
16 | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 | ||||||
17 | students; and | ||||||
18 | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every | ||||||
19 | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children | ||||||
20 | with disabilities and all kindergarten through | ||||||
21 | grade 12 students. | ||||||
22 | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the | ||||||
23 | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
24 | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar | ||||||
25 | using the employment information system data maintained by | ||||||
26 | the State Board, limited to public schools only and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, | ||||||
2 | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, and | ||||||
3 | charter schools, for the following positions: | ||||||
4 | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. | ||||||
5 | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
6 | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. | ||||||
7 | (D) Guidance counselor for grades K through 8. | ||||||
8 | (E) Guidance counselor for grades 9 through 12. | ||||||
9 | (F) Guidance counselor for grades K through 12. | ||||||
10 | (G) Social worker. | ||||||
11 | (H) Psychologist. | ||||||
12 | (I) Librarian. | ||||||
13 | (J) Nurse. | ||||||
14 | (K) Principal. | ||||||
15 | (L) Assistant principal. | ||||||
16 | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" | ||||||
17 | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, | ||||||
18 | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education | ||||||
19 | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner | ||||||
20 | teachers, extended day extended-day teachers, and summer | ||||||
21 | school teachers. Where specific grade data is not required | ||||||
22 | for the Essential Elements, the average salary for | ||||||
23 | corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute | ||||||
24 | teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through | ||||||
25 | 12 shall apply. | ||||||
26 | For calculating the salaries included within the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS | ||||||
2 | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first | ||||||
3 | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: | ||||||
4 | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and | ||||||
5 | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional | ||||||
6 | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or | ||||||
7 | supervisory aide: $25,000. | ||||||
8 | In the second and subsequent years of implementation of | ||||||
9 | Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and (ii) | ||||||
10 | of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the ECI. | ||||||
11 | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements | ||||||
12 | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) | ||||||
13 | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of subsection | ||||||
14 | (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a | ||||||
15 | Regionalization Factor. | ||||||
16 | (c) Local Capacity capacity calculation. | ||||||
17 | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
18 | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to contribute | ||||||
19 | toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the | ||||||
20 | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local | ||||||
21 | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
22 | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph | ||||||
23 | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal | ||||||
24 | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the | ||||||
25 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as | ||||||
26 | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local | ||||||
2 | Capacity Target. | ||||||
3 | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an | ||||||
4 | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained by | ||||||
5 | multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity | ||||||
6 | Ratio. | ||||||
7 | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity | ||||||
8 | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational | ||||||
9 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is | ||||||
10 | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this | ||||||
11 | paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution | ||||||
12 | resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
13 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
14 | Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of | ||||||
15 | Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph | ||||||
16 | (C) of this paragraph (2). | ||||||
17 | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio | ||||||
18 | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing | ||||||
19 | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by | ||||||
20 | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further | ||||||
21 | adjusted as follows: | ||||||
22 | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
23 | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no | ||||||
24 | further adjustments shall be made; | ||||||
25 | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
26 | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | multiplied by 9/13; | ||||||
2 | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades | ||||||
3 | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be | ||||||
4 | multiplied by 4/13; and | ||||||
5 | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a | ||||||
6 | different grade configuration than those specified | ||||||
7 | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph | ||||||
8 | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a | ||||||
9 | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. | ||||||
10 | (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the | ||||||
11 | percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity | ||||||
12 | Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local | ||||||
13 | Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting | ||||||
14 | in a percentile ranking to determine each | ||||||
15 | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other | ||||||
16 | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity | ||||||
17 | Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a | ||||||
18 | percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall | ||||||
19 | be calculated using the standard normal distribution | ||||||
20 | of the score in relation to the weighted mean and | ||||||
21 | weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios | ||||||
22 | of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to | ||||||
23 | any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value | ||||||
24 | shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the | ||||||
25 | Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
| ||||||
26 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the public university that are allocated to
the | ||||||
2 | Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional | ||||||
3 | office of education or an intermediate service center, | ||||||
4 | the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in | ||||||
5 | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from | ||||||
6 | school districts that are allocated to the regional | ||||||
7 | office of education or intermediate service center. | ||||||
8 | The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage | ||||||
9 | shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational | ||||||
10 | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
11 | creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values | ||||||
12 | of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total | ||||||
13 | ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard | ||||||
14 | deviation shall be determined by taking the square root | ||||||
15 | of the weighted variance of all Organizational Units' | ||||||
16 | Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is calculated | ||||||
17 | by squaring the difference between each unit's Local | ||||||
18 | Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, then multiplying | ||||||
19 | the variance for each unit times the ASE for the unit | ||||||
20 | to create a weighted variance for each unit, then | ||||||
21 | summing all units' weighted variance and dividing by | ||||||
22 | the total ASE of all units. | ||||||
23 | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the | ||||||
24 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target | ||||||
25 | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's | ||||||
26 | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois | ||||||
2 | Pension Code in a given year , or (ii) the board of | ||||||
3 | education's remaining contribution pursuant to | ||||||
4 | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of | ||||||
5 | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal | ||||||
6 | cost portion of the required contribution and amount | ||||||
7 | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section | ||||||
8 | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. | ||||||
9 | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified | ||||||
10 | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' | ||||||
11 | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item | ||||||
12 | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of Education | ||||||
13 | by the Public School Teachers' Pension and Retirement | ||||||
14 | Fund of the City of Chicago. | ||||||
15 | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more | ||||||
16 | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity | ||||||
17 | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as calculated | ||||||
18 | in accordance with this paragraph (3). The Adjusted Local | ||||||
19 | Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of the | ||||||
20 | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its Real | ||||||
21 | Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment equals | ||||||
22 | the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its Local | ||||||
23 | Capacity Target, with the resulting figure multiplied by | ||||||
24 | the Local Capacity Percentage. | ||||||
25 | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of | ||||||
26 | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the | ||||||
2 | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
3 | Adequacy Target. | ||||||
4 | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV for | ||||||
5 | purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. | ||||||
6 | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the | ||||||
7 | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. An | ||||||
8 | Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its Adjusted | ||||||
9 | Operating Tax Rate for property within the Organizational | ||||||
10 | Unit. | ||||||
11 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
12 | equalized assessed valuation Equalized Assessed Valuation , | ||||||
13 | or EAV, of all taxable property of each Organizational Unit | ||||||
14 | as of September 30 of the previous year in accordance with | ||||||
15 | paragraph (3) of this subsection (d). The State | ||||||
16 | Superintendent shall then determine the Adjusted EAV of | ||||||
17 | each Organizational Unit in accordance with paragraph (4) | ||||||
18 | of this subsection (d), which Adjusted EAV figure shall be | ||||||
19 | used for the purposes of calculating Local Capacity. | ||||||
20 | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department | ||||||
21 | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the | ||||||
22 | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue | ||||||
23 | of all taxable property of every Organizational Unit, | ||||||
24 | together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending | ||||||
25 | taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit as of | ||||||
26 | September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | rate for all Organizational Units subject to property tax | ||||||
2 | extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. | ||||||
3 | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the | ||||||
4 | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of | ||||||
5 | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or | ||||||
6 | partially within a county that is or was subject to the | ||||||
7 | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
8 | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by | ||||||
9 | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section | ||||||
10 | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real | ||||||
11 | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds | ||||||
12 | the total amount that would have been allowed in that | ||||||
13 | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under | ||||||
14 | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 | ||||||
15 | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 | ||||||
16 | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and | ||||||
17 | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the | ||||||
18 | taxable year of all additional exemptions under | ||||||
19 | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with | ||||||
20 | a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk | ||||||
21 | of any county that is or was subject to the provisions | ||||||
22 | of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
23 | shall annually calculate and certify to the Department | ||||||
24 | of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all homestead | ||||||
25 | exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the | ||||||
26 | Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax | ||||||
2 | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or | ||||||
3 | less. It is the intent of this subparagraph (A) that if | ||||||
4 | the general homestead exemption for a parcel of | ||||||
5 | property is determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 | ||||||
6 | of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, | ||||||
7 | then the calculation of EAV shall not be affected by | ||||||
8 | the difference, if any, between the amount of the | ||||||
9 | general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of | ||||||
10 | property under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property | ||||||
11 | Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed | ||||||
12 | had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of | ||||||
13 | property been determined under Section 15-175 of the | ||||||
14 | Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this | ||||||
15 | subparagraph (A) that if additional exemptions are | ||||||
16 | allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code | ||||||
17 | for owners with a household income of less than | ||||||
18 | $30,000, then the calculation of EAV shall not be | ||||||
19 | affected by the difference, if any, because of those | ||||||
20 | additional exemptions. | ||||||
21 | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational | ||||||
22 | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to | ||||||
23 | which a municipality has adopted tax increment | ||||||
24 | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment | ||||||
25 | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article | ||||||
26 | 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the | ||||||
2 | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of | ||||||
3 | real property located in any such project area that | ||||||
4 | which is attributable to an increase above the total | ||||||
5 | initial EAV of such property shall be used as part of | ||||||
6 | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, until such time as | ||||||
7 | all redevelopment project costs have been paid, as | ||||||
8 | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment | ||||||
9 | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 | ||||||
10 | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of | ||||||
11 | the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total initial | ||||||
12 | EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, shall be | ||||||
13 | used until such time as all redevelopment project costs | ||||||
14 | have been paid. | ||||||
15 | (B-5) The real property equalized assessed | ||||||
16 | valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by | ||||||
17 | subtracting from the real property value, as equalized | ||||||
18 | or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the | ||||||
19 | district an amount computed by dividing the amount of | ||||||
20 | any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the | ||||||
21 | Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining | ||||||
22 | grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district | ||||||
23 | maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% | ||||||
24 | for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and | ||||||
25 | adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount | ||||||
26 | of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same | ||||||
2 | percentage rates for district type as specified in this | ||||||
3 | subparagraph (B-5). | ||||||
4 | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid | ||||||
5 | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the | ||||||
6 | lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation | ||||||
7 | for property within the partial elementary unit | ||||||
8 | district for elementary purposes, as defined in | ||||||
9 | Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized | ||||||
10 | assessed valuation for property within the partial | ||||||
11 | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as | ||||||
12 | defined in Article 11E of this Code. | ||||||
13 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the | ||||||
14 | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years | ||||||
15 | or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in | ||||||
16 | the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more | ||||||
17 | compared to the 3-year average. In the event of | ||||||
18 | Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or | ||||||
19 | annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the | ||||||
20 | first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the | ||||||
21 | most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the | ||||||
22 | average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately | ||||||
23 | preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared | ||||||
24 | to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year | ||||||
25 | average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if | ||||||
26 | the Adjusted adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to the 3-year average for the third year. For any school | ||||||
2 | district whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is | ||||||
3 | used in calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted | ||||||
4 | EAV shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately | ||||||
5 | preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if that | ||||||
6 | year represents a decline of 10% or more compared to the | ||||||
7 | 2-year average. | ||||||
8 | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State | ||||||
9 | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as | ||||||
10 | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of | ||||||
11 | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. | ||||||
12 | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the | ||||||
13 | PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the | ||||||
14 | product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in | ||||||
15 | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 | ||||||
16 | of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
17 | this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension | ||||||
18 | Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved or | ||||||
19 | does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant to | ||||||
20 | Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the Base | ||||||
21 | Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product of | ||||||
22 | the equalized assessed valuation last used in the | ||||||
23 | calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of | ||||||
24 | this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under | ||||||
25 | this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the | ||||||
26 | percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the | ||||||
2 | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar | ||||||
3 | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the equalized | ||||||
4 | assessed valuation of new property, annexed property, and | ||||||
5 | recovered tax increment value and minus the equalized | ||||||
6 | assessed valuation of disconnected property. | ||||||
7 | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and | ||||||
8 | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings set | ||||||
9 | forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. | ||||||
10 | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. | ||||||
11 | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding | ||||||
12 | Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded | ||||||
13 | Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the | ||||||
14 | Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the | ||||||
15 | 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and | ||||||
16 | specified appropriation amounts described in this | ||||||
17 | paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated by | ||||||
18 | the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now | ||||||
19 | repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act 99-524 | ||||||
20 | (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code (funding for | ||||||
21 | children requiring special education services); Section | ||||||
22 | 14-13.01 of this Code (special education facilities and | ||||||
23 | staffing), except for reimbursement of the cost of | ||||||
24 | transportation pursuant to Section 14-13.01; Section | ||||||
25 | 14C-12 of this Code (English learners); and Section 18-4.3 | ||||||
26 | of this Code (summer school), based on an appropriation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | level of $13,121,600. For a school district organized under | ||||||
2 | Article 34 of this Code, the Base Funding Minimum also | ||||||
3 | includes (i) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
4 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to | ||||||
5 | funding programs authorized by the Sections of this Code | ||||||
6 | listed in the preceding sentence ; and (ii) the difference | ||||||
7 | between (I) the funds allocated to the school district | ||||||
8 | pursuant to Section 1D-1 of this Code attributable to the | ||||||
9 | funding programs authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public | ||||||
10 | special education reimbursement), subsection (b) of | ||||||
11 | Section 14-13.01 (special education transportation), | ||||||
12 | Section 29-5 (transportation), Section 2-3.80 | ||||||
13 | (agricultural education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' | ||||||
14 | alternative education), Section 2-3.62 (educational | ||||||
15 | service centers), and Section 14-7.03 (special education - | ||||||
16 | orphanage) of this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood | ||||||
17 | Hunger Relief Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the | ||||||
18 | school district's actual expenditures for its non-public | ||||||
19 | special education, special education transportation, | ||||||
20 | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' | ||||||
21 | alternative education, services that would otherwise be | ||||||
22 | performed by a regional office of education, special | ||||||
23 | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as | ||||||
24 | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to | ||||||
25 | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base | ||||||
26 | Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. For |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | programs operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
2 | intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum must | ||||||
3 | be the total amount of State funds allocated to those | ||||||
4 | programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided | ||||||
5 | pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section | ||||||
6 | 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, | ||||||
7 | 2019 ( the effective date of Public Act 101-10) this | ||||||
8 | amendatory Act of the 101st General Assembly and | ||||||
9 | administered by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
10 | intermediate service center must have an initial Base | ||||||
11 | Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year | ||||||
12 | ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received | ||||||
13 | in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar | ||||||
14 | existing program type. If the enrollment for a program | ||||||
15 | operated by a regional office of education or an | ||||||
16 | intermediate service center is zero, then it may not | ||||||
17 | receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the | ||||||
18 | next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to | ||||||
19 | Organizational Units under subsection (g). | ||||||
20 | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the | ||||||
21 | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially | ||||||
22 | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of | ||||||
23 | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the | ||||||
24 | Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) | ||||||
25 | any amount received by a school district pursuant to | ||||||
26 | Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as | ||||||
2 | provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit that | ||||||
3 | meets all of the following criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
4 | State Board, shall have District Intervention Money added | ||||||
5 | to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base Funding | ||||||
6 | Minimum is calculated by the State Board: | ||||||
7 | (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an | ||||||
8 | Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this | ||||||
9 | Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to | ||||||
10 | the control of the State Board pursuant to a court | ||||||
11 | order for a minimum of 4 school years. | ||||||
12 | (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a | ||||||
13 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous | ||||||
14 | school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of | ||||||
15 | this Section. | ||||||
16 | (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates | ||||||
17 | sustainability through a 5-year financial and | ||||||
18 | strategic plan. | ||||||
19 | (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient | ||||||
20 | progress and achieved sufficient stability in the | ||||||
21 | areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. | ||||||
22 | As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), | ||||||
23 | the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
24 | summative designation, any accreditations of the | ||||||
25 | Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's | ||||||
26 | financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If the State Board determines that an Organizational | ||||||
2 | Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), | ||||||
3 | it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later | ||||||
4 | than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board | ||||||
5 | makes it determination, on the amount of District | ||||||
6 | Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's Base | ||||||
7 | Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the State | ||||||
8 | Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by joint | ||||||
9 | resolution, the addition of District Intervention Money. | ||||||
10 | If the General Assembly fails to act on the report within | ||||||
11 | 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, the | ||||||
12 | addition of District Intervention Money is deemed | ||||||
13 | approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of | ||||||
14 | District Intervention Money to be added to the | ||||||
15 | Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District | ||||||
16 | Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding | ||||||
17 | Minimum annually thereafter. | ||||||
18 | For the first 4 years following the initial year that | ||||||
19 | the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has | ||||||
20 | met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has | ||||||
21 | received funding under this Section, the Organizational | ||||||
22 | Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before | ||||||
23 | November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and | ||||||
24 | strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph | ||||||
25 | (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the | ||||||
26 | past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each | ||||||
2 | year and the approved budget financial data for the current | ||||||
3 | year. The plan shall be developed according to the | ||||||
4 | guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the | ||||||
5 | State Board. The plan shall further include financial | ||||||
6 | projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a | ||||||
7 | discussion and financial summary of the Organizational | ||||||
8 | Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not | ||||||
9 | demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or | ||||||
10 | if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an | ||||||
11 | annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, | ||||||
12 | or other financial information as required by law, the | ||||||
13 | State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel under | ||||||
14 | Article 1H of this Code. However, if the Organizational | ||||||
15 | Unit already has a Financial Oversight Panel, the State | ||||||
16 | Board may extend the duration of the Panel. | ||||||
17 | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. | ||||||
18 | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a | ||||||
19 | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order | ||||||
20 | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the | ||||||
21 | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of | ||||||
22 | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's | ||||||
23 | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
24 | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this subsection | ||||||
25 | (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final Resources and | ||||||
26 | Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to account for the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Organizational Unit's poverty concentration levels | ||||||
2 | pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection (f). | ||||||
3 | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are | ||||||
4 | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and | ||||||
5 | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary | ||||||
6 | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary | ||||||
7 | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. | ||||||
8 | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an | ||||||
9 | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal the sum of | ||||||
10 | its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding | ||||||
11 | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded | ||||||
12 | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the | ||||||
13 | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools | ||||||
14 | shall not include any portion of general State aid | ||||||
15 | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita tuition | ||||||
16 | charge times the charter school enrollment. | ||||||
17 | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy | ||||||
18 | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An | ||||||
19 | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is | ||||||
20 | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental | ||||||
21 | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the | ||||||
22 | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary | ||||||
23 | Percent of Adequacy. | ||||||
24 | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. | ||||||
25 | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based | ||||||
26 | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's | ||||||
2 | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this | ||||||
3 | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the | ||||||
4 | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first | ||||||
5 | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in | ||||||
6 | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), based | ||||||
7 | on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy. New | ||||||
8 | State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 tiers as | ||||||
9 | follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of all New | ||||||
10 | State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% of all New | ||||||
11 | State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals 0.9% of all | ||||||
12 | New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding equals 0.1% | ||||||
13 | of all New State Funds. Each Organizational Unit within | ||||||
14 | Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New State Funds | ||||||
15 | equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in the following | ||||||
16 | sentence, multiplied by the tier's Allocation Rate | ||||||
17 | determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of this subsection | ||||||
18 | (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
19 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified in paragraph | ||||||
20 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
21 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting | ||||||
22 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
23 | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding Gap | ||||||
24 | equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in paragraph | ||||||
25 | (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
26 | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final | ||||||
2 | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine | ||||||
3 | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting | ||||||
4 | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus | ||||||
5 | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target | ||||||
6 | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier | ||||||
7 | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the | ||||||
8 | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation | ||||||
9 | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection (g). | ||||||
10 | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for all | ||||||
11 | Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational Unit | ||||||
12 | shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 | ||||||
13 | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational | ||||||
14 | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. | ||||||
15 | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation | ||||||
16 | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall | ||||||
17 | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 | ||||||
18 | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the | ||||||
19 | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
20 | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by the | ||||||
21 | percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 | ||||||
22 | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational | ||||||
23 | Units' Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting | ||||||
24 | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. | ||||||
25 | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 tiers | ||||||
26 | as follows: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
2 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
3 | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 | ||||||
4 | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 | ||||||
5 | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 | ||||||
6 | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) | ||||||
7 | of this subsection (g). | ||||||
8 | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all | ||||||
9 | other Organizational Units, except for Specially | ||||||
10 | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than | ||||||
11 | 0.90. | ||||||
12 | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, | ||||||
13 | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of | ||||||
14 | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. | ||||||
15 | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units | ||||||
16 | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. | ||||||
17 | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are is | ||||||
18 | determined as follows: | ||||||
19 | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. | ||||||
20 | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
21 | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
22 | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 | ||||||
23 | Organizational Units, unless the result of such | ||||||
24 | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such | ||||||
25 | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 Allocation | ||||||
26 | Rate is 1.0. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
2 | following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
3 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 | ||||||
4 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
5 | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the | ||||||
6 | following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided | ||||||
7 | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 | ||||||
8 | Organizational
Units. | ||||||
9 | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: | ||||||
10 | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that | ||||||
11 | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed | ||||||
12 | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. | ||||||
13 | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. | ||||||
14 | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. | ||||||
15 | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is | ||||||
16 | greater than 90%, than all Tier 1 funding shall be | ||||||
17 | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's | ||||||
18 | funding may be identified. | ||||||
19 | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units | ||||||
20 | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any | ||||||
21 | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and | ||||||
22 | Tier 4 Organizational Units. | ||||||
23 | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood | ||||||
24 | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for | ||||||
25 | direct funding following the implementation of Public Act | ||||||
26 | 100-465 this amendatory Act of the 100th General Assembly |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | from any of the funding sources included within the | ||||||
2 | definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified | ||||||
3 | portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred to | ||||||
4 | one or more appropriate Organizational Units as determined | ||||||
5 | by the State Superintendent based on the prior year ASE of | ||||||
6 | the Organizational Units. | ||||||
7 | (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special | ||||||
8 | education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding | ||||||
9 | Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be | ||||||
10 | redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The | ||||||
11 | school district and the cooperative must include the amount | ||||||
12 | of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be reapportioned | ||||||
13 | re-apportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify | ||||||
14 | the State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement | ||||||
15 | upon withdrawal. | ||||||
16 | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish | ||||||
17 | a target for State funding that will keep pace with | ||||||
18 | inflation and continue to advance equity through the | ||||||
19 | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State | ||||||
20 | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is | ||||||
21 | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State | ||||||
22 | fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to | ||||||
23 | $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more | ||||||
24 | than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be | ||||||
25 | counted toward towards the Minimum Funding Level. If the | ||||||
26 | sum of New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Relief Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, | ||||||
2 | than funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following | ||||||
3 | manner: | ||||||
4 | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
5 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
6 | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as | ||||||
7 | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. | ||||||
8 | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
9 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
10 | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
11 | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is | ||||||
12 | exhausted. | ||||||
13 | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
14 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
15 | Funding Level level and New new State Funds and the | ||||||
16 | reduction in Tier 4 and Tier 3. | ||||||
17 | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an | ||||||
18 | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum | ||||||
19 | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in | ||||||
20 | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation | ||||||
21 | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal | ||||||
22 | to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate allocation rate set by | ||||||
23 | paragraph (4) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the | ||||||
24 | result of New State Funds divided by the Minimum | ||||||
25 | Funding Level. | ||||||
26 | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then | ||||||
2 | any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated for | ||||||
3 | purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a maximum of | ||||||
4 | $50,000,000. | ||||||
5 | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the | ||||||
6 | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after | ||||||
7 | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units | ||||||
8 | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under | ||||||
9 | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held | ||||||
10 | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to | ||||||
11 | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding | ||||||
12 | received in accordance with this Section in the prior | ||||||
13 | fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding | ||||||
14 | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
| ||||||
15 | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE | ||||||
16 | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units | ||||||
17 | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
| ||||||
18 | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to | ||||||
19 | Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the | ||||||
20 | relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this | ||||||
21 | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions to
| ||||||
22 | Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an amount | ||||||
23 | that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum | ||||||
24 | established in the first year of implementation of this
| ||||||
25 | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school | ||||||
26 | districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction | ||||||
2 | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. | ||||||
3 | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor | ||||||
4 | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this | ||||||
5 | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages | ||||||
6 | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to | ||||||
7 | the nearest whole dollar. | ||||||
8 | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and | ||||||
9 | district submission requirements. | ||||||
10 | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with | ||||||
11 | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the | ||||||
12 | funding obligations created under this Section. | ||||||
13 | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the | ||||||
14 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State | ||||||
15 | Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under | ||||||
16 | this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be | ||||||
17 | distributed within an Organizational Unit without the | ||||||
18 | approval of the unit's school board. | ||||||
19 | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
20 | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's aggregate | ||||||
21 | financial adequacy amount, which shall be the sum of the | ||||||
22 | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. The State | ||||||
23 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for | ||||||
24 | each Organizational Unit the unit's total State funds | ||||||
25 | allocated for its students with disabilities. The State | ||||||
26 | Superintendent shall calculate and report separately for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | each Organizational Unit the amount of funding and | ||||||
2 | applicable FTE calculated for each Essential Element of the | ||||||
3 | unit's Adequacy Target. | ||||||
4 | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate | ||||||
5 | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit | ||||||
6 | must expend on special education and bilingual education | ||||||
7 | and computer technology and equipment for Organizational | ||||||
8 | Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an | ||||||
9 | additional $285.50 per student computer technology and | ||||||
10 | equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target | ||||||
11 | pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special | ||||||
12 | Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and | ||||||
13 | computer technology and equipment investment allocation. | ||||||
14 | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be | ||||||
15 | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal | ||||||
16 | year basis, with payments beginning in August and extending | ||||||
17 | through June. Unless otherwise provided, the moneys | ||||||
18 | appropriated for each fiscal year shall be distributed in | ||||||
19 | 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly to each | ||||||
20 | Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for any fiscal | ||||||
21 | year are distributed other than monthly, the distribution | ||||||
22 | shall be on the same basis for each Organizational Unit. | ||||||
23 | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given | ||||||
24 | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to | ||||||
25 | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive | ||||||
26 | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise | ||||||
2 | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district | ||||||
3 | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in | ||||||
4 | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment of | ||||||
5 | the school district. "Recognized school" means any public | ||||||
6 | school that meets the standards for recognition by the | ||||||
7 | State Board. A school district or attendance center not | ||||||
8 | having recognition status at the end of a school term is | ||||||
9 | entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal | ||||||
10 | claim that was filed while it was recognized. | ||||||
11 | (7) School district claims filed under this Section are | ||||||
12 | subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, except as | ||||||
13 | otherwise provided in this Section. | ||||||
14 | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall | ||||||
15 | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its | ||||||
16 | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall | ||||||
17 | be deemed attributable to the provision of special | ||||||
18 | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section | ||||||
19 | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance | ||||||
20 | with maintenance of State financial support requirements | ||||||
21 | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education | ||||||
22 | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for | ||||||
23 | the provision of special educational facilities and | ||||||
24 | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and | ||||||
25 | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures | ||||||
26 | adopted by the State Board. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit | ||||||
2 | annual spending plans by the end of September of each year | ||||||
3 | to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, | ||||||
4 | which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will | ||||||
5 | utilize the Base Funding Minimum Funding and | ||||||
6 | Evidence-Based Funding funding it receives from this State | ||||||
7 | under this Section with specific identification of the | ||||||
8 | intended utilization of Low-Income, English learner, and | ||||||
9 | special education resources. Additionally, the annual | ||||||
10 | spending plans of each Organizational Unit shall describe | ||||||
11 | how the Organizational Unit expects to achieve student | ||||||
12 | growth and how the Organizational Unit will achieve State | ||||||
13 | education goals, as defined by the State Board. The State | ||||||
14 | Superintendent may, from time to time, identify additional | ||||||
15 | requisites for Organizational Units to satisfy when | ||||||
16 | compiling the annual spending plans required under this | ||||||
17 | subsection (h). The format and scope of annual spending | ||||||
18 | plans shall be developed by the State Superintendent and | ||||||
19 | the State Board of Education. School districts that serve | ||||||
20 | students under Article 14C of this Code shall continue to | ||||||
21 | submit information as required under Section 14C-12 of this | ||||||
22 | Code. | ||||||
23 | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State | ||||||
24 | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for | ||||||
25 | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy | ||||||
26 | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, | ||||||
2 | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly | ||||||
3 | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations | ||||||
4 | for: | ||||||
5 | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, | ||||||
6 | innovative, and 21st century learning environments | ||||||
7 | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; | ||||||
8 | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's | ||||||
9 | educators for successful instructional careers; | ||||||
10 | (C) application and enhancement of the current | ||||||
11 | financial accountability measures, the approved State | ||||||
12 | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds | ||||||
13 | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures | ||||||
14 | in relation to student growth and elements of the | ||||||
15 | Evidence-Based Funding model; and | ||||||
16 | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy | ||||||
17 | funding system based on projected and recommended | ||||||
18 | funding levels from the General Assembly. | ||||||
19 | (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
must | ||||||
20 | recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the | ||||||
21 | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the | ||||||
22 | study of average expenses and as reported in the most | ||||||
23 | recent annual financial report: | ||||||
24 | (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
(2) | ||||||
25 | of subsection (b). | ||||||
26 | (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
(O) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
2 | (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
paragraph | ||||||
3 | (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
4 | (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
| ||||||
5 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
6 | (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
| ||||||
7 | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
8 | (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
| ||||||
9 | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). | ||||||
10 | (i) Professional Review Panel. | ||||||
11 | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study and | ||||||
12 | review topics related to the implementation and effect of | ||||||
13 | Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint resolution | ||||||
14 | or Public Act of the General Assembly or a motion passed by | ||||||
15 | the State Board of Education. The Panel must provide | ||||||
16 | recommendations to and serve the Governor, the General | ||||||
17 | Assembly, and the State Board. The State Superintendent or | ||||||
18 | his or her designee must serve as a voting member and | ||||||
19 | chairperson of the Panel. The State Superintendent must | ||||||
20 | appoint a vice chairperson from the membership of the | ||||||
21 | Panel. The Panel must advance recommendations based on a | ||||||
22 | three-fifths majority vote of Panel panel members present | ||||||
23 | and voting. A minority opinion may also accompany any | ||||||
24 | recommendation of the Panel. The Panel shall be appointed | ||||||
25 | by the State Superintendent, except as otherwise provided | ||||||
26 | in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) and include the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | following members: | ||||||
2 | (A) Two appointees that represent district | ||||||
3 | superintendents, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
4 | organization that represents district superintendents. | ||||||
5 | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, | ||||||
6 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
7 | represents school boards. | ||||||
8 | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent | ||||||
9 | school business officials, recommended by a statewide | ||||||
10 | organization that represents school business | ||||||
11 | officials. | ||||||
12 | (D) Two appointees that represent school | ||||||
13 | principals, recommended by a statewide organization | ||||||
14 | that represents school principals. | ||||||
15 | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
16 | recommended by a statewide organization that | ||||||
17 | represents teachers. | ||||||
18 | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, | ||||||
19 | recommended by another statewide organization that | ||||||
20 | represents teachers. | ||||||
21 | (G) Two appointees that represent regional | ||||||
22 | superintendents of schools, recommended by | ||||||
23 | organizations that represent regional superintendents. | ||||||
24 | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the | ||||||
25 | State Superintendent. | ||||||
26 | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | universities in this State. | ||||||
2 | (J) One member recommended by a statewide | ||||||
3 | organization that represents parents. | ||||||
4 | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective | ||||||
5 | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan | ||||||
6 | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. | ||||||
7 | (L) One member from a statewide organization | ||||||
8 | focused on research-based education policy to support | ||||||
9 | a school system that prepares all students for college, | ||||||
10 | a career, and democratic citizenship. | ||||||
11 | (M) One representative from a school district | ||||||
12 | organized under Article 34 of this Code. | ||||||
13 | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the | ||||||
14 | membership of the Panel includes representatives from | ||||||
15 | school districts and communities reflecting the | ||||||
16 | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity | ||||||
17 | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally | ||||||
18 | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes | ||||||
19 | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and | ||||||
20 | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff | ||||||
21 | the Panel. | ||||||
22 | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by the | ||||||
23 | State Superintendent, 4 members of the General Assembly | ||||||
24 | shall be appointed as follows: one member of the House of | ||||||
25 | Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the House of | ||||||
26 | Representatives, one member of the Senate appointed by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | President of the Senate, one member of the House of | ||||||
2 | Representatives appointed by the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
3 | House of Representatives, and one member of the Senate | ||||||
4 | appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. There shall | ||||||
5 | be one additional member appointed by the Governor. All | ||||||
6 | members appointed by legislative leaders or the Governor | ||||||
7 | shall be non-voting, ex officio members. | ||||||
8 | (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of the | ||||||
9 | General Assembly or State Board of Education, as provided | ||||||
10 | under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the following | ||||||
11 | topics at the direction of the chairperson: (4) | ||||||
12 | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans | ||||||
13 | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this | ||||||
14 | Section. | ||||||
15 | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. | ||||||
16 | (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital | ||||||
17 | maintenance and construction costs. | ||||||
18 | (D) "At-risk student" definition. | ||||||
19 | (E) Benefits. | ||||||
20 | (F) Technology. | ||||||
21 | (G) Local Capacity Target. | ||||||
22 | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory | ||||||
23 | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning | ||||||
24 | opportunities programs. | ||||||
25 | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration | ||||||
26 | strategies. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (J) Special education investments. | ||||||
2 | (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration | ||||||
3 | with the Illinois Early Learning Council. | ||||||
4 | (4) (Blank). | ||||||
5 | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this | ||||||
6 | Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall | ||||||
7 | complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based | ||||||
8 | Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not | ||||||
9 | the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall | ||||||
10 | report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the | ||||||
11 | Governor on the findings of the study. | ||||||
12 | (6) (Blank). | ||||||
13 | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in other | ||||||
14 | laws to general State aid funds or calculations under Section | ||||||
15 | 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to be | ||||||
16 | references to evidence-based model formula funds or | ||||||
17 | calculations under this Section.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-578, eff. 1-31-18; | ||||||
19 | 100-582, eff. 3-23-18; 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff. | ||||||
20 | 6-14-19; revised 7-1-19.)
| ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/21A-5)
| ||||||
22 | Sec. 21A-5. Definitions. In this Article:
| ||||||
23 | "New teacher" means the holder of a professional educator | ||||||
24 | license an Initial Teaching Certificate , as set
forth in | ||||||
25 | Section 21B-20 21-2 of this Code, who is employed by a public |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school and who
has not previously participated in a new teacher | ||||||
2 | induction and mentoring
program required by this Article, | ||||||
3 | except as provided in Section 21A-25 of this
Code.
| ||||||
4 | "Public school" means any school operating pursuant to the | ||||||
5 | authority of
this Code, including without limitation a school | ||||||
6 | district, a charter school, a
cooperative or joint agreement | ||||||
7 | with a governing body or board of control, and a
school | ||||||
8 | operated by a regional office of education or State agency.
| ||||||
9 | (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
10 | (105 ILCS 5/21A-30)
| ||||||
11 | Sec. 21A-30. Evaluation of programs. The State Board of | ||||||
12 | Education
and the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||||||
13 | Teacher Certification Board shall jointly contract with an
| ||||||
14 | independent party to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of new | ||||||
15 | teacher
induction and mentoring programs established pursuant | ||||||
16 | to this Article. The
first report of this evaluation shall be | ||||||
17 | presented to the General Assembly on
or
before January 1, 2009. | ||||||
18 | Subsequent evaluations shall be conducted and
reports | ||||||
19 | presented to the General Assembly on or before January 1 of | ||||||
20 | every
third year thereafter.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
22 | (105 ILCS 5/21A-35)
| ||||||
23 | Sec. 21A-35. Rules. The State Board of Education, in | ||||||
24 | consultation with
the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Teacher Certification Board, shall adopt rules for the | ||||||
2 | implementation
of this Article.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 93-355, eff. 1-1-04.)
| ||||||
4 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-20) | ||||||
5 | Sec. 21B-20. Types of licenses. The State Board of | ||||||
6 | Education shall implement a system of educator licensure, | ||||||
7 | whereby individuals employed in school districts who are | ||||||
8 | required to be licensed must have one of the following | ||||||
9 | licenses: (i) a professional educator license; (ii) an educator | ||||||
10 | license with stipulations; (iii) a substitute teaching | ||||||
11 | license; or (iv) until June 30, 2023, a short-term substitute | ||||||
12 | teaching license. References in law regarding individuals | ||||||
13 | certified or certificated or required to be certified or | ||||||
14 | certificated under Article 21 of this Code shall also include | ||||||
15 | individuals licensed or required to be licensed under this | ||||||
16 | Article. The first year of all licenses ends on June 30 | ||||||
17 | following one full year of the license being issued. | ||||||
18 | The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
19 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||||||
20 | rules as may be necessary to govern the requirements for | ||||||
21 | licenses and endorsements under this Section. | ||||||
22 | (1) Professional Educator License. Persons who (i) | ||||||
23 | have successfully completed an approved educator | ||||||
24 | preparation program and are recommended for licensure by | ||||||
25 | the Illinois institution offering the educator preparation |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | program, (ii) have successfully completed the required | ||||||
2 | testing under Section 21B-30 of this Code, (iii) have | ||||||
3 | successfully completed coursework on the psychology of, | ||||||
4 | the identification of, and the methods of instruction for | ||||||
5 | the exceptional child, including without limitation | ||||||
6 | children with learning disabilities, (iv) have | ||||||
7 | successfully completed coursework in methods of reading | ||||||
8 | and reading in the content area, and (v) have met all other | ||||||
9 | criteria established by rule of the State Board of | ||||||
10 | Education shall be issued a Professional Educator License. | ||||||
11 | All Professional Educator Licenses are valid until June 30 | ||||||
12 | immediately following 5 years of the license being issued. | ||||||
13 | The Professional Educator License shall be endorsed with | ||||||
14 | specific areas and grade levels in which the individual is | ||||||
15 | eligible to practice. For an early childhood education | ||||||
16 | endorsement, an individual may satisfy the student | ||||||
17 | teaching requirement of his or her early childhood teacher | ||||||
18 | preparation program through placement in a setting with | ||||||
19 | children from birth through grade 2, and the individual may | ||||||
20 | be paid and receive credit while student teaching. The | ||||||
21 | student teaching experience must meet the requirements of | ||||||
22 | and be approved by the individual's early childhood teacher | ||||||
23 | preparation program. | ||||||
24 | Individuals can receive subsequent endorsements on the | ||||||
25 | Professional Educator License. Subsequent endorsements | ||||||
26 | shall require a minimum of 24 semester hours of coursework |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in the endorsement area and passage of the applicable | ||||||
2 | content area test, unless otherwise specified by rule. | ||||||
3 | (2) Educator License with Stipulations. An Educator | ||||||
4 | License with Stipulations shall be issued an endorsement | ||||||
5 | that limits the license holder to one particular position | ||||||
6 | or does not require completion of an approved educator | ||||||
7 | program or both. | ||||||
8 | An individual with an Educator License with | ||||||
9 | Stipulations must not be employed by a school district or | ||||||
10 | any other entity to replace any presently employed teacher | ||||||
11 | who otherwise would not be replaced for any reason. | ||||||
12 | An Educator License with Stipulations may be issued | ||||||
13 | with the following endorsements: | ||||||
14 | (A) (Blank). | ||||||
15 | (B) Alternative provisional educator. An | ||||||
16 | alternative provisional educator endorsement on an | ||||||
17 | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued to an | ||||||
18 | applicant who, at the time of applying for the | ||||||
19 | endorsement, has done all of the following: | ||||||
20 | (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited | ||||||
21 | college or university with a minimum of a | ||||||
22 | bachelor's degree. | ||||||
23 | (ii) Successfully completed the first phase of | ||||||
24 | the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||||||
25 | Teachers, as described in Section 21B-50 of this | ||||||
26 | Code. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (iii) Passed a content area test, as required | ||||||
2 | under Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
3 | The alternative provisional educator endorsement is | ||||||
4 | valid for 2 years of teaching and may be renewed for a | ||||||
5 | third year by an individual meeting the requirements set | ||||||
6 | forth in Section 21B-50 of this Code. | ||||||
7 | (C) Alternative provisional superintendent. An | ||||||
8 | alternative provisional superintendent endorsement on | ||||||
9 | an Educator License with Stipulations entitles the | ||||||
10 | holder to serve only as a superintendent or assistant | ||||||
11 | superintendent in a school district's central office. | ||||||
12 | This endorsement may only be issued to an applicant | ||||||
13 | who, at the time of applying for the endorsement, has | ||||||
14 | done all of the following: | ||||||
15 | (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited | ||||||
16 | college or university with a minimum of a master's | ||||||
17 | degree in a management field other than education. | ||||||
18 | (ii) Been employed for a period of at least 5 | ||||||
19 | years in a management level position in a field | ||||||
20 | other than education. | ||||||
21 | (iii) Successfully completed the first phase | ||||||
22 | of an alternative route to superintendent | ||||||
23 | endorsement program, as provided in Section 21B-55 | ||||||
24 | of this Code. | ||||||
25 | (iv) Passed a content area test required under | ||||||
26 | Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The endorsement is valid for 2 fiscal years in | ||||||
2 | order to complete one full year of serving as a | ||||||
3 | superintendent or assistant superintendent. | ||||||
4 | (D) (Blank). | ||||||
5 | (E) Career and technical educator. A career and | ||||||
6 | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||||||
7 | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who has | ||||||
8 | a minimum of 60 semester hours of coursework from a | ||||||
9 | regionally accredited institution of higher education | ||||||
10 | or an accredited trade and technical institution and | ||||||
11 | has a minimum of 2,000 hours of experience outside of | ||||||
12 | education in each area to be taught. | ||||||
13 | The career and technical educator endorsement on | ||||||
14 | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||||||
15 | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||||||
16 | endorsement being issued and may be renewed. For | ||||||
17 | individuals who were issued the career and technical | ||||||
18 | educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
19 | Stipulations on or after January 1, 2015, the license | ||||||
20 | may be renewed if the individual passes a test of work | ||||||
21 | proficiency, as required under Section 21B-30 of this | ||||||
22 | Code. | ||||||
23 | An individual who holds a valid career and | ||||||
24 | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||||||
25 | with Stipulations but does not hold a bachelor's degree | ||||||
26 | may substitute teach in career and technical education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | classrooms. | ||||||
2 | (F) Part-time provisional career and technical | ||||||
3 | educator or provisional career and technical educator. | ||||||
4 | A part-time provisional career and technical educator | ||||||
5 | endorsement or a provisional career and technical | ||||||
6 | educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
7 | Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who has a | ||||||
8 | minimum of 8,000 hours of work experience in the skill | ||||||
9 | for which the applicant is seeking the endorsement. It | ||||||
10 | is the responsibility of each employing school board | ||||||
11 | and regional office of education to provide | ||||||
12 | verification, in writing, to the State Superintendent | ||||||
13 | of Education at the time the application is submitted | ||||||
14 | that no qualified teacher holding a Professional | ||||||
15 | Educator License or an Educator License with | ||||||
16 | Stipulations with a career and technical educator | ||||||
17 | endorsement is available and that actual circumstances | ||||||
18 | require such issuance. | ||||||
19 | The provisional career and technical educator | ||||||
20 | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||||||
21 | is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of | ||||||
22 | the endorsement being issued and may be renewed for 5 | ||||||
23 | years. For individuals who were issued the provisional | ||||||
24 | career and technical educator endorsement on an | ||||||
25 | Educator License with Stipulations on or after January | ||||||
26 | 1, 2015, the license may be renewed if the individual |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | passes a test of work proficiency, as required under | ||||||
2 | Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
3 | A part-time provisional career and technical | ||||||
4 | educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
5 | Stipulations may be issued for teaching no more than 2 | ||||||
6 | courses of study for grades 6 through 12. The part-time | ||||||
7 | provisional career and technical educator endorsement | ||||||
8 | on an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||||||
9 | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||||||
10 | endorsement being issued and may be renewed for 5 years | ||||||
11 | if the individual makes application for renewal. | ||||||
12 | An individual who holds a provisional or part-time | ||||||
13 | provisional career and technical educator endorsement | ||||||
14 | on an Educator License with Stipulations but does not | ||||||
15 | hold a bachelor's degree may substitute teach in career | ||||||
16 | and technical education classrooms. | ||||||
17 | (G) Transitional bilingual educator. A | ||||||
18 | transitional bilingual educator endorsement on an | ||||||
19 | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued for | ||||||
20 | the purpose of providing instruction in accordance | ||||||
21 | with Article 14C of this Code to an applicant who | ||||||
22 | provides satisfactory evidence that he or she meets all | ||||||
23 | of the following requirements: | ||||||
24 | (i) Possesses adequate speaking, reading, and | ||||||
25 | writing ability in the language other than English | ||||||
26 | in which transitional bilingual education is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | offered. | ||||||
2 | (ii) Has the ability to successfully | ||||||
3 | communicate in English. | ||||||
4 | (iii) Either possessed, within 5 years | ||||||
5 | previous to his or her applying for a transitional | ||||||
6 | bilingual educator endorsement, a valid and | ||||||
7 | comparable teaching certificate or comparable | ||||||
8 | authorization issued by a foreign country or holds | ||||||
9 | a degree from an institution of higher learning in | ||||||
10 | a foreign country that the State Educator | ||||||
11 | Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be | ||||||
12 | the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a | ||||||
13 | regionally accredited institution of higher | ||||||
14 | learning in the United States. | ||||||
15 | A transitional bilingual educator endorsement | ||||||
16 | shall be valid for prekindergarten through grade 12, is | ||||||
17 | valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years of | ||||||
18 | the endorsement being issued, and shall not be renewed. | ||||||
19 | Persons holding a transitional bilingual educator | ||||||
20 | endorsement shall not be employed to replace any | ||||||
21 | presently employed teacher who otherwise would not be | ||||||
22 | replaced for any reason. | ||||||
23 | (H) Language endorsement. In an effort to | ||||||
24 | alleviate the shortage of teachers speaking a language | ||||||
25 | other than English in the public schools, an individual | ||||||
26 | who holds an Educator License with Stipulations may |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | also apply for a language endorsement, provided that | ||||||
2 | the applicant provides satisfactory evidence that he | ||||||
3 | or she meets all of the following requirements: | ||||||
4 | (i) Holds a transitional bilingual | ||||||
5 | endorsement. | ||||||
6 | (ii) Has demonstrated proficiency in the | ||||||
7 | language for which the endorsement is to be issued | ||||||
8 | by passing the applicable language content test | ||||||
9 | required by the State Board of Education. | ||||||
10 | (iii) Holds a bachelor's degree or higher from | ||||||
11 | a regionally accredited institution of higher | ||||||
12 | education or, for individuals educated in a | ||||||
13 | country other than the United States, holds a | ||||||
14 | degree from an institution of higher learning in a | ||||||
15 | foreign country that the State Educator | ||||||
16 | Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be | ||||||
17 | the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a | ||||||
18 | regionally accredited institution of higher | ||||||
19 | learning in the United States. | ||||||
20 | (iv) (Blank). | ||||||
21 | A language endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
22 | Stipulations is valid for prekindergarten through | ||||||
23 | grade 12 for the same validity period as the | ||||||
24 | individual's transitional bilingual educator | ||||||
25 | endorsement on the Educator License with Stipulations | ||||||
26 | and shall not be renewed. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (I) Visiting international educator. A visiting | ||||||
2 | international educator endorsement on an Educator | ||||||
3 | License with Stipulations may be issued to an | ||||||
4 | individual who is being recruited by a particular | ||||||
5 | school district that conducts formal recruitment | ||||||
6 | programs outside of the United States to secure the | ||||||
7 | services of qualified teachers and who meets all of the | ||||||
8 | following requirements: | ||||||
9 | (i) Holds the equivalent of a minimum of a | ||||||
10 | bachelor's degree issued in the United States. | ||||||
11 | (ii) Has been prepared as a teacher at the | ||||||
12 | grade level for which he or she will be employed. | ||||||
13 | (iii) Has adequate content knowledge in the | ||||||
14 | subject to be taught. | ||||||
15 | (iv) Has an adequate command of the English | ||||||
16 | language. | ||||||
17 | A holder of a visiting international educator | ||||||
18 | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||||||
19 | shall be permitted to teach in bilingual education | ||||||
20 | programs in the language that was the medium of | ||||||
21 | instruction in his or her teacher preparation program, | ||||||
22 | provided that he or she passes the English Language | ||||||
23 | Proficiency Examination or another test of writing | ||||||
24 | skills in English identified by the State Board of | ||||||
25 | Education, in consultation with the State Educator | ||||||
26 | Preparation and Licensure Board. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | A visiting international educator endorsement on | ||||||
2 | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 5 3 | ||||||
3 | years and shall not be renewed. | ||||||
4 | (J) Paraprofessional educator. A paraprofessional | ||||||
5 | educator endorsement on an Educator License with | ||||||
6 | Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who holds a | ||||||
7 | high school diploma or its recognized equivalent and | ||||||
8 | either holds an associate's degree or a minimum of 60 | ||||||
9 | semester hours of credit from a regionally accredited | ||||||
10 | institution of higher education or has passed a | ||||||
11 | paraprofessional competency test under subsection | ||||||
12 | (c-5) of Section 21B-30. The paraprofessional educator | ||||||
13 | endorsement is valid until June 30 immediately | ||||||
14 | following 5 years of the endorsement being issued and | ||||||
15 | may be renewed through application and payment of the | ||||||
16 | appropriate fee, as required under Section 21B-40 of | ||||||
17 | this Code. An individual who holds only a | ||||||
18 | paraprofessional educator endorsement is not subject | ||||||
19 | to additional requirements in order to renew the | ||||||
20 | endorsement. | ||||||
21 | (K) Chief school business official. A chief school | ||||||
22 | business official endorsement on an Educator License | ||||||
23 | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who | ||||||
24 | qualifies by having a master's degree or higher, 2 | ||||||
25 | years of full-time administrative experience in school | ||||||
26 | business management or 2 years of university-approved |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | practical experience, and a minimum of 24 semester | ||||||
2 | hours of graduate credit in a program approved by the | ||||||
3 | State Board of Education for the preparation of school | ||||||
4 | business administrators and by passage of the | ||||||
5 | applicable State tests, including an applicable | ||||||
6 | content area test. | ||||||
7 | The chief school business official endorsement may | ||||||
8 | also be affixed to the Educator License with | ||||||
9 | Stipulations of any holder who qualifies by having a | ||||||
10 | master's degree in business administration, finance, | ||||||
11 | accounting, or public administration and who completes | ||||||
12 | an additional 6 semester hours of internship in school | ||||||
13 | business management from a regionally accredited | ||||||
14 | institution of higher education and passes the | ||||||
15 | applicable State tests, including an applicable | ||||||
16 | content area test. This endorsement shall be required | ||||||
17 | for any individual employed as a chief school business | ||||||
18 | official. | ||||||
19 | The chief school business official endorsement on | ||||||
20 | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until | ||||||
21 | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the | ||||||
22 | endorsement being issued and may be renewed if the | ||||||
23 | license holder completes renewal requirements as | ||||||
24 | required for individuals who hold a Professional | ||||||
25 | Educator License endorsed for chief school business | ||||||
26 | official under Section 21B-45 of this Code and such |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | rules as may be adopted by the State Board of | ||||||
2 | Education. | ||||||
3 | The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules | ||||||
4 | necessary to implement Public Act 100-288. | ||||||
5 | (L) Provisional in-state educator. A provisional | ||||||
6 | in-state educator endorsement on an Educator License | ||||||
7 | with Stipulations may be issued to a candidate who has | ||||||
8 | completed an Illinois-approved educator preparation | ||||||
9 | program at an Illinois institution of higher education | ||||||
10 | and who has not successfully completed an | ||||||
11 | evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness but | ||||||
12 | who meets all of the following requirements: | ||||||
13 | (i) Holds at least a bachelor's degree. | ||||||
14 | (ii) Has completed an approved educator | ||||||
15 | preparation program at an Illinois institution. | ||||||
16 | (iii) Has passed an applicable content area | ||||||
17 | test, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
18 | (iv) Has attempted an evidence-based | ||||||
19 | assessment of teacher effectiveness and received a | ||||||
20 | minimum score on that assessment, as established | ||||||
21 | by the State Board of Education in consultation | ||||||
22 | with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||||||
23 | Board. | ||||||
24 | A provisional in-state educator endorsement on an | ||||||
25 | Educator License with Stipulations is valid for one | ||||||
26 | full fiscal year after the date of issuance and may not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be renewed. | ||||||
2 | (M) (Blank). School support personnel intern. A | ||||||
3 | school support personnel intern endorsement on an | ||||||
4 | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued as | ||||||
5 | specified by rule. | ||||||
6 | (N) Specialized services Special education area . A | ||||||
7 | specialized services special education area | ||||||
8 | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations | ||||||
9 | may be issued as defined and specified by rule. | ||||||
10 | (3) Substitute Teaching License. A Substitute Teaching | ||||||
11 | License may be issued to qualified applicants for | ||||||
12 | substitute teaching in all grades of the public schools, | ||||||
13 | prekindergarten through grade 12. Substitute Teaching | ||||||
14 | Licenses are not eligible for endorsements. Applicants for | ||||||
15 | a Substitute Teaching License must hold a bachelor's degree | ||||||
16 | or higher from a regionally accredited institution of | ||||||
17 | higher education. | ||||||
18 | Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for 5 years. | ||||||
19 | Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for substitute | ||||||
20 | teaching in every county of this State. If an individual | ||||||
21 | has had his or her Professional Educator License or | ||||||
22 | Educator License with Stipulations suspended or revoked, | ||||||
23 | then that individual is not eligible to obtain a Substitute | ||||||
24 | Teaching License. | ||||||
25 | A substitute teacher may only teach in the place of a | ||||||
26 | licensed teacher who is under contract with the employing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | board. If, however, there is no licensed teacher under | ||||||
2 | contract because of an emergency situation, then a district | ||||||
3 | may employ a substitute teacher for no longer than 30 | ||||||
4 | calendar days per each vacant position in the district if | ||||||
5 | the district notifies the appropriate regional office of | ||||||
6 | education within 5 business days after the employment of | ||||||
7 | the substitute teacher in the emergency situation. An | ||||||
8 | emergency situation is one in which an unforeseen vacancy | ||||||
9 | has occurred and (i) a teacher is unable to fulfill his or | ||||||
10 | her contractual duties or (ii) teacher capacity needs of | ||||||
11 | the district exceed previous indications, and the district | ||||||
12 | is actively engaged in advertising to hire a fully licensed | ||||||
13 | teacher for the vacant position. | ||||||
14 | There is no limit on the number of days that a | ||||||
15 | substitute teacher may teach in a single school district, | ||||||
16 | provided that no substitute teacher may teach for longer | ||||||
17 | than 90 school days for any one licensed teacher under | ||||||
18 | contract in the same school year. A substitute teacher who | ||||||
19 | holds a Professional Educator License or Educator License | ||||||
20 | with Stipulations shall not teach for more than 120 school | ||||||
21 | days for any one licensed teacher under contract in the | ||||||
22 | same school year. The limitations in this paragraph (3) on | ||||||
23 | the number of days a substitute teacher may be employed do | ||||||
24 | not apply to any school district operating under Article 34 | ||||||
25 | of this Code. | ||||||
26 | A school district may not require an individual who |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | holds a valid Professional Educator License or Educator | ||||||
2 | License with Stipulations to seek or hold a Substitute | ||||||
3 | Teaching License to teach as a substitute teacher. | ||||||
4 | (4) Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. Beginning | ||||||
5 | on July 1, 2018 and until June 30, 2023, the State Board of | ||||||
6 | Education may issue a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||||||
7 | License. A Short-Term Substitute Teaching License may be | ||||||
8 | issued to a qualified applicant for substitute teaching in | ||||||
9 | all grades of the public schools, prekindergarten through | ||||||
10 | grade 12. Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are not | ||||||
11 | eligible for endorsements. Applicants for a Short-Term | ||||||
12 | Substitute Teaching License must hold an associate's | ||||||
13 | degree or have completed at least 60 credit hours from a | ||||||
14 | regionally accredited institution of higher education. | ||||||
15 | Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for | ||||||
16 | substitute teaching in every county of this State. If an | ||||||
17 | individual has had his or her Professional Educator License | ||||||
18 | or Educator License with Stipulations suspended or | ||||||
19 | revoked, then that individual is not eligible to obtain a | ||||||
20 | Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. | ||||||
21 | The provisions of Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this | ||||||
22 | Code apply to short-term substitute teachers. | ||||||
23 | An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||||||
24 | License may teach no more than 5 consecutive days per | ||||||
25 | licensed teacher who is under contract. For teacher | ||||||
26 | absences lasting 6 or more days per licensed teacher who is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under contract, a school district may not hire an | ||||||
2 | individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching | ||||||
3 | License. An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute | ||||||
4 | Teaching License must complete the training program under | ||||||
5 | Section 10-20.67 or 34-18.60 of this Code to be eligible to | ||||||
6 | teach at a public school. This paragraph (4) is inoperative | ||||||
7 | on and after July 1, 2023.
| ||||||
8 | (Source: P.A. 100-8, eff. 7-1-17; 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-288, | ||||||
9 | eff. 8-24-17; 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-821, eff. 9-3-18; | ||||||
10 | 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-220, eff. | ||||||
11 | 8-7-19; 101-594, eff. 12-5-19.) | ||||||
12 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-35) | ||||||
13 | Sec. 21B-35. Minimum requirements for educators trained in | ||||||
14 | other states or countries. | ||||||
15 | (a) Any applicant who has not been entitled by an | ||||||
16 | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||||||
17 | institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||||||
18 | Educator License endorsed in a teaching field or school support | ||||||
19 | personnel area must meet the following requirements: | ||||||
20 | (1) the applicant must: | ||||||
21 | (A) hold a comparable and valid educator license or | ||||||
22 | certificate, as defined by rule, with similar grade | ||||||
23 | level and content area credentials from another state, | ||||||
24 | with the State Board of Education having the authority | ||||||
25 | to determine what constitutes similar grade level and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | content area credentials from another state; and | ||||||
2 | (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally | ||||||
3 | accredited institution of higher education; and or | ||||||
4 | (C) have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||||||
5 | language by either passing the English language | ||||||
6 | proficiency test required by the State Board of | ||||||
7 | Education or providing evidence of completing a | ||||||
8 | postsecondary degree at an institution in which the | ||||||
9 | mode of instruction was English; or | ||||||
10 | (2) the applicant must: | ||||||
11 | (A) have completed a state-approved program for | ||||||
12 | the licensure area sought, including coursework | ||||||
13 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
14 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content | ||||||
15 | area, and instructional strategies for English | ||||||
16 | learners; | ||||||
17 | (B) have a bachelor's degree from a regionally | ||||||
18 | accredited institution of higher education; | ||||||
19 | (C) have successfully met all Illinois examination | ||||||
20 | requirements, except that: | ||||||
21 | (i) (blank); | ||||||
22 | (ii) an applicant who has successfully | ||||||
23 | completed a test of content, as defined by rules, | ||||||
24 | at the time of initial licensure in another state | ||||||
25 | is not required to complete a test of content; and | ||||||
26 | (iii) an applicant for a teaching endorsement |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | who has successfully completed an evidence-based | ||||||
2 | assessment of teacher effectiveness, as defined by | ||||||
3 | rules, at the time of initial licensure in another | ||||||
4 | state is not required to complete an | ||||||
5 | evidence-based assessment of teacher | ||||||
6 | effectiveness; and | ||||||
7 | (D) for an applicant for a teaching endorsement, | ||||||
8 | have completed student teaching or an equivalent | ||||||
9 | experience or, for an applicant for a school service | ||||||
10 | personnel endorsement, have completed an internship or | ||||||
11 | an equivalent experience. | ||||||
12 | (b) In order to receive a Professional Educator License | ||||||
13 | endorsed in a teaching field or school support personnel area, | ||||||
14 | applicants trained in another country must meet all of the | ||||||
15 | following requirements: | ||||||
16 | (1) Have completed a comparable education program in | ||||||
17 | another country. | ||||||
18 | (2) Have had transcripts evaluated by an evaluation | ||||||
19 | service approved by the State Superintendent of Education. | ||||||
20 | (3) Have a degree comparable to a degree from a | ||||||
21 | regionally accredited institution of higher education. | ||||||
22 | (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards | ||||||
23 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
24 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||||||
25 | and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||||||
26 | (5) (Blank). |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (6) (Blank). | ||||||
2 | (7) Have successfully met all State licensure | ||||||
3 | examination requirements. Applicants who have successfully | ||||||
4 | completed a test of content, as defined by rules, at the | ||||||
5 | time of initial licensure in another country shall not be | ||||||
6 | required to complete a test of content. Applicants for a | ||||||
7 | teaching endorsement who have successfully completed an | ||||||
8 | evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness, as | ||||||
9 | defined by rules, at the time of initial licensure in | ||||||
10 | another country shall not be required to complete an | ||||||
11 | evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness. | ||||||
12 | (8) Have completed student teaching or an equivalent | ||||||
13 | experience. | ||||||
14 | (9) Have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||||||
15 | language by either passing the English language | ||||||
16 | proficiency test required by the State Board of Education | ||||||
17 | or providing evidence of completing a postsecondary degree | ||||||
18 | at an institution in which the mode of instruction was | ||||||
19 | English. | ||||||
20 | (b-5) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||||||
21 | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||||||
22 | institution of higher education and applicants trained in | ||||||
23 | another country applying for a Professional Educator License | ||||||
24 | endorsed for principal or superintendent must hold a master's | ||||||
25 | degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher | ||||||
26 | education , pass the English language proficiency test required |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | by the State Board of Education, and must hold a comparable and | ||||||
2 | valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||||||
3 | and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||||||
4 | Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||||||
5 | similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||||||
6 | state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||||||
7 | (1) Have completed an educator preparation program | ||||||
8 | approved by another state or comparable educator program in | ||||||
9 | another country leading to the receipt of a license or | ||||||
10 | certificate for the Illinois endorsement sought. | ||||||
11 | (2) Have successfully met all State licensure | ||||||
12 | examination requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of | ||||||
13 | this Code. Applicants who have successfully completed a | ||||||
14 | test of content, as defined by rules, at the time of | ||||||
15 | initial licensure in another state or country shall not be | ||||||
16 | required to complete a test of content. | ||||||
17 | (2.5) Have completed an internship, as defined by rule. | ||||||
18 | (3) (Blank). | ||||||
19 | (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards | ||||||
20 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
21 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||||||
22 | and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||||||
23 | (4.5) Have demonstrated proficiency in the English | ||||||
24 | language by either passing the English language | ||||||
25 | proficiency test required by the State Board of Education | ||||||
26 | or providing evidence of completing a postsecondary degree |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | at an institution in which the mode of instruction was | ||||||
2 | English. | ||||||
3 | (5) Have completed a master's degree. | ||||||
4 | (6) Have successfully completed teaching, school | ||||||
5 | support, or administrative experience as defined by rule. | ||||||
6 | (b-7) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||||||
7 | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||||||
8 | institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||||||
9 | Educator License endorsed for Director of Special Education | ||||||
10 | must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited | ||||||
11 | institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and | ||||||
12 | valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||||||
13 | and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||||||
14 | Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||||||
15 | similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||||||
16 | state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||||||
17 | (1) Have completed a master's degree. | ||||||
18 | (2) Have 2 years of full-time experience providing | ||||||
19 | special education services. | ||||||
20 | (3) Have successfully completed all examination | ||||||
21 | requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
22 | Applicants who have successfully completed a test of | ||||||
23 | content, as identified by rules, at the time of initial | ||||||
24 | licensure in another state or country shall not be required | ||||||
25 | to complete a test of content. | ||||||
26 | (4) Have completed coursework aligned to standards |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
2 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||||||
3 | and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||||||
4 | (b-10) All applicants who have not been entitled by an | ||||||
5 | Illinois-approved educator preparation program at an Illinois | ||||||
6 | institution of higher education applying for a Professional | ||||||
7 | Educator License endorsed for chief school business official | ||||||
8 | must hold a master's degree from a regionally accredited | ||||||
9 | institution of higher education and must hold a comparable and | ||||||
10 | valid educator license or certificate with similar grade level | ||||||
11 | and subject matter credentials, with the State Board of | ||||||
12 | Education having the authority to determine what constitutes | ||||||
13 | similar grade level and subject matter credentials from another | ||||||
14 | state, or must meet all of the following requirements: | ||||||
15 | (1) Have completed a master's degree in school business | ||||||
16 | management, finance, or accounting. | ||||||
17 | (2) Have successfully completed an internship in | ||||||
18 | school business management or have 2 years of experience as | ||||||
19 | a school business administrator. | ||||||
20 | (3) Have successfully met all State examination | ||||||
21 | requirements, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
22 | Applicants who have successfully completed a test of | ||||||
23 | content, as identified by rules, at the time of initial | ||||||
24 | licensure in another state or country shall not be required | ||||||
25 | to complete a test of content. | ||||||
26 | (4) Have completed modules aligned to standards |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | concerning methods of instruction of the exceptional | ||||||
2 | child, methods of reading and reading in the content area, | ||||||
3 | and instructional strategies for English learners. | ||||||
4 | (c) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
5 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||||||
6 | rules as may be necessary to implement this Section.
| ||||||
7 | (Source: P.A. 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-584, eff. 4-6-18; | ||||||
8 | 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 101-220, eff. 8-7-19.) | ||||||
9 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-45) | ||||||
10 | Sec. 21B-45. Professional Educator License renewal. | ||||||
11 | (a) Individuals holding a Professional Educator License | ||||||
12 | are required to complete the licensure renewal requirements as | ||||||
13 | specified in this Section, unless otherwise provided in this | ||||||
14 | Code. | ||||||
15 | Individuals holding a Professional Educator License shall | ||||||
16 | meet the renewal requirements set forth in this Section, unless | ||||||
17 | otherwise provided in this Code. If an individual holds a | ||||||
18 | license endorsed in more than one area that has different | ||||||
19 | renewal requirements, that individual shall follow the renewal | ||||||
20 | requirements for the position for which he or she spends the | ||||||
21 | majority of his or her time working. | ||||||
22 | (b) All Professional Educator Licenses not renewed as | ||||||
23 | provided in this Section shall lapse on September 1 of that | ||||||
24 | year. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, if | ||||||
25 | a license holder's electronic mail address is available, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Board of Education shall send him or her notification | ||||||
2 | electronically that his or her license will lapse if not | ||||||
3 | renewed, to be sent no more than 6 months prior to the license | ||||||
4 | lapsing. Lapsed licenses may be immediately reinstated upon (i) | ||||||
5 | payment by the applicant of a $500 penalty to the State Board | ||||||
6 | of Education or (ii) the demonstration of proficiency by | ||||||
7 | completing 9 semester hours of coursework from a regionally | ||||||
8 | accredited institution of higher education in the content area | ||||||
9 | that most aligns with one or more of the educator's endorsement | ||||||
10 | areas. Any and all back fees, including without limitation | ||||||
11 | registration fees owed from the time of expiration of the | ||||||
12 | license until the date of reinstatement, shall be paid and kept | ||||||
13 | in accordance with the provisions in Article 3 of this Code | ||||||
14 | concerning an institute fund and the provisions in Article 21B | ||||||
15 | of this Code concerning fees and requirements for registration. | ||||||
16 | Licenses not registered in accordance with Section 21B-40 of | ||||||
17 | this Code shall lapse after a period of 6 months from the | ||||||
18 | expiration of the last year of registration or on January 1 of | ||||||
19 | the fiscal year following initial issuance of the license. An | ||||||
20 | unregistered license is invalid after September 1 for | ||||||
21 | employment and performance of services in an Illinois public or | ||||||
22 | State-operated school or cooperative and in a charter school. | ||||||
23 | Any license or endorsement may be voluntarily surrendered by | ||||||
24 | the license holder. A voluntarily surrendered license shall be | ||||||
25 | treated as a revoked license. An Educator License with | ||||||
26 | Stipulations with only a paraprofessional endorsement does not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | lapse.
| ||||||
2 | (c) From July 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014, in order to | ||||||
3 | satisfy the requirements for licensure renewal provided for in | ||||||
4 | this Section, each professional educator licensee with an | ||||||
5 | administrative endorsement who is working in a position | ||||||
6 | requiring such endorsement shall complete one Illinois | ||||||
7 | Administrators' Academy course, as described in Article 2 of | ||||||
8 | this Code, per fiscal year. | ||||||
9 | (c-5) All licenses issued by the State Board of Education | ||||||
10 | under this Article that expire on June 30, 2020 and have not | ||||||
11 | been renewed by the end of the 2020 renewal period shall be | ||||||
12 | extended for one year and shall expire on June 30, 2021. | ||||||
13 | (d) Beginning July 1, 2014, in order to satisfy the | ||||||
14 | requirements for licensure renewal provided for in this | ||||||
15 | Section, each professional educator licensee may create a | ||||||
16 | professional development plan each year. The plan shall address | ||||||
17 | one or more of the endorsements that are required of his or her | ||||||
18 | educator position if the licensee is employed and performing | ||||||
19 | services in an Illinois public or State-operated school or | ||||||
20 | cooperative. If the licensee is employed in a charter school, | ||||||
21 | the plan shall address that endorsement or those endorsements | ||||||
22 | most closely related to his or her educator position. Licensees | ||||||
23 | employed and performing services in any other Illinois schools | ||||||
24 | may participate in the renewal requirements by adhering to the | ||||||
25 | same process. | ||||||
26 | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | licensee's professional development activities shall align | ||||||
2 | with one or more of the following criteria: | ||||||
3 | (1) activities are of a type that engage participants | ||||||
4 | over a sustained period of time allowing for analysis, | ||||||
5 | discovery, and application as they relate to student | ||||||
6 | learning, social or emotional achievement, or well-being; | ||||||
7 | (2) professional development aligns to the licensee's | ||||||
8 | performance; | ||||||
9 | (3) outcomes for the activities must relate to student | ||||||
10 | growth or district improvement; | ||||||
11 | (4) activities align to State-approved standards;
and | ||||||
12 | (5) higher education coursework. | ||||||
13 | (e) For each renewal cycle, each professional educator | ||||||
14 | licensee shall engage in professional development activities. | ||||||
15 | Prior to renewal, the licensee shall enter electronically into | ||||||
16 | the Educator Licensure Information System (ELIS) the name, | ||||||
17 | date, and location of the activity, the number of professional | ||||||
18 | development hours, and the provider's name. The following | ||||||
19 | provisions shall apply concerning professional development | ||||||
20 | activities: | ||||||
21 | (1) Each licensee shall complete a total of 120 hours | ||||||
22 | of professional development per 5-year renewal cycle in | ||||||
23 | order to renew the license, except as otherwise provided in | ||||||
24 | this Section. | ||||||
25 | (2) Beginning with his or her first full 5-year cycle, | ||||||
26 | any licensee with an administrative endorsement who is not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | working in a position requiring such endorsement is not | ||||||
2 | required to complete Illinois Administrators' Academy | ||||||
3 | courses, as described in Article 2 of this Code. Such | ||||||
4 | licensees must complete one Illinois Administrators' | ||||||
5 | Academy course within one year after returning to a | ||||||
6 | position that requires the administrative endorsement. | ||||||
7 | (3) Any licensee with an administrative endorsement | ||||||
8 | who is working in a position requiring such endorsement or | ||||||
9 | an individual with a Teacher Leader endorsement serving in | ||||||
10 | an administrative capacity at least 50% of the day shall | ||||||
11 | complete one Illinois Administrators' Academy course, as | ||||||
12 | described in Article 2 of this Code, each fiscal year in | ||||||
13 | addition to 100 hours of professional development per | ||||||
14 | 5-year renewal cycle in accordance with this Code. | ||||||
15 | (4) Any licensee holding a current National Board for | ||||||
16 | Professional Teaching Standards (NBPTS) master teacher | ||||||
17 | designation shall complete a total of 60 hours of | ||||||
18 | professional development per 5-year renewal cycle in order | ||||||
19 | to renew the license. | ||||||
20 | (5) Licensees working in a position that does not | ||||||
21 | require educator licensure or working in a position for | ||||||
22 | less than 50% for any particular year are considered to be | ||||||
23 | exempt and shall be required to pay only the registration | ||||||
24 | fee in order to renew and maintain the validity of the | ||||||
25 | license. | ||||||
26 | (6) Licensees who are retired and qualify for benefits |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | from a State of Illinois retirement system shall notify the | ||||||
2 | State Board of Education using ELIS, and the license shall | ||||||
3 | be maintained in retired status. For any renewal cycle in | ||||||
4 | which a licensee retires during the renewal cycle, the | ||||||
5 | licensee must complete professional development activities | ||||||
6 | on a prorated basis depending on the number of years during | ||||||
7 | the renewal cycle the educator held an active license. If a | ||||||
8 | licensee retires during a renewal cycle, the licensee must | ||||||
9 | notify the State Board of Education using ELIS that the | ||||||
10 | licensee wishes to maintain the license in retired status | ||||||
11 | and must show proof of completion of professional | ||||||
12 | development activities on a prorated basis for all years of | ||||||
13 | that renewal cycle for which the license was active. An | ||||||
14 | individual with a license in retired status shall not be | ||||||
15 | required to complete professional development activities | ||||||
16 | or pay registration fees until returning to a position that | ||||||
17 | requires educator licensure. Upon returning to work in a | ||||||
18 | position that requires the Professional Educator License, | ||||||
19 | the licensee shall immediately pay a registration fee and | ||||||
20 | complete renewal requirements for that year. A license in | ||||||
21 | retired status cannot lapse. Beginning on January 6, 2017 | ||||||
22 | (the effective date of Public Act 99-920) through December | ||||||
23 | 31, 2017, any licensee who has retired and whose license | ||||||
24 | has lapsed for failure to renew as provided in this Section | ||||||
25 | may reinstate that license and maintain it in retired | ||||||
26 | status upon providing proof to the State Board of Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | using ELIS that the licensee is retired and is not working | ||||||
2 | in a position that requires a Professional Educator | ||||||
3 | License. | ||||||
4 | (7) For any renewal cycle in which professional | ||||||
5 | development hours were required, but not fulfilled, the | ||||||
6 | licensee shall complete any missed hours to total the | ||||||
7 | minimum professional development hours required in this | ||||||
8 | Section prior to September 1 of that year. Professional | ||||||
9 | development hours used to fulfill the minimum required | ||||||
10 | hours for a renewal cycle may be used for only one renewal | ||||||
11 | cycle. For any fiscal year or renewal cycle in which an | ||||||
12 | Illinois Administrators' Academy course was required but | ||||||
13 | not completed, the licensee shall complete any missed | ||||||
14 | Illinois Administrators' Academy courses prior to | ||||||
15 | September 1 of that year. The licensee may complete all | ||||||
16 | deficient hours and Illinois Administrators' Academy | ||||||
17 | courses while continuing to work in a position that | ||||||
18 | requires that license until September 1 of that year. | ||||||
19 | (8) Any licensee who has not fulfilled the professional | ||||||
20 | development renewal requirements set forth in this Section | ||||||
21 | at the end of any 5-year renewal cycle is ineligible to | ||||||
22 | register his or her license and may submit an appeal to the | ||||||
23 | State Superintendent of Education for reinstatement of the | ||||||
24 | license. | ||||||
25 | (9) If professional development opportunities were | ||||||
26 | unavailable to a licensee, proof that opportunities were |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | unavailable and request for an extension of time beyond | ||||||
2 | August 31 to complete the renewal requirements may be | ||||||
3 | submitted from April 1 through June 30 of that year to the | ||||||
4 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board. If an | ||||||
5 | extension is approved, the license shall remain valid | ||||||
6 | during the extension period. | ||||||
7 | (10) Individuals who hold exempt licenses prior to | ||||||
8 | December 27, 2013 (the effective date of Public Act 98-610) | ||||||
9 | shall commence the annual renewal process with the first | ||||||
10 | scheduled registration due after December 27, 2013 (the | ||||||
11 | effective date of Public Act 98-610). | ||||||
12 | (11) Notwithstanding any other provision of this | ||||||
13 | subsection (e), if a licensee earns more than the required | ||||||
14 | number of professional development hours during a renewal | ||||||
15 | cycle, then the licensee may carry over any hours earned | ||||||
16 | from April 1 through June 30 of the last year of the | ||||||
17 | renewal cycle. Any hours carried over in this manner must | ||||||
18 | be applied to the next renewal cycle. Illinois | ||||||
19 | Administrators' Academy courses or hours earned in those | ||||||
20 | courses may not be carried over. | ||||||
21 | (f) At the time of renewal, each licensee shall respond to | ||||||
22 | the required questions under penalty of perjury. | ||||||
23 | (f-5) The State Board of Education shall conduct random | ||||||
24 | audits of licensees to verify a licensee's fulfillment of the | ||||||
25 | professional development hours required under this Section. | ||||||
26 | Upon completion of a random audit, if it is determined by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | State Board of Education that the licensee did not complete the | ||||||
2 | required number of professional development hours or did not | ||||||
3 | provide sufficient proof of completion, the licensee shall be | ||||||
4 | notified that his or her license has lapsed. A license that has | ||||||
5 | lapsed under this subsection may be reinstated as provided in | ||||||
6 | subsection (b). | ||||||
7 | (g) The following entities shall be designated as approved | ||||||
8 | to provide professional development activities for the renewal | ||||||
9 | of Professional Educator Licenses: | ||||||
10 | (1) The State Board of Education. | ||||||
11 | (2) Regional offices of education and intermediate | ||||||
12 | service centers. | ||||||
13 | (3) Illinois professional associations representing | ||||||
14 | the following groups that are approved by the State | ||||||
15 | Superintendent of Education: | ||||||
16 | (A) school administrators; | ||||||
17 | (B) principals; | ||||||
18 | (C) school business officials; | ||||||
19 | (D) teachers, including special education | ||||||
20 | teachers; | ||||||
21 | (E) school boards; | ||||||
22 | (F) school districts; | ||||||
23 | (G) parents; and | ||||||
24 | (H) school service personnel. | ||||||
25 | (4) Regionally accredited institutions of higher | ||||||
26 | education that offer Illinois-approved educator |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | preparation programs and public community colleges subject | ||||||
2 | to the Public Community College Act. | ||||||
3 | (5) Illinois public school districts, charter schools | ||||||
4 | authorized under Article 27A of this Code, and joint | ||||||
5 | educational programs authorized under Article 10 of this | ||||||
6 | Code for the purposes of providing career and technical | ||||||
7 | education or special education services. | ||||||
8 | (6) A not-for-profit organization that, as of December | ||||||
9 | 31, 2014 (the effective date of Public Act 98-1147), has | ||||||
10 | had or has a grant from or a contract with the State Board | ||||||
11 | of Education to provide professional development services | ||||||
12 | in the area of English Learning to Illinois school | ||||||
13 | districts, teachers, or administrators. | ||||||
14 | (7) State agencies, State boards, and State | ||||||
15 | commissions. | ||||||
16 | (8) Museums as defined in Section 10 of the Museum | ||||||
17 | Disposition of Property Act. | ||||||
18 | (h) Approved providers under subsection (g) of this Section | ||||||
19 | shall make available professional development opportunities | ||||||
20 | that satisfy at least one of the following: | ||||||
21 | (1) increase the knowledge and skills of school and | ||||||
22 | district leaders who guide continuous professional | ||||||
23 | development; | ||||||
24 | (2) improve the learning of students; | ||||||
25 | (3) organize adults into learning communities whose | ||||||
26 | goals are aligned with those of the school and district; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (4) deepen educator's content knowledge; | ||||||
2 | (5) provide educators with research-based | ||||||
3 | instructional strategies to assist students in meeting | ||||||
4 | rigorous academic standards; | ||||||
5 | (6) prepare educators to appropriately use various | ||||||
6 | types of classroom assessments; | ||||||
7 | (7) use learning strategies appropriate to the | ||||||
8 | intended goals; | ||||||
9 | (8) provide educators with the knowledge and skills to | ||||||
10 | collaborate; | ||||||
11 | (9) prepare educators to apply research to decision | ||||||
12 | making decision-making ; or | ||||||
13 | (10) provide educators with training on inclusive | ||||||
14 | practices in the classroom that examines instructional and | ||||||
15 | behavioral strategies that improve academic and | ||||||
16 | social-emotional outcomes for all students, with or | ||||||
17 | without disabilities, in a general education setting. | ||||||
18 | (i) Approved providers under subsection (g) of this Section | ||||||
19 | shall do the following: | ||||||
20 | (1) align professional development activities to the | ||||||
21 | State-approved national standards for professional | ||||||
22 | learning; | ||||||
23 | (2) meet the professional development criteria for | ||||||
24 | Illinois licensure renewal; | ||||||
25 | (3) produce a rationale for the activity that explains | ||||||
26 | how it aligns to State standards and identify the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | assessment for determining the expected impact on student | ||||||
2 | learning or school improvement; | ||||||
3 | (4) maintain original documentation for completion of | ||||||
4 | activities; | ||||||
5 | (5) provide license holders with evidence of | ||||||
6 | completion of activities; | ||||||
7 | (6) request an Illinois Educator Identification Number | ||||||
8 | (IEIN) for each educator during each professional | ||||||
9 | development activity; and | ||||||
10 | (7) beginning on July 1, 2019, register annually with | ||||||
11 | the State Board of Education prior to offering any | ||||||
12 | professional development opportunities in the current | ||||||
13 | fiscal year. | ||||||
14 | (j) The State Board of Education shall conduct annual | ||||||
15 | audits of a subset of approved providers, except for school | ||||||
16 | districts, which shall be audited by regional offices of | ||||||
17 | education and intermediate service centers. The State Board of | ||||||
18 | Education shall ensure that each approved provider, except for | ||||||
19 | a school district, is audited at least once every 5 years. The | ||||||
20 | State Board of Education may conduct more frequent audits of | ||||||
21 | providers if evidence suggests the requirements of this Section | ||||||
22 | or administrative rules are not being met. | ||||||
23 | (1) (Blank). | ||||||
24 | (2) Approved providers shall comply with the | ||||||
25 | requirements in subsections (h) and (i) of this Section by | ||||||
26 | annually submitting data to the State Board of Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | demonstrating how the professional development activities | ||||||
2 | impacted one or more of the following: | ||||||
3 | (A) educator and student growth in regards to | ||||||
4 | content knowledge or skills, or both; | ||||||
5 | (B) educator and student social and emotional | ||||||
6 | growth; or | ||||||
7 | (C) alignment to district or school improvement | ||||||
8 | plans. | ||||||
9 | (3) The State Superintendent of Education shall review | ||||||
10 | the annual data collected by the State Board of Education, | ||||||
11 | regional offices of education, and intermediate service | ||||||
12 | centers in audits to determine if the approved provider has | ||||||
13 | met the criteria and should continue to be an approved | ||||||
14 | provider or if further action should be taken as provided | ||||||
15 | in rules. | ||||||
16 | (k) Registration fees shall be paid for the next renewal | ||||||
17 | cycle between April 1 and June 30 in the last year of each | ||||||
18 | 5-year renewal cycle using ELIS. If all required professional | ||||||
19 | development hours for the renewal cycle have been completed and | ||||||
20 | entered by the licensee, the licensee shall pay the | ||||||
21 | registration fees for the next cycle using a form of credit or | ||||||
22 | debit card. | ||||||
23 | (l) Any professional educator licensee endorsed for school | ||||||
24 | support personnel who is employed and performing services in | ||||||
25 | Illinois public schools and who holds an active and current | ||||||
26 | professional license issued by the Department of Financial and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Professional Regulation or a national certification board, as | ||||||
2 | approved by the State Board of Education, related to the | ||||||
3 | endorsement areas on the Professional Educator License shall be | ||||||
4 | deemed to have satisfied the continuing professional | ||||||
5 | development requirements provided for in this Section. Such | ||||||
6 | individuals shall be required to pay only registration fees to | ||||||
7 | renew the Professional Educator License. An individual who does | ||||||
8 | not hold a license issued by the Department of Financial and | ||||||
9 | Professional Regulation shall complete professional | ||||||
10 | development requirements for the renewal of a Professional | ||||||
11 | Educator License provided for in this Section. | ||||||
12 | (m) Appeals to the State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||||||
13 | Board
must be made within 30 days after receipt of notice from | ||||||
14 | the State Superintendent of Education that a license will not | ||||||
15 | be renewed based upon failure to complete the requirements of | ||||||
16 | this Section. A licensee may appeal that decision to the State | ||||||
17 | Educator Preparation and Licensure Board in a manner prescribed | ||||||
18 | by rule. | ||||||
19 | (1) Each appeal shall state the reasons why the State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent's decision should be reversed and shall be | ||||||
21 | sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the | ||||||
22 | State Board of Education. | ||||||
23 | (2) The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board | ||||||
24 | shall review each appeal regarding renewal of a license | ||||||
25 | within 90 days after receiving the appeal in order to | ||||||
26 | determine whether the licensee has met the requirements of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Section. The State Educator Preparation and Licensure | ||||||
2 | Board may hold an appeal hearing or may make its | ||||||
3 | determination based upon the record of review, which shall | ||||||
4 | consist of the following: | ||||||
5 | (A) the regional superintendent of education's | ||||||
6 | rationale for recommending nonrenewal of the license, | ||||||
7 | if applicable; | ||||||
8 | (B) any evidence submitted to the State | ||||||
9 | Superintendent along with the individual's electronic | ||||||
10 | statement of assurance for renewal; and | ||||||
11 | (C) the State Superintendent's rationale for | ||||||
12 | nonrenewal of the license. | ||||||
13 | (3) The State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board | ||||||
14 | shall notify the licensee of its decision regarding license | ||||||
15 | renewal by certified mail, return receipt requested, no | ||||||
16 | later than 30 days after reaching a decision. Upon receipt | ||||||
17 | of notification of renewal, the licensee, using ELIS, shall | ||||||
18 | pay the applicable registration fee for the next cycle | ||||||
19 | using a form of credit or debit card. | ||||||
20 | (n) The State Board of Education may adopt rules as may be | ||||||
21 | necessary to implement this Section. | ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; 100-339, eff. 8-25-17; | ||||||
23 | 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-85, eff. | ||||||
24 | 1-1-20; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; revised 9-19-19.) | ||||||
25 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-50) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Sec. 21B-50. Alternative Educator Licensure Program. | ||||||
2 | (a) There is established an alternative educator licensure | ||||||
3 | program, to be known as the Alternative Educator Licensure | ||||||
4 | Program for Teachers. | ||||||
5 | (b) The Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||||||
6 | Teachers may be offered by a recognized institution approved to | ||||||
7 | offer educator preparation programs by the State Board of | ||||||
8 | Education, in consultation with the State Educator Preparation | ||||||
9 | and Licensure Board. | ||||||
10 | The program shall be comprised of 4 phases: | ||||||
11 | (1) A course of study that at a minimum includes | ||||||
12 | instructional planning; instructional strategies, | ||||||
13 | including special education, reading, and English language | ||||||
14 | learning; classroom management; and the assessment of | ||||||
15 | students and use of data to drive instruction. | ||||||
16 | (2) A year of residency, which is a candidate's | ||||||
17 | assignment to a full-time teaching position or as a | ||||||
18 | co-teacher for one full school year. An individual must | ||||||
19 | hold an Educator License with Stipulations with an | ||||||
20 | alternative provisional educator endorsement in order to | ||||||
21 | enter the residency and must complete additional program | ||||||
22 | requirements that address required State and national | ||||||
23 | standards, pass the State Board's teacher performance | ||||||
24 | assessment no later than the end of the first semester of | ||||||
25 | the second year of residency before entering the second | ||||||
26 | residency year , as required under phase (3) of this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subsection (b), and be recommended by the principal or | ||||||
2 | qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under | ||||||
3 | subsection (d) of this Section, and the program coordinator | ||||||
4 | to continue with the second year of the residency. | ||||||
5 | (3) A second year of residency, which shall include the | ||||||
6 | candidate's assignment to a full-time teaching position | ||||||
7 | for one school year. The candidate must be assigned an | ||||||
8 | experienced teacher to act as a mentor and coach the | ||||||
9 | candidate through the second year of residency. | ||||||
10 | (4) A comprehensive assessment of the candidate's | ||||||
11 | teaching effectiveness, as evaluated by the principal or | ||||||
12 | qualified equivalent of a principal, as required under | ||||||
13 | subsection (d) of this Section, and the program | ||||||
14 | coordinator, at the end of the second year of residency. If | ||||||
15 | there is disagreement between the 2 evaluators about the | ||||||
16 | candidate's teaching effectiveness, the candidate may | ||||||
17 | complete one additional year of residency teaching under a | ||||||
18 | professional development plan developed by the principal | ||||||
19 | or qualified equivalent and the preparation program. At the | ||||||
20 | completion of the third year, a candidate must have | ||||||
21 | positive evaluations and a recommendation for full | ||||||
22 | licensure from both the principal or qualified equivalent | ||||||
23 | and the program coordinator or no Professional Educator | ||||||
24 | License shall be issued. | ||||||
25 | Successful completion of the program shall be deemed to | ||||||
26 | satisfy any other practice or student teaching and content |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | matter requirements established by law. | ||||||
2 | (c) An alternative provisional educator endorsement on an | ||||||
3 | Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 2 years of | ||||||
4 | teaching in the public schools, including without limitation a | ||||||
5 | preschool educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code | ||||||
6 | or charter school, or in a State-recognized nonpublic school in | ||||||
7 | which the chief administrator is required to have the licensure | ||||||
8 | necessary to be a principal in a public school in this State | ||||||
9 | and in which a majority of the teachers are required to have | ||||||
10 | the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public school in | ||||||
11 | this State, but may be renewed for a third year if needed to | ||||||
12 | complete the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for | ||||||
13 | Teachers. The endorsement shall be issued only once to an | ||||||
14 | individual who meets all of the following requirements: | ||||||
15 | (1) Has graduated from a regionally accredited college | ||||||
16 | or university with a bachelor's degree or higher. | ||||||
17 | (2) Has a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or | ||||||
18 | greater on a 4.0 scale or its equivalent on another scale. | ||||||
19 | (3) Has completed a major in the content area if | ||||||
20 | seeking a middle or secondary level endorsement or, if | ||||||
21 | seeking an early childhood, elementary, or special | ||||||
22 | education endorsement, has completed a major in the content | ||||||
23 | area of reading, English/language arts, mathematics, or | ||||||
24 | one of the sciences. If the individual does not have a | ||||||
25 | major in a content area for any level of teaching, he or | ||||||
26 | she must submit transcripts to the State Board of Education |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to be reviewed for equivalency. | ||||||
2 | (4) Has successfully completed phase (1) of subsection | ||||||
3 | (b) of this Section. | ||||||
4 | (5) Has passed a content area test required for the | ||||||
5 | specific endorsement for admission into the program, as | ||||||
6 | required under Section 21B-30 of this Code. | ||||||
7 | A candidate possessing the alternative provisional | ||||||
8 | educator endorsement may receive a salary, benefits, and any | ||||||
9 | other terms of employment offered to teachers in the school who | ||||||
10 | are members of an exclusive bargaining representative, if any, | ||||||
11 | but a school is not required to provide these benefits during | ||||||
12 | the years of residency if the candidate is serving only as a | ||||||
13 | co-teacher. If the candidate is serving as the teacher of | ||||||
14 | record, the candidate must receive a salary, benefits, and any | ||||||
15 | other terms of employment. Residency experiences must not be | ||||||
16 | counted towards tenure. | ||||||
17 | (d) The recognized institution offering the Alternative | ||||||
18 | Educator Licensure Program for Teachers must partner with a | ||||||
19 | school district, including without limitation a preschool | ||||||
20 | educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code or | ||||||
21 | charter school, or a State-recognized, nonpublic school in this | ||||||
22 | State in which the chief administrator is required to have the | ||||||
23 | licensure necessary to be a principal in a public school in | ||||||
24 | this State and in which a majority of the teachers are required | ||||||
25 | to have the licensure necessary to be instructors in a public | ||||||
26 | school in this State. A recognized institution that partners |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | with a public school district administering a preschool | ||||||
2 | educational program under Section 2-3.71 of this Code must | ||||||
3 | require a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates in the | ||||||
4 | program. A recognized institution that partners with an | ||||||
5 | eligible entity administering a preschool educational program | ||||||
6 | under Section 2-3.71 of this Code and that is not a public | ||||||
7 | school district must require a principal or qualified | ||||||
8 | equivalent of a principal to recommend or evaluate candidates | ||||||
9 | in the program. The program presented for approval by the State | ||||||
10 | Board of Education must demonstrate the supports that are to be | ||||||
11 | provided to assist the provisional teacher during the 2-year | ||||||
12 | residency period. These supports must provide additional | ||||||
13 | contact hours with mentors during the first year of residency. | ||||||
14 | (e) Upon completion of the 4 phases outlined in subsection | ||||||
15 | (b) of this Section and all assessments required under Section | ||||||
16 | 21B-30 of this Code, an individual shall receive a Professional | ||||||
17 | Educator License. | ||||||
18 | (f) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the | ||||||
19 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such | ||||||
20 | rules as may be necessary to establish and implement the | ||||||
21 | Alternative Educator Licensure Program for Teachers.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-822, eff. 1-1-19; | ||||||
23 | 101-220, eff. 8-7-19; 101-570, eff. 8-23-19; revised 9-19-19.) | ||||||
24 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-110 new) | ||||||
25 | Sec. 21B-110. Public health emergency declaration. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) This Section applies only during any time in which the | ||||||
2 | Governor has declared a public health emergency under Section 7 | ||||||
3 | of the Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
4 | (b) Notwithstanding any other requirements under this | ||||||
5 | Article, the requirements under subsection (f) of Section | ||||||
6 | 21B-30 are waived for an applicant seeking an educator license. | ||||||
7 | (c) Notwithstanding any other requirements under this | ||||||
8 | Article, during the implementation of remote learning days | ||||||
9 | under Section 10-30, a candidate seeking an educator license | ||||||
10 | may: | ||||||
11 | (1) complete his or her required student teaching or | ||||||
12 | equivalent experience remotely; or | ||||||
13 | (2) complete his or her required school business | ||||||
14 | management internship remotely. | ||||||
15 | (105 ILCS 5/21B-115 new) | ||||||
16 | Sec. 21B-115. Spring 2020 student teaching or internship. | ||||||
17 | Notwithstanding any other requirements under this Article, for | ||||||
18 | the spring 2020 semester only, a candidate's requirement to | ||||||
19 | complete student teaching or its equivalent or a school | ||||||
20 | business management internship is waived. | ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/22-89 new) | ||||||
22 | Sec. 22-89. Graduates during the 2019-2020 school year. | ||||||
23 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Code, any diploma | ||||||
24 | conferred during the 2019-2020 school year, including during |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the summer of 2020, under graduation requirements that were | ||||||
2 | modified by an executive order, emergency rulemaking, or school | ||||||
3 | board policy prompted by a gubernatorial disaster proclamation | ||||||
4 | as a result of COVID-19 is deemed valid and is not subject to | ||||||
5 | challenge or review due to a failure to meet minimum | ||||||
6 | requirements otherwise required by this Code, administrative | ||||||
7 | rule, or school board policy.
| ||||||
8 | (105 ILCS 5/24-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-11)
| ||||||
9 | Sec. 24-11. Boards of Education - Boards of School | ||||||
10 | Inspectors -
Contractual continued service. | ||||||
11 | (a) As used in this and the succeeding
Sections of this | ||||||
12 | Article:
| ||||||
13 | "Teacher" means any or all school district employees | ||||||
14 | regularly required to be
certified under laws relating to the | ||||||
15 | certification of teachers.
| ||||||
16 | "Board" means board of directors, board of education, or | ||||||
17 | board of school
inspectors, as the case may be.
| ||||||
18 | "School term" means that portion of the school year, July 1 | ||||||
19 | to the following
June 30, when school is in actual session.
| ||||||
20 | "Program" means a program of a special education joint | ||||||
21 | agreement. | ||||||
22 | "Program of a special education joint agreement" means | ||||||
23 | instructional, consultative, supervisory, administrative, | ||||||
24 | diagnostic, and related services that are managed by a special | ||||||
25 | educational joint agreement designed to service 2 or more |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school districts that are members of the joint agreement. | ||||||
2 | "PERA implementation date" means the implementation date | ||||||
3 | of an evaluation system for teachers as specified by Section | ||||||
4 | 24A-2.5 of this Code for all schools within a school district | ||||||
5 | or all programs of a special education joint agreement. | ||||||
6 | (b) This Section and Sections 24-12 through 24-16 of this | ||||||
7 | Article apply only to
school districts having less than 500,000 | ||||||
8 | inhabitants.
| ||||||
9 | (c) Any teacher who is first employed as a full-time | ||||||
10 | teacher in a school district or program prior to the PERA | ||||||
11 | implementation date and who is employed in that district or | ||||||
12 | program for
a probationary period of 4 consecutive school terms | ||||||
13 | shall enter upon
contractual continued service in the district | ||||||
14 | or in all of the programs that the teacher is legally qualified | ||||||
15 | to hold, unless the teacher is given written notice of | ||||||
16 | dismissal by certified mail, return receipt requested, by
the | ||||||
17 | employing board at least 45 days before the end of any school | ||||||
18 | term within such
period.
| ||||||
19 | (d) For any teacher who is first employed as a full-time | ||||||
20 | teacher in a school district or program on or after the PERA | ||||||
21 | implementation date, the probationary period shall be one of | ||||||
22 | the following periods, based upon the teacher's school terms of | ||||||
23 | service and performance, before the teacher shall enter upon | ||||||
24 | contractual continued service in the district or in all of the | ||||||
25 | programs that the teacher is legally qualified to hold, unless | ||||||
26 | the teacher is given written notice of dismissal by certified |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mail, return receipt requested, by the employing board at least | ||||||
2 | 45 days before the end of any school term within such period: | ||||||
3 | (1) 4 consecutive school terms of service in which the | ||||||
4 | teacher receives overall annual evaluation ratings of at | ||||||
5 | least "Proficient" in the last school term and at least | ||||||
6 | "Proficient" in either the second or third school term; | ||||||
7 | (2) 3 consecutive school terms of service in which the | ||||||
8 | teacher receives 3 overall annual evaluations of | ||||||
9 | "Excellent"; or | ||||||
10 | (3) 2 consecutive school terms of service in which the | ||||||
11 | teacher receives 2 overall annual evaluations of | ||||||
12 | "Excellent" service, but only if the teacher (i) previously | ||||||
13 | attained contractual continued service in a different | ||||||
14 | school district or program in this State, (ii) voluntarily | ||||||
15 | departed or was honorably dismissed from that school | ||||||
16 | district or program in the school term immediately prior to | ||||||
17 | the teacher's first school term of service applicable to | ||||||
18 | the attainment of contractual continued service under this | ||||||
19 | subdivision (3), and (iii) received, in his or her 2 most | ||||||
20 | recent overall annual or biennial evaluations from the | ||||||
21 | prior school district or program, ratings of at least | ||||||
22 | "Proficient", with both such ratings occurring after the | ||||||
23 | school district's or program's PERA implementation date. | ||||||
24 | For a teacher to attain contractual continued service under | ||||||
25 | this subdivision (3), the teacher shall provide official | ||||||
26 | copies of his or her 2 most recent overall annual or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | biennial evaluations from the prior school district or | ||||||
2 | program to the new school district or program within 60 | ||||||
3 | days from the teacher's first day of service with the new | ||||||
4 | school district or program. The prior school district or | ||||||
5 | program must provide the teacher with official copies of | ||||||
6 | his or her 2 most recent overall annual or biennial | ||||||
7 | evaluations within 14 days after the teacher's request. If | ||||||
8 | a teacher has requested such official copies prior to 45 | ||||||
9 | days after the teacher's first day of service with the new | ||||||
10 | school district or program and the teacher's prior school | ||||||
11 | district or program fails to provide the teacher with the | ||||||
12 | official copies required under this subdivision (3), then | ||||||
13 | the time period for the teacher to submit the official | ||||||
14 | copies to his or her new school district or program must be | ||||||
15 | extended until 14 days after receipt of such copies from | ||||||
16 | the prior school district or program. If the prior school | ||||||
17 | district or program fails to provide the teacher with the | ||||||
18 | official copies required under this subdivision (3) within | ||||||
19 | 90 days from the teacher's first day of service with the | ||||||
20 | new school district or program, then the new school | ||||||
21 | district or program shall rely upon the teacher's own | ||||||
22 | copies of his or her evaluations for purposes of this | ||||||
23 | subdivision (3). | ||||||
24 | If the teacher does not receive overall annual evaluations | ||||||
25 | of "Excellent" in the school terms necessary for eligibility to | ||||||
26 | achieve accelerated contractual continued service in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | subdivisions (2) and (3) of this subsection (d), the teacher | ||||||
2 | shall be eligible for contractual continued service pursuant to | ||||||
3 | subdivision (1) of this subsection (d). If, at the conclusion | ||||||
4 | of 4 consecutive school terms of service that count toward | ||||||
5 | attainment of contractual continued service, the teacher's | ||||||
6 | performance does not qualify the teacher for contractual | ||||||
7 | continued service under subdivision (1) of this subsection (d), | ||||||
8 | then the teacher shall not enter upon contractual continued | ||||||
9 | service and shall be dismissed. If a performance evaluation is | ||||||
10 | not conducted for any school term when such evaluation is | ||||||
11 | required to be conducted under Section 24A-5 of this Code, then | ||||||
12 | the teacher's performance evaluation rating for such school | ||||||
13 | term for purposes of determining the attainment of contractual | ||||||
14 | continued service shall be deemed "Proficient" , except that, | ||||||
15 | during any time in which the Governor has declared a disaster | ||||||
16 | due to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
17 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, this default to | ||||||
18 | "Proficient" does not apply to any teacher who has entered into | ||||||
19 | contractual continued service and who was deemed "Excellent" on | ||||||
20 | his or her most recent evaluation . During any time in which the | ||||||
21 | Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||||||
22 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
23 | Management Agency Act and unless the school board and any | ||||||
24 | exclusive bargaining representative have completed the | ||||||
25 | performance rating for teachers or mutually agreed to an | ||||||
26 | alternate performance rating, any teacher who has entered into |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | contractual continued service, whose most recent evaluation | ||||||
2 | was deemed "Excellent", and whose performance evaluation is not | ||||||
3 | conducted when the evaluation is required to be conducted shall | ||||||
4 | receive a teacher's performance rating deemed "Excellent". A | ||||||
5 | school board and any exclusive bargaining representative may | ||||||
6 | mutually agree to an alternate performance rating for teachers | ||||||
7 | not in contractual continued service during any time in which | ||||||
8 | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||||||
9 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
10 | Management Agency Act, as long as the agreement is in writing. | ||||||
11 | (e) For the purposes of determining contractual continued | ||||||
12 | service, a school term shall be counted only toward attainment | ||||||
13 | of contractual continued service if the teacher actually | ||||||
14 | teaches or is otherwise present and participating in the | ||||||
15 | district's or program's educational program for 120 days or | ||||||
16 | more, provided that the days of leave under the federal Family | ||||||
17 | Medical Leave Act that the teacher is required to take until | ||||||
18 | the end of the school term shall be considered days of teaching | ||||||
19 | or participation in the district's or program's educational | ||||||
20 | program. A school term that is not counted toward attainment of | ||||||
21 | contractual continued service shall not be considered a break | ||||||
22 | in service for purposes of determining whether a teacher has | ||||||
23 | been employed for 4 consecutive school terms, provided that the | ||||||
24 | teacher actually teaches or is otherwise present and | ||||||
25 | participating in the district's or program's educational | ||||||
26 | program in the following school term. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (f) If the employing board determines to dismiss the | ||||||
2 | teacher in the last year of the probationary period as provided | ||||||
3 | in subsection (c) of this Section or subdivision (1) or (2) of | ||||||
4 | subsection (d) of this Section, but not subdivision (3) of | ||||||
5 | subsection (d) of this Section, the written notice of dismissal | ||||||
6 | provided by the employing board must contain specific reasons | ||||||
7 | for dismissal. Any full-time teacher who does not receive | ||||||
8 | written notice from the employing board at least 45 days before | ||||||
9 | the end of any school term as provided in this Section and | ||||||
10 | whose performance does not require dismissal after the fourth | ||||||
11 | probationary year pursuant to subsection (d) of this Section | ||||||
12 | shall be re-employed for the following school term.
| ||||||
13 | (g) Contractual continued service shall continue in effect | ||||||
14 | the terms and
provisions of the contract with the teacher | ||||||
15 | during the last school term
of the probationary period, subject | ||||||
16 | to this Act and the lawful
regulations of the employing board. | ||||||
17 | This Section and succeeding Sections
do not modify any existing | ||||||
18 | power of the board except with respect to the
procedure of the | ||||||
19 | discharge of a teacher and reductions in salary as
hereinafter | ||||||
20 | provided. Contractual continued service status shall not
| ||||||
21 | restrict the power of the board to transfer a teacher to a | ||||||
22 | position
which the teacher is qualified to fill or to make such | ||||||
23 | salary
adjustments as it deems desirable, but unless reductions | ||||||
24 | in salary are
uniform or based upon some reasonable | ||||||
25 | classification, any teacher whose
salary is reduced shall be | ||||||
26 | entitled to a notice and a hearing as
hereinafter provided in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the case of certain dismissals or removals.
| ||||||
2 | (h) If, by reason of any change in the boundaries of school | ||||||
3 | districts or by reason of the creation of a new school | ||||||
4 | district, the position held by any teacher having a contractual | ||||||
5 | continued service status is transferred from one board to the | ||||||
6 | control of a new or different board, then the contractual | ||||||
7 | continued service status of the teacher is not thereby lost, | ||||||
8 | and such new or different board is subject to this Code with | ||||||
9 | respect to the teacher in the same manner as if the teacher | ||||||
10 | were its employee and had been its employee during the time the | ||||||
11 | teacher was actually employed by the board from whose control | ||||||
12 | the position was transferred. | ||||||
13 | (i) The employment of any teacher in a program of a special | ||||||
14 | education joint
agreement established under Section 3-15.14, | ||||||
15 | 10-22.31 or 10-22.31a shall be governed by
this and succeeding | ||||||
16 | Sections of this Article. For purposes of
attaining and | ||||||
17 | maintaining contractual continued service and computing
length | ||||||
18 | of continuing service as referred to in this Section and | ||||||
19 | Section
24-12, employment in a special educational joint | ||||||
20 | program shall be deemed a
continuation of all previous | ||||||
21 | certificated employment of such teacher for
such joint | ||||||
22 | agreement whether the employer of the teacher was the joint
| ||||||
23 | agreement, the regional superintendent, or one of the | ||||||
24 | participating
districts in the joint agreement.
| ||||||
25 | (j) For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a | ||||||
26 | full-time teacher in a program of a special education joint |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agreement, whether the program is operated by the joint | ||||||
2 | agreement or a member district on behalf of the joint | ||||||
3 | agreement, in the event of a reduction in the number of | ||||||
4 | programs or positions in the joint agreement in which the | ||||||
5 | notice of dismissal is provided on or before the end of the | ||||||
6 | 2010-2011 school term, the teacher in contractual continued | ||||||
7 | service is eligible for employment in the joint agreement | ||||||
8 | programs for which the teacher is legally qualified in order of | ||||||
9 | greater length of continuing service in the joint agreement, | ||||||
10 | unless an alternative method of determining the sequence of | ||||||
11 | dismissal is established in a collective bargaining agreement. | ||||||
12 | For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a full-time | ||||||
13 | teacher in a program of a special education joint agreement, | ||||||
14 | whether the program is operated by the joint agreement or a | ||||||
15 | member district on behalf of the joint agreement, in the event | ||||||
16 | of a reduction in the number of programs or positions in the | ||||||
17 | joint agreement in which the notice of dismissal is provided | ||||||
18 | during the 2011-2012 school term or a subsequent school term, | ||||||
19 | the teacher shall be included on the honorable dismissal lists | ||||||
20 | of all joint agreement programs for positions for which the | ||||||
21 | teacher is qualified and is eligible for employment in such | ||||||
22 | programs in accordance with subsections (b) and (c) of Section | ||||||
23 | 24-12 of this Code and the applicable honorable dismissal | ||||||
24 | policies of the joint agreement. | ||||||
25 | (k) For any teacher employed after July 1, 1987 as a | ||||||
26 | full-time teacher in a program of a special education joint |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agreement, whether the program is operated by the joint | ||||||
2 | agreement or a member district on behalf of the joint | ||||||
3 | agreement, in the event of the dissolution of a joint | ||||||
4 | agreement, in which the notice to teachers of the dissolution | ||||||
5 | is provided during the 2010-2011 school term, the teacher in | ||||||
6 | contractual continued service who is legally qualified shall be | ||||||
7 | assigned to any comparable position in a member district | ||||||
8 | currently held by a teacher who has not entered upon | ||||||
9 | contractual continued service or held by a teacher who has | ||||||
10 | entered upon contractual continued service with a shorter | ||||||
11 | length of contractual continued service. Any teacher employed | ||||||
12 | after July 1, 1987 as a full-time teacher in a program of a | ||||||
13 | special education joint agreement, whether the program is | ||||||
14 | operated by the joint agreement or a member district on behalf | ||||||
15 | of the joint agreement, in the event of the dissolution of a | ||||||
16 | joint agreement in which the notice to teachers of the | ||||||
17 | dissolution is provided during the 2011-2012 school term or a | ||||||
18 | subsequent school term, the teacher who is qualified shall be | ||||||
19 | included on the order of honorable dismissal lists of each | ||||||
20 | member district and shall be assigned to any comparable | ||||||
21 | position in any such district in accordance with subsections | ||||||
22 | (b) and (c) of Section 24-12 of this Code and the applicable | ||||||
23 | honorable dismissal policies of each member district.
| ||||||
24 | (l) The governing board of the joint agreement, or the | ||||||
25 | administrative
district, if so authorized by the articles of | ||||||
26 | agreement of the joint
agreement, rather than the board of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | education of a school district, may
carry out employment and | ||||||
2 | termination actions including dismissals under
this Section | ||||||
3 | and Section 24-12.
| ||||||
4 | (m) The employment of any teacher in a special education | ||||||
5 | program
authorized by Section 14-1.01 through 14-14.01, or a | ||||||
6 | joint educational
program established under Section 10-22.31a, | ||||||
7 | shall be under this and the
succeeding Sections of this | ||||||
8 | Article, and such employment shall be deemed
a continuation of | ||||||
9 | the previous employment of such teacher in any of the
| ||||||
10 | participating districts, regardless of the participation of | ||||||
11 | other
districts in the program. | ||||||
12 | (n) Any teacher employed as a full-time teacher in
a | ||||||
13 | special education program prior to September 23, 1987 in which | ||||||
14 | 2 or
more school districts
participate for a probationary | ||||||
15 | period of 2 consecutive years shall enter
upon contractual | ||||||
16 | continued service in each of the participating
districts, | ||||||
17 | subject to this and the succeeding Sections of this Article,
| ||||||
18 | and, notwithstanding Section 24-1.5 of this Code, in the event | ||||||
19 | of the termination of the program shall be eligible for
any | ||||||
20 | vacant position in any of such districts for which such teacher | ||||||
21 | is
qualified.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 97-8, eff. 6-13-11; 98-513, eff. 1-1-14.)
| ||||||
23 | (105 ILCS 5/24-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 24-12)
| ||||||
24 | Sec. 24-12. Removal or dismissal of teachers in contractual
| ||||||
25 | continued service. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) This subsection (a) applies only to honorable | ||||||
2 | dismissals and recalls in which the notice of dismissal is | ||||||
3 | provided on or before the end of the 2010-2011 school term. If | ||||||
4 | a teacher in contractual continued service is
removed or | ||||||
5 | dismissed as a result of a decision of the board to decrease
| ||||||
6 | the number of teachers employed by the board or to discontinue | ||||||
7 | some
particular type of teaching service, written notice shall | ||||||
8 | be mailed to the
teacher and also given the
teacher either by | ||||||
9 | certified mail, return receipt requested or
personal delivery | ||||||
10 | with receipt at least 60
days before
the end of the school | ||||||
11 | term, together with a statement of honorable
dismissal and the | ||||||
12 | reason therefor, and in all such cases the board shall
first | ||||||
13 | remove or dismiss all teachers who have not entered upon | ||||||
14 | contractual
continued service before removing or dismissing | ||||||
15 | any teacher who has entered
upon contractual continued service | ||||||
16 | and who is legally qualified to hold a
position currently held | ||||||
17 | by a teacher who has not entered upon contractual
continued | ||||||
18 | service. | ||||||
19 | As between teachers who have entered upon contractual
| ||||||
20 | continued service, the teacher or teachers with the shorter | ||||||
21 | length of
continuing service with the district shall be | ||||||
22 | dismissed first
unless an alternative method of determining the | ||||||
23 | sequence of dismissal is
established in a collective bargaining | ||||||
24 | agreement or contract between the
board and a professional | ||||||
25 | faculty members' organization and except that
this provision | ||||||
26 | shall not impair the operation of any affirmative action
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | program in the district, regardless of whether it exists by | ||||||
2 | operation of
law or is conducted on a voluntary basis by the | ||||||
3 | board. Any teacher
dismissed as a result of such decrease or | ||||||
4 | discontinuance shall be paid
all earned compensation on or | ||||||
5 | before the third business day following
the last day of pupil | ||||||
6 | attendance in the regular school term. | ||||||
7 | If the
board has any vacancies for the following school | ||||||
8 | term or within one
calendar year from the beginning of the | ||||||
9 | following school term, the
positions thereby becoming | ||||||
10 | available shall be tendered to the teachers
so removed or | ||||||
11 | dismissed so far as they are legally qualified to hold
such | ||||||
12 | positions; provided, however, that if the number of honorable
| ||||||
13 | dismissal notices based on economic necessity exceeds 15% of | ||||||
14 | the number of full-time
equivalent positions filled by | ||||||
15 | certified employees (excluding
principals and administrative | ||||||
16 | personnel) during the preceding school year,
then if the board | ||||||
17 | has any vacancies for the following school term or within
2 | ||||||
18 | calendar years from the beginning of the following
school term, | ||||||
19 | the positions so becoming available shall be tendered to the
| ||||||
20 | teachers who were so notified and removed or dismissed whenever | ||||||
21 | they are
legally qualified to hold such positions. Each board | ||||||
22 | shall, in consultation
with any exclusive employee | ||||||
23 | representatives, each year establish a list,
categorized by | ||||||
24 | positions, showing the length of continuing service of each
| ||||||
25 | teacher who is qualified to hold any such positions, unless an | ||||||
26 | alternative
method of determining a sequence of dismissal is |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | established as provided
for in this Section, in which case a | ||||||
2 | list shall be made in accordance with
the alternative method. | ||||||
3 | Copies of the list shall be distributed to the
exclusive | ||||||
4 | employee representative on or before February 1 of each year.
| ||||||
5 | Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based upon | ||||||
6 | economic
necessity exceeds 5, or 150% of the average number of | ||||||
7 | teachers honorably
dismissed in the preceding 3 years, | ||||||
8 | whichever is more, then the board also
shall hold a public | ||||||
9 | hearing on the question of the dismissals. Following
the | ||||||
10 | hearing and board review, the action to approve any such | ||||||
11 | reduction shall
require a majority vote of the board members.
| ||||||
12 | (b) This subsection (b) applies only to honorable | ||||||
13 | dismissals and recalls in which the notice of dismissal is | ||||||
14 | provided during the 2011-2012 school term or a subsequent | ||||||
15 | school term. If any teacher, whether or not in contractual | ||||||
16 | continued service, is removed or dismissed as a result of a | ||||||
17 | decision of a school board to decrease the number of teachers | ||||||
18 | employed by the board, a decision of a school board to | ||||||
19 | discontinue some particular type of teaching service, or a | ||||||
20 | reduction in the number of programs or positions in a special | ||||||
21 | education joint agreement, then written notice must be mailed | ||||||
22 | to the teacher and also given to the teacher either by | ||||||
23 | electronic mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, or | ||||||
24 | personal delivery with receipt at least 45 days before the end | ||||||
25 | of the school term, together with a statement of honorable | ||||||
26 | dismissal and the reason therefor, and in all such cases the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | sequence of dismissal shall occur in accordance with this | ||||||
2 | subsection (b); except that this subsection (b) shall not | ||||||
3 | impair the operation of any affirmative action program in the | ||||||
4 | school district, regardless of whether it exists by operation | ||||||
5 | of law or is conducted on a voluntary basis by the board. | ||||||
6 | Each teacher must be categorized into one or more positions | ||||||
7 | for which the teacher is qualified to hold, based upon legal | ||||||
8 | qualifications and any other qualifications established in a | ||||||
9 | district or joint agreement job description, on or before the | ||||||
10 | May 10 prior to the school year during which the sequence of | ||||||
11 | dismissal is determined. Within each position and subject to | ||||||
12 | agreements made by the joint committee on honorable dismissals | ||||||
13 | that are authorized by subsection (c) of this Section, the | ||||||
14 | school district or joint agreement must establish 4 groupings | ||||||
15 | of teachers qualified to hold the position as follows: | ||||||
16 | (1) Grouping one shall consist of each teacher who is | ||||||
17 | not in contractual continued service and who (i) has not | ||||||
18 | received a performance evaluation rating, (ii) is employed | ||||||
19 | for one school term or less to replace a teacher on leave, | ||||||
20 | or (iii) is employed on a part-time basis. "Part-time | ||||||
21 | basis" for the purposes of this subsection (b) means a | ||||||
22 | teacher who is employed to teach less than a full-day, | ||||||
23 | teacher workload or less than 5 days of the normal student | ||||||
24 | attendance week, unless otherwise provided for in a | ||||||
25 | collective bargaining agreement between the district and | ||||||
26 | the exclusive representative of the district's teachers. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | For the purposes of this Section, a teacher (A) who is | ||||||
2 | employed as a full-time teacher but who actually teaches or | ||||||
3 | is otherwise present and participating in the district's | ||||||
4 | educational program for less than a school term or (B) who, | ||||||
5 | in the immediately previous school term, was employed on a | ||||||
6 | full-time basis and actually taught or was otherwise | ||||||
7 | present and participated in the district's educational | ||||||
8 | program for 120 days or more is not considered employed on | ||||||
9 | a part-time basis. | ||||||
10 | (2) Grouping 2 shall consist of each teacher with a | ||||||
11 | Needs Improvement or Unsatisfactory performance evaluation | ||||||
12 | rating on either of the teacher's last 2 performance | ||||||
13 | evaluation ratings. | ||||||
14 | (3) Grouping 3 shall consist of each teacher with a | ||||||
15 | performance evaluation rating of at least Satisfactory or | ||||||
16 | Proficient on both of the teacher's last 2 performance | ||||||
17 | evaluation ratings, if 2 ratings are available, or on the | ||||||
18 | teacher's last performance evaluation rating, if only one | ||||||
19 | rating is available, unless the teacher qualifies for | ||||||
20 | placement into grouping 4. | ||||||
21 | (4) Grouping 4 shall consist of each teacher whose last | ||||||
22 | 2 performance evaluation ratings are Excellent and each | ||||||
23 | teacher with 2 Excellent performance evaluation ratings | ||||||
24 | out of the teacher's last 3 performance evaluation ratings | ||||||
25 | with a third rating of Satisfactory or Proficient. | ||||||
26 | Among teachers qualified to hold a position, teachers must |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be dismissed in the order of their groupings, with teachers in | ||||||
2 | grouping one dismissed first and teachers in grouping 4 | ||||||
3 | dismissed last. | ||||||
4 | Within grouping one, the sequence of dismissal must be at | ||||||
5 | the discretion of the school district or joint agreement. | ||||||
6 | Within grouping 2, the sequence of dismissal must be based upon | ||||||
7 | average performance evaluation ratings, with the teacher or | ||||||
8 | teachers with the lowest average performance evaluation rating | ||||||
9 | dismissed first. A teacher's average performance evaluation | ||||||
10 | rating must be calculated using the average of the teacher's | ||||||
11 | last 2 performance evaluation ratings, if 2 ratings are | ||||||
12 | available, or the teacher's last performance evaluation | ||||||
13 | rating, if only one rating is available, using the following | ||||||
14 | numerical values: 4 for Excellent; 3 for Proficient or | ||||||
15 | Satisfactory; 2 for Needs Improvement; and 1 for | ||||||
16 | Unsatisfactory. As between or among teachers in grouping 2 with | ||||||
17 | the same average performance evaluation rating and within each | ||||||
18 | of groupings 3 and 4, the teacher or teachers with the shorter | ||||||
19 | length of continuing service with the school district or joint | ||||||
20 | agreement must be dismissed first unless an alternative method | ||||||
21 | of determining the sequence of dismissal is established in a | ||||||
22 | collective bargaining agreement or contract between the board | ||||||
23 | and a professional faculty members' organization. | ||||||
24 | Each board, including the governing board of a joint | ||||||
25 | agreement, shall, in consultation with any exclusive employee | ||||||
26 | representatives, each year establish a sequence of honorable |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | dismissal list categorized by positions and the groupings | ||||||
2 | defined in this subsection (b). Copies of the list showing each | ||||||
3 | teacher by name and categorized by positions and the groupings | ||||||
4 | defined in this subsection (b) must be distributed to the | ||||||
5 | exclusive bargaining representative at least 75 days before the | ||||||
6 | end of the school term, provided that the school district or | ||||||
7 | joint agreement may, with notice to any exclusive employee | ||||||
8 | representatives, move teachers from grouping one into another | ||||||
9 | grouping during the period of time from 75 days until 45 days | ||||||
10 | before the end of the school term. Each year, each board shall | ||||||
11 | also establish, in consultation with any exclusive employee | ||||||
12 | representatives, a list showing the length of continuing | ||||||
13 | service of each teacher who is qualified to hold any such | ||||||
14 | positions, unless an alternative method of determining a | ||||||
15 | sequence of dismissal is established as provided for in this | ||||||
16 | Section, in which case a list must be made in accordance with | ||||||
17 | the alternative method. Copies of the list must be distributed | ||||||
18 | to the exclusive employee representative at least 75 days | ||||||
19 | before the end of the school term. | ||||||
20 | Any teacher dismissed as a result of such decrease or | ||||||
21 | discontinuance must be paid all earned compensation on or | ||||||
22 | before the third business day following the last day of pupil | ||||||
23 | attendance in the regular school term. | ||||||
24 | If the board or joint agreement has any vacancies for the | ||||||
25 | following school term or within one calendar year from the | ||||||
26 | beginning of the following school term, the positions thereby |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | becoming available must be tendered to the teachers so removed | ||||||
2 | or dismissed who were in grouping groupings 3 or 4 of the | ||||||
3 | sequence of dismissal and are qualified to hold the positions, | ||||||
4 | based upon legal qualifications and any other qualifications | ||||||
5 | established in a district or joint agreement job description, | ||||||
6 | on or before the May 10 prior to the date of the positions | ||||||
7 | becoming available, provided that if the number of honorable | ||||||
8 | dismissal notices based on economic necessity exceeds 15% of | ||||||
9 | the number of full-time equivalent positions filled by | ||||||
10 | certified employees (excluding principals and administrative | ||||||
11 | personnel) during the preceding school year, then the recall | ||||||
12 | period is for the following school term or within 2 calendar | ||||||
13 | years from the beginning of the following school term. If the | ||||||
14 | board or joint agreement has any vacancies within the period | ||||||
15 | from the beginning of the following school term through | ||||||
16 | February 1 of the following school term (unless a date later | ||||||
17 | than February 1, but no later than 6 months from the beginning | ||||||
18 | of the following school term, is established in a collective | ||||||
19 | bargaining agreement), the positions thereby becoming | ||||||
20 | available must be tendered to the teachers so removed or | ||||||
21 | dismissed who were in grouping 2 of the sequence of dismissal | ||||||
22 | due to one "needs improvement" rating on either of the | ||||||
23 | teacher's last 2 performance evaluation ratings, provided | ||||||
24 | that, if 2 ratings are available, the other performance | ||||||
25 | evaluation rating used for grouping purposes is | ||||||
26 | "satisfactory", "proficient", or "excellent", and are |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | qualified to hold the positions, based upon legal | ||||||
2 | qualifications and any other qualifications established in a | ||||||
3 | district or joint agreement job description, on or before the | ||||||
4 | May 10 prior to the date of the positions becoming available. | ||||||
5 | On and after July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public Act | ||||||
6 | 98-648), the preceding sentence shall apply to teachers removed | ||||||
7 | or dismissed by honorable dismissal, even if notice of | ||||||
8 | honorable dismissal occurred during the 2013-2014 school year. | ||||||
9 | Among teachers eligible for recall pursuant to the preceding | ||||||
10 | sentence, the order of recall must be in inverse order of | ||||||
11 | dismissal, unless an alternative order of recall is established | ||||||
12 | in a collective bargaining agreement or contract between the | ||||||
13 | board and a professional faculty members' organization. | ||||||
14 | Whenever the number of honorable dismissal notices based upon | ||||||
15 | economic necessity exceeds 5 notices or 150% of the average | ||||||
16 | number of teachers honorably dismissed in the preceding 3 | ||||||
17 | years, whichever is more, then the school board or governing | ||||||
18 | board of a joint agreement, as applicable, shall also hold a | ||||||
19 | public hearing on the question of the dismissals. Following the | ||||||
20 | hearing and board review, the action to approve any such | ||||||
21 | reduction shall require a majority vote of the board members. | ||||||
22 | For purposes of this subsection (b), subject to agreement | ||||||
23 | on an alternative definition reached by the joint committee | ||||||
24 | described in subsection (c) of this Section, a teacher's | ||||||
25 | performance evaluation rating means the overall performance | ||||||
26 | evaluation rating resulting from an annual or biennial |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | performance evaluation conducted pursuant to Article 24A of | ||||||
2 | this Code by the school district or joint agreement determining | ||||||
3 | the sequence of dismissal, not including any performance | ||||||
4 | evaluation conducted during or at the end of a remediation | ||||||
5 | period. No more than one evaluation rating each school term | ||||||
6 | shall be one of the evaluation ratings used for the purpose of | ||||||
7 | determining the sequence of dismissal. Except as otherwise | ||||||
8 | provided in this subsection for any performance evaluations | ||||||
9 | conducted during or at the end of a remediation period, if | ||||||
10 | multiple performance evaluations are conducted in a school | ||||||
11 | term, only the rating from the last evaluation conducted prior | ||||||
12 | to establishing the sequence of honorable dismissal list in | ||||||
13 | such school term shall be the one evaluation rating from that | ||||||
14 | school term used for the purpose of determining the sequence of | ||||||
15 | dismissal. Averaging ratings from multiple evaluations is not | ||||||
16 | permitted unless otherwise agreed to in a collective bargaining | ||||||
17 | agreement or contract between the board and a professional | ||||||
18 | faculty members' organization. The preceding 3 sentences are | ||||||
19 | not a legislative declaration that existing law does or does | ||||||
20 | not already require that only one performance evaluation each | ||||||
21 | school term shall be used for the purpose of determining the | ||||||
22 | sequence of dismissal. For performance evaluation ratings | ||||||
23 | determined prior to September 1, 2012, any school district or | ||||||
24 | joint agreement with a performance evaluation rating system | ||||||
25 | that does not use either of the rating category systems | ||||||
26 | specified in subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this Code for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | all teachers must establish a basis for assigning each teacher | ||||||
2 | a rating that complies with subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of | ||||||
3 | this Code for all of the performance evaluation ratings that | ||||||
4 | are to be used to determine the sequence of dismissal. A | ||||||
5 | teacher's grouping and ranking on a sequence of honorable | ||||||
6 | dismissal shall be deemed a part of the teacher's performance | ||||||
7 | evaluation, and that information shall be disclosed to the | ||||||
8 | exclusive bargaining representative as part of a sequence of | ||||||
9 | honorable dismissal list, notwithstanding any laws prohibiting | ||||||
10 | disclosure of such information. A performance evaluation | ||||||
11 | rating may be used to determine the sequence of dismissal, | ||||||
12 | notwithstanding the pendency of any grievance resolution or | ||||||
13 | arbitration procedures relating to the performance evaluation. | ||||||
14 | If a teacher has received at least one performance evaluation | ||||||
15 | rating conducted by the school district or joint agreement | ||||||
16 | determining the sequence of dismissal and a subsequent | ||||||
17 | performance evaluation is not conducted in any school year in | ||||||
18 | which such evaluation is required to be conducted under Section | ||||||
19 | 24A-5 of this Code, the teacher's performance evaluation rating | ||||||
20 | for that school year for purposes of determining the sequence | ||||||
21 | of dismissal is deemed Proficient , except that, during any time | ||||||
22 | in which the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public | ||||||
23 | health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||||||
24 | Emergency Management Agency Act, this default to Proficient | ||||||
25 | does not apply to any teacher who has entered into contractual | ||||||
26 | continued service and who was deemed Excellent on his or her |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | most recent evaluation . During any time in which the Governor | ||||||
2 | has declared a disaster due to a public health emergency | ||||||
3 | pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency Management | ||||||
4 | Agency Act and unless the school board and any exclusive | ||||||
5 | bargaining representative have completed the performance | ||||||
6 | rating for teachers or have mutually agreed to an alternate | ||||||
7 | performance rating, any teacher who has entered into | ||||||
8 | contractual continued service, whose most recent evaluation | ||||||
9 | was deemed Excellent, and whose performance evaluation is not | ||||||
10 | conducted when the evaluation is required to be conducted shall | ||||||
11 | receive a teacher's performance rating deemed Excellent. A | ||||||
12 | school board and any exclusive bargaining representative may | ||||||
13 | mutually agree to an alternate performance rating for teachers | ||||||
14 | not in contractual continued service during any time in which | ||||||
15 | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||||||
16 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
17 | Management Agency Act, as long as the agreement is in writing. | ||||||
18 | If a performance evaluation rating is nullified as the result | ||||||
19 | of an arbitration, administrative agency, or court | ||||||
20 | determination, then the school district or joint agreement is | ||||||
21 | deemed to have conducted a performance evaluation for that | ||||||
22 | school year, but the performance evaluation rating may not be | ||||||
23 | used in determining the sequence of dismissal. | ||||||
24 | Nothing in this subsection (b) shall be construed as | ||||||
25 | limiting the right of a school board or governing board of a | ||||||
26 | joint agreement to dismiss a teacher not in contractual |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | continued service in accordance with Section 24-11 of this | ||||||
2 | Code. | ||||||
3 | Any provisions regarding the sequence of honorable | ||||||
4 | dismissals and recall of honorably dismissed teachers in a | ||||||
5 | collective bargaining agreement entered into on or before | ||||||
6 | January 1, 2011 and in effect on June 13, 2011 (the effective | ||||||
7 | date of Public Act 97-8) that may conflict with Public Act 97-8 | ||||||
8 | shall remain in effect through the expiration of such agreement | ||||||
9 | or June 30, 2013, whichever is earlier. | ||||||
10 | (c) Each school district and special education joint | ||||||
11 | agreement must use a joint committee composed of equal | ||||||
12 | representation selected by the school board and its teachers | ||||||
13 | or, if applicable, the exclusive bargaining representative of | ||||||
14 | its teachers, to address the matters described in paragraphs | ||||||
15 | (1) through (5) of this subsection (c) pertaining to honorable | ||||||
16 | dismissals under subsection (b) of this Section. | ||||||
17 | (1) The joint committee must consider and may agree to | ||||||
18 | criteria for excluding from grouping 2 and placing into | ||||||
19 | grouping 3 a teacher whose last 2 performance evaluations | ||||||
20 | include a Needs Improvement and either a Proficient or | ||||||
21 | Excellent. | ||||||
22 | (2) The joint committee must consider and may agree to | ||||||
23 | an alternative definition for grouping 4, which definition | ||||||
24 | must take into account prior performance evaluation | ||||||
25 | ratings and may take into account other factors that relate | ||||||
26 | to the school district's or program's educational |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | objectives. An alternative definition for grouping 4 may | ||||||
2 | not permit the inclusion of a teacher in the grouping with | ||||||
3 | a Needs Improvement or Unsatisfactory performance | ||||||
4 | evaluation rating on either of the teacher's last 2 | ||||||
5 | performance evaluation ratings. | ||||||
6 | (3) The joint committee may agree to including within | ||||||
7 | the definition of a performance evaluation rating a | ||||||
8 | performance evaluation rating administered by a school | ||||||
9 | district or joint agreement other than the school district | ||||||
10 | or joint agreement determining the sequence of dismissal. | ||||||
11 | (4) For each school district or joint agreement that | ||||||
12 | administers performance evaluation ratings that are | ||||||
13 | inconsistent with either of the rating category systems | ||||||
14 | specified in subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this Code, | ||||||
15 | the school district or joint agreement must consult with | ||||||
16 | the joint committee on the basis for assigning a rating | ||||||
17 | that complies with subsection (d) of Section 24A-5 of this | ||||||
18 | Code to each performance evaluation rating that will be | ||||||
19 | used in a sequence of dismissal. | ||||||
20 | (5) Upon request by a joint committee member submitted | ||||||
21 | to the employing board by no later than 10 days after the | ||||||
22 | distribution of the sequence of honorable dismissal list, a | ||||||
23 | representative of the employing board shall, within 5 days | ||||||
24 | after the request, provide to members of the joint | ||||||
25 | committee a list showing the most recent and prior | ||||||
26 | performance evaluation ratings of each teacher identified |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | only by length of continuing service in the district or | ||||||
2 | joint agreement and not by name. If, after review of this | ||||||
3 | list, a member of the joint committee has a good faith | ||||||
4 | belief that a disproportionate number of teachers with | ||||||
5 | greater length of continuing service with the district or | ||||||
6 | joint agreement have received a recent performance | ||||||
7 | evaluation rating lower than the prior rating, the member | ||||||
8 | may request that the joint committee review the list to | ||||||
9 | assess whether such a trend may exist. Following the joint | ||||||
10 | committee's review, but by no later than the end of the | ||||||
11 | applicable school term, the joint committee or any member | ||||||
12 | or members of the joint committee may submit a report of | ||||||
13 | the review to the employing board and exclusive bargaining | ||||||
14 | representative, if any. Nothing in this paragraph (5) shall | ||||||
15 | impact the order of honorable dismissal or a school | ||||||
16 | district's or joint agreement's authority to carry out a | ||||||
17 | dismissal in accordance with subsection (b) of this | ||||||
18 | Section. | ||||||
19 | Agreement by the joint committee as to a matter requires | ||||||
20 | the majority vote of all committee members, and if the joint | ||||||
21 | committee does not reach agreement on a matter, then the | ||||||
22 | otherwise applicable requirements of subsection (b) of this | ||||||
23 | Section shall apply. Except as explicitly set forth in this | ||||||
24 | subsection (c), a joint committee has no authority to agree to | ||||||
25 | any further modifications to the requirements for honorable | ||||||
26 | dismissals set forth in subsection (b) of this Section.
The |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | joint committee must be established, and the first meeting of | ||||||
2 | the joint committee each school year must occur on or before | ||||||
3 | December 1. | ||||||
4 | The joint committee must reach agreement on a matter on or | ||||||
5 | before February 1 of a school year in order for the agreement | ||||||
6 | of the joint committee to apply to the sequence of dismissal | ||||||
7 | determined during that school year. Subject to the February 1 | ||||||
8 | deadline for agreements, the agreement of a joint committee on | ||||||
9 | a matter shall apply to the sequence of dismissal until the | ||||||
10 | agreement is amended or terminated by the joint committee. | ||||||
11 | The provisions of the Open Meetings Act shall not apply to | ||||||
12 | meetings of a joint committee created under this subsection | ||||||
13 | (c). | ||||||
14 | (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this | ||||||
15 | subsection (d), the requirements and dismissal procedures of | ||||||
16 | Section 24-16.5 of this Code shall apply to any dismissal | ||||||
17 | sought under Section 24-16.5 of this Code. | ||||||
18 | (1) If a dismissal of a teacher in contractual | ||||||
19 | continued service is sought for any reason or cause other | ||||||
20 | than an honorable dismissal under subsections (a) or (b) of | ||||||
21 | this Section or a dismissal sought under Section 24-16.5 of | ||||||
22 | this Code,
including those under Section 10-22.4, the board | ||||||
23 | must first approve a
motion containing specific charges by | ||||||
24 | a majority vote of all its
members. Written notice of such | ||||||
25 | charges, including a bill of particulars and the teacher's | ||||||
26 | right to request a hearing, must be mailed to the teacher |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and also given to the teacher either by electronic mail, | ||||||
2 | certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal | ||||||
3 | delivery with receipt
within 5 days of the adoption of the | ||||||
4 | motion. Any written notice sent on or after July 1, 2012 | ||||||
5 | shall inform the teacher of the right to request a hearing | ||||||
6 | before a mutually selected hearing officer, with the cost | ||||||
7 | of the hearing officer split equally between the teacher | ||||||
8 | and the board, or a hearing before a board-selected hearing | ||||||
9 | officer, with the cost of the hearing officer paid by the | ||||||
10 | board. | ||||||
11 | Before setting a hearing on charges stemming from | ||||||
12 | causes that are considered remediable, a board must give | ||||||
13 | the teacher reasonable warning in writing, stating | ||||||
14 | specifically the causes that, if not removed, may result in | ||||||
15 | charges; however, no such written warning is required if | ||||||
16 | the causes have been the subject of a remediation plan | ||||||
17 | pursuant to Article 24A of this Code. | ||||||
18 | If, in the opinion of the board, the interests of the | ||||||
19 | school require it, the board may suspend the teacher | ||||||
20 | without pay, pending the hearing, but if the board's | ||||||
21 | dismissal or removal is not sustained, the teacher shall | ||||||
22 | not suffer the loss of any salary or benefits by reason of | ||||||
23 | the suspension. | ||||||
24 | (2) No hearing upon the charges is required unless the
| ||||||
25 | teacher within 17 days after receiving notice requests in | ||||||
26 | writing of the
board that a hearing be scheduled before a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | mutually selected hearing officer or a hearing officer | ||||||
2 | selected by the board.
The secretary of the school board | ||||||
3 | shall forward a copy of the notice to the
State Board of | ||||||
4 | Education. | ||||||
5 | (3) Within 5 business days after receiving a notice of
| ||||||
6 | hearing in which either notice to the teacher was sent | ||||||
7 | before July 1, 2012 or, if the notice was sent on or after | ||||||
8 | July 1, 2012, the teacher has requested a hearing before a | ||||||
9 | mutually selected hearing officer, the State Board of | ||||||
10 | Education shall provide a list of 5
prospective, impartial | ||||||
11 | hearing officers from the master list of qualified, | ||||||
12 | impartial hearing officers maintained by the State Board of | ||||||
13 | Education. Each person on the master list must (i) be
| ||||||
14 | accredited by a national arbitration organization and have | ||||||
15 | had a minimum of 5
years of experience directly related to | ||||||
16 | labor and employment
relations matters between employers | ||||||
17 | and employees or
their exclusive bargaining | ||||||
18 | representatives and (ii) beginning September 1, 2012, have | ||||||
19 | participated in training provided or approved by the State | ||||||
20 | Board of Education for teacher dismissal hearing officers | ||||||
21 | so that he or she is familiar with issues generally | ||||||
22 | involved in evaluative and non-evaluative dismissals. | ||||||
23 | If notice to the teacher was sent before July 1, 2012 | ||||||
24 | or, if the notice was sent on or after July 1, 2012, the | ||||||
25 | teacher has requested a hearing before a mutually selected | ||||||
26 | hearing officer, the board and the teacher or their
legal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | representatives within 3 business days shall alternately | ||||||
2 | strike one name from
the list provided by the State Board | ||||||
3 | of Education until only one name remains. Unless waived by | ||||||
4 | the teacher, the
teacher shall have the right to
proceed | ||||||
5 | first with the striking.
Within 3 business days of receipt | ||||||
6 | of the list provided by the State Board of
Education, the | ||||||
7 | board and the teacher or their legal representatives shall | ||||||
8 | each
have the right to reject all prospective hearing | ||||||
9 | officers named on the
list and notify the State Board of | ||||||
10 | Education of such rejection. Within 3 business days after | ||||||
11 | receiving this notification, the State
Board of Education | ||||||
12 | shall appoint a qualified person from the master list who | ||||||
13 | did not appear on the list sent to the parties to serve as | ||||||
14 | the hearing officer, unless the parties notify it that they | ||||||
15 | have chosen to alternatively select a hearing officer under | ||||||
16 | paragraph (4) of this subsection (d). | ||||||
17 | If the teacher has requested a hearing before a hearing | ||||||
18 | officer selected by the board, the board shall select one | ||||||
19 | name from the master list of qualified impartial hearing | ||||||
20 | officers maintained by the State Board of Education within | ||||||
21 | 3 business days after receipt and shall notify the State | ||||||
22 | Board of Education of its selection. | ||||||
23 | A hearing officer mutually selected by the parties, | ||||||
24 | selected by the board, or selected through an alternative | ||||||
25 | selection process under paragraph (4) of this subsection | ||||||
26 | (d) (A) must not be a resident of the school district, (B) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | must be available to commence the hearing within 75 days | ||||||
2 | and conclude the hearing within 120 days after being | ||||||
3 | selected as the hearing officer, and (C) must issue a | ||||||
4 | decision as to whether the teacher must be dismissed and | ||||||
5 | give a copy of that decision to both the teacher and the | ||||||
6 | board within 30 days from the conclusion of the hearing or | ||||||
7 | closure of the record, whichever is later. | ||||||
8 | If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public | ||||||
9 | health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||||||
10 | Emergency Management Agency Act and except if the parties | ||||||
11 | mutually agree otherwise and the agreement is in writing, | ||||||
12 | the requirements of this Section pertaining to prehearings | ||||||
13 | and hearings are paused and do not begin to toll until the | ||||||
14 | proclamation is no longer in effect. If mutually agreed to | ||||||
15 | and reduced to writing, the parties may proceed with the | ||||||
16 | prehearing and hearing requirements of this Section and may | ||||||
17 | also agree to extend the timelines of this Section | ||||||
18 | connected to the appointment and selection of a hearing | ||||||
19 | officer and those connected to commencing and concluding a | ||||||
20 | hearing. Any hearing convened during a public health | ||||||
21 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
22 | Management Agency Act may be convened remotely. Any hearing | ||||||
23 | officer for a hearing convened during a public health | ||||||
24 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
25 | Management Agency Act may voluntarily withdraw from the | ||||||
26 | hearing and another hearing officer shall be selected or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | appointed pursuant to this Section. | ||||||
2 | (4) In the alternative
to selecting a hearing officer | ||||||
3 | from the list received from the
State Board of Education or | ||||||
4 | accepting the appointment of a hearing officer by the State | ||||||
5 | Board of Education or if the State Board of Education | ||||||
6 | cannot provide a list or appoint a hearing officer that | ||||||
7 | meets the foregoing requirements, the board and the teacher | ||||||
8 | or their legal
representatives may mutually agree to select | ||||||
9 | an impartial hearing officer who
is not on the master list | ||||||
10 | either by direct
appointment by the parties or by using | ||||||
11 | procedures for the appointment of an
arbitrator | ||||||
12 | established by the Federal Mediation and Conciliation | ||||||
13 | Service or the
American Arbitration Association. The | ||||||
14 | parties shall notify the State Board of
Education of their | ||||||
15 | intent to select a hearing officer using an alternative
| ||||||
16 | procedure within 3 business days of receipt of a list of | ||||||
17 | prospective hearing officers
provided by the State Board of | ||||||
18 | Education, notice of appointment of a hearing officer by | ||||||
19 | the State Board of Education, or receipt of notice from the | ||||||
20 | State Board of Education that it cannot provide a list that | ||||||
21 | meets the foregoing requirements, whichever is later. | ||||||
22 | (5) If the notice of dismissal was sent to the teacher | ||||||
23 | before July 1, 2012, the fees and costs for the hearing | ||||||
24 | officer must be paid by the State Board of Education. If | ||||||
25 | the notice of dismissal was sent to the teacher on or after | ||||||
26 | July 1, 2012, the hearing officer's fees and costs must be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | paid as follows in this paragraph (5). The fees and | ||||||
2 | permissible costs for the hearing officer must be | ||||||
3 | determined by the State Board of Education. If the board | ||||||
4 | and the teacher or their legal representatives mutually | ||||||
5 | agree to select an impartial hearing officer who is not on | ||||||
6 | a list received from the State Board of Education, they may | ||||||
7 | agree to supplement the fees determined by the State Board | ||||||
8 | to the hearing officer, at a rate consistent with the | ||||||
9 | hearing officer's published professional fees. If the | ||||||
10 | hearing officer is mutually selected by the parties, then | ||||||
11 | the board and the teacher or their legal representatives | ||||||
12 | shall each pay 50% of the fees and costs and any | ||||||
13 | supplemental allowance to which they agree. If the hearing | ||||||
14 | officer is selected by the board, then the board shall pay | ||||||
15 | 100% of the hearing officer's fees and costs. The fees and | ||||||
16 | costs must be paid to the hearing officer within 14 days | ||||||
17 | after the board and the teacher or their legal | ||||||
18 | representatives receive the hearing officer's decision set | ||||||
19 | forth in paragraph (7) of this subsection (d). | ||||||
20 | (6) The teacher is required to answer the bill of | ||||||
21 | particulars and aver affirmative matters in his or her | ||||||
22 | defense, and the time for initially doing so and the time | ||||||
23 | for updating such answer and defenses after pre-hearing | ||||||
24 | discovery must be set by the hearing officer.
The State | ||||||
25 | Board of Education shall
promulgate rules so that each | ||||||
26 | party has a fair opportunity to present its case and to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | ensure that the dismissal process proceeds in a fair and | ||||||
2 | expeditious manner. These rules shall address, without | ||||||
3 | limitation, discovery and hearing scheduling conferences; | ||||||
4 | the teacher's initial answer and affirmative defenses to | ||||||
5 | the bill of particulars and the updating of that | ||||||
6 | information after pre-hearing discovery; provision for | ||||||
7 | written interrogatories and requests for production of | ||||||
8 | documents; the requirement that each party initially | ||||||
9 | disclose to the other party and then update the disclosure | ||||||
10 | no later than 10 calendar days prior to the commencement of | ||||||
11 | the hearing, the names and addresses of persons who may be | ||||||
12 | called as
witnesses at the hearing, a summary of the facts | ||||||
13 | or opinions each witness will testify to, and all other
| ||||||
14 | documents and materials, including information maintained | ||||||
15 | electronically, relevant to its own as well as the other | ||||||
16 | party's case (the hearing officer may exclude witnesses and | ||||||
17 | exhibits not identified and shared, except those offered in | ||||||
18 | rebuttal for which the party could not reasonably have | ||||||
19 | anticipated prior to the hearing); pre-hearing discovery | ||||||
20 | and preparation, including provision for written | ||||||
21 | interrogatories and requests for production of documents, | ||||||
22 | provided that discovery depositions are prohibited; the | ||||||
23 | conduct of the hearing; the right of each party to be | ||||||
24 | represented by counsel, the offer of evidence and witnesses | ||||||
25 | and the cross-examination of witnesses; the authority of | ||||||
26 | the hearing officer to issue subpoenas and subpoenas duces |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | tecum, provided that the hearing officer may limit the | ||||||
2 | number of witnesses to be subpoenaed on behalf of each | ||||||
3 | party to no more than 7; the length of post-hearing briefs; | ||||||
4 | and the form, length, and content of hearing officers' | ||||||
5 | decisions. The hearing officer
shall hold a hearing and | ||||||
6 | render a final decision for dismissal pursuant to Article | ||||||
7 | 24A of this Code or shall report to the school board | ||||||
8 | findings of fact and a recommendation as to whether or not | ||||||
9 | the teacher must be dismissed for conduct. The hearing | ||||||
10 | officer shall commence the hearing within 75 days and | ||||||
11 | conclude the hearing within 120 days after being selected | ||||||
12 | as the hearing officer, provided that the hearing officer | ||||||
13 | may modify these timelines upon the showing of good cause | ||||||
14 | or mutual agreement of the parties. Good cause for the | ||||||
15 | purpose of this subsection (d) shall mean the illness or | ||||||
16 | otherwise unavoidable emergency of the teacher, district | ||||||
17 | representative, their legal representatives, the hearing | ||||||
18 | officer, or an essential witness as indicated in each | ||||||
19 | party's pre-hearing submission. In a dismissal hearing | ||||||
20 | pursuant to Article 24A of this Code in which a witness is | ||||||
21 | a student or is under the age of 18, the hearing officer | ||||||
22 | must make accommodations for the witness, as provided under | ||||||
23 | paragraph (6.5) of this subsection. The hearing officer | ||||||
24 | shall consider and give weight to all of the teacher's | ||||||
25 | evaluations written pursuant to Article 24A that are | ||||||
26 | relevant to the issues in the hearing. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Each party shall have no more than 3 days to present | ||||||
2 | its case, unless extended by the hearing officer to enable | ||||||
3 | a party to present adequate evidence and testimony, | ||||||
4 | including due to the other party's cross-examination of the | ||||||
5 | party's witnesses, for good cause or by mutual agreement of | ||||||
6 | the parties. The State Board of Education shall define in | ||||||
7 | rules the meaning of "day" for such purposes. All testimony | ||||||
8 | at the hearing shall be taken under oath
administered by | ||||||
9 | the hearing officer. The hearing officer shall cause a
| ||||||
10 | record of the proceedings to be kept and shall employ a | ||||||
11 | competent reporter
to take stenographic or stenotype notes | ||||||
12 | of all the testimony. The costs of
the reporter's | ||||||
13 | attendance and services at the hearing shall be paid by the | ||||||
14 | party or parties who are responsible for paying the fees | ||||||
15 | and costs of the hearing officer. Either party desiring a | ||||||
16 | transcript of the hearing
shall pay for the cost thereof. | ||||||
17 | Any post-hearing briefs must be submitted by the parties by | ||||||
18 | no later than 21 days after a party's receipt of the | ||||||
19 | transcript of the hearing, unless extended by the hearing | ||||||
20 | officer for good cause or by mutual agreement of the | ||||||
21 | parties. | ||||||
22 | (6.5) In the case of charges involving sexual abuse or | ||||||
23 | severe physical abuse of a student or a person under the | ||||||
24 | age of 18, the hearing officer shall make alternative | ||||||
25 | hearing procedures to protect a witness who is a student or | ||||||
26 | who is under the age of 18 from being intimidated or |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | traumatized. Alternative hearing procedures may include, | ||||||
2 | but are not limited to: (i) testimony made via a | ||||||
3 | telecommunication device in a location other than the | ||||||
4 | hearing room and outside the physical presence of the | ||||||
5 | teacher and other hearing participants, (ii) testimony | ||||||
6 | outside the physical presence of the teacher, or (iii) | ||||||
7 | non-public testimony. During a testimony described under | ||||||
8 | this subsection, each party must be permitted to ask a | ||||||
9 | witness who is a student or who is under 18 years of age | ||||||
10 | all relevant questions and follow-up questions. All | ||||||
11 | questions must exclude evidence of the witness' sexual | ||||||
12 | behavior or predisposition, unless the evidence is offered | ||||||
13 | to prove that someone other than the teacher subject to the | ||||||
14 | dismissal hearing engaged in the charge at issue. | ||||||
15 | (7) The hearing officer shall, within 30 days from the | ||||||
16 | conclusion of the
hearing or closure of the record, | ||||||
17 | whichever is later,
make a decision as to whether or not | ||||||
18 | the teacher shall be dismissed pursuant to Article 24A of | ||||||
19 | this Code or report to the school board findings of fact | ||||||
20 | and a recommendation as to whether or not the teacher shall | ||||||
21 | be dismissed for cause and
shall give a copy of the | ||||||
22 | decision or findings of fact and recommendation to both the | ||||||
23 | teacher and the school
board.
If a hearing officer fails
| ||||||
24 | without good cause, specifically provided in writing to | ||||||
25 | both parties and the State Board of Education, to render a | ||||||
26 | decision or findings of fact and recommendation within 30 |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | days after the hearing is
concluded or the
record is | ||||||
2 | closed, whichever is later,
the
parties may mutually agree | ||||||
3 | to select a hearing officer pursuant to the
alternative
| ||||||
4 | procedure, as provided in this Section,
to rehear the | ||||||
5 | charges heard by the hearing officer who failed to render a
| ||||||
6 | decision or findings of fact and recommendation or to | ||||||
7 | review the record and render a decision.
If any hearing
| ||||||
8 | officer fails without good cause, specifically provided in | ||||||
9 | writing to both parties and the State Board of Education, | ||||||
10 | to render a decision or findings of fact and recommendation | ||||||
11 | within 30 days after the
hearing is concluded or the record | ||||||
12 | is closed, whichever is later, the hearing
officer shall be | ||||||
13 | removed
from the master
list of hearing officers maintained | ||||||
14 | by the State Board of Education for not more than 24 | ||||||
15 | months. The parties and the State Board of Education may | ||||||
16 | also take such other actions as it deems appropriate, | ||||||
17 | including recovering, reducing, or withholding any fees | ||||||
18 | paid or to be paid to the hearing officer. If any hearing | ||||||
19 | officer repeats such failure, he or she must be permanently | ||||||
20 | removed from the master list maintained by the State Board | ||||||
21 | of Education and may not be selected by parties through the | ||||||
22 | alternative selection process under this paragraph (7) or | ||||||
23 | paragraph (4) of this subsection (d).
The board shall not | ||||||
24 | lose jurisdiction to discharge a teacher if the hearing
| ||||||
25 | officer fails to render a decision or findings of fact and | ||||||
26 | recommendation within the time specified in this
Section. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | If the decision of the hearing officer for dismissal | ||||||
2 | pursuant to Article 24A of this Code or of the school board | ||||||
3 | for dismissal for cause is in favor of the teacher, then | ||||||
4 | the hearing officer or school board shall order | ||||||
5 | reinstatement to the same or substantially equivalent | ||||||
6 | position and shall determine the amount for which the | ||||||
7 | school board is liable, including, but not limited to, loss | ||||||
8 | of income and benefits. | ||||||
9 | (8) The school board, within 45 days after receipt of | ||||||
10 | the hearing officer's findings of fact and recommendation | ||||||
11 | as to whether (i) the conduct at issue occurred, (ii) the | ||||||
12 | conduct that did occur was remediable, and (iii) the | ||||||
13 | proposed dismissal should be sustained, shall issue a | ||||||
14 | written order as to whether the teacher must be retained or | ||||||
15 | dismissed for cause from its employ. The school board's | ||||||
16 | written order shall incorporate the hearing officer's | ||||||
17 | findings of fact, except that the school board may modify | ||||||
18 | or supplement the findings of fact if, in its opinion, the | ||||||
19 | findings of fact are against the manifest weight of the | ||||||
20 | evidence. | ||||||
21 | If the school board dismisses the teacher | ||||||
22 | notwithstanding the hearing officer's findings of fact and | ||||||
23 | recommendation, the school board shall make a conclusion in | ||||||
24 | its written order, giving its reasons therefor, and such | ||||||
25 | conclusion and reasons must be included in its written | ||||||
26 | order. The failure of the school board to strictly adhere |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to the timelines contained in this Section shall not render | ||||||
2 | it without jurisdiction to dismiss the teacher. The school | ||||||
3 | board shall not lose jurisdiction to discharge the teacher | ||||||
4 | for cause if the hearing officer fails to render a | ||||||
5 | recommendation within the time specified in this Section. | ||||||
6 | The decision of the school board is final, unless reviewed | ||||||
7 | as provided in paragraph (9) of this subsection (d). | ||||||
8 | If the school board retains the teacher, the school | ||||||
9 | board shall enter a written order stating the amount of | ||||||
10 | back pay and lost benefits, less mitigation, to be paid to | ||||||
11 | the teacher, within 45 days after its retention order. | ||||||
12 | Should the teacher object to the amount of the back pay and | ||||||
13 | lost benefits or amount mitigated, the teacher shall give | ||||||
14 | written objections to the amount within 21 days. If the | ||||||
15 | parties fail to reach resolution within 7 days, the dispute | ||||||
16 | shall be referred to the hearing officer, who shall | ||||||
17 | consider the school board's written order and teacher's | ||||||
18 | written objection and determine the amount to which the | ||||||
19 | school board is liable. The costs of the hearing officer's | ||||||
20 | review and determination must be paid by the board. | ||||||
21 | (9)
The decision of the hearing officer pursuant to | ||||||
22 | Article 24A of this Code or of the school board's decision | ||||||
23 | to dismiss for cause is final unless reviewed as
provided | ||||||
24 | in Section 24-16 of this Code. If the school board's | ||||||
25 | decision to dismiss for cause is contrary to the hearing | ||||||
26 | officer's recommendation, the court on review shall give |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | consideration to the school board's decision and its | ||||||
2 | supplemental findings of fact, if applicable, and the | ||||||
3 | hearing officer's findings of fact and recommendation in | ||||||
4 | making its decision. In the event such review is
| ||||||
5 | instituted, the school board shall be responsible for | ||||||
6 | preparing and filing the record of proceedings, and such | ||||||
7 | costs associated therewith must be divided equally between | ||||||
8 | the parties.
| ||||||
9 | (10) If a decision of the hearing officer for dismissal | ||||||
10 | pursuant to Article 24A of this Code or of the school board | ||||||
11 | for dismissal for cause is adjudicated upon review or
| ||||||
12 | appeal in favor of the teacher, then the trial court shall | ||||||
13 | order
reinstatement and shall remand the matter to the | ||||||
14 | school board with direction for entry of an order setting | ||||||
15 | the amount of back pay, lost benefits, and costs, less | ||||||
16 | mitigation. The teacher may challenge the school board's | ||||||
17 | order setting the amount of back pay, lost benefits, and | ||||||
18 | costs, less mitigation, through an expedited arbitration | ||||||
19 | procedure, with the costs of the arbitrator borne by the | ||||||
20 | school board.
| ||||||
21 | Any teacher who is reinstated by any hearing or | ||||||
22 | adjudication brought
under this Section shall be assigned | ||||||
23 | by the board to a position
substantially similar to the one | ||||||
24 | which that teacher held prior to that
teacher's suspension | ||||||
25 | or dismissal.
| ||||||
26 | (11) Subject to any later effective date referenced in |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | this Section for a specific aspect of the dismissal | ||||||
2 | process, the changes made by Public Act 97-8 shall apply to | ||||||
3 | dismissals instituted on or after September 1, 2011. Any | ||||||
4 | dismissal instituted prior to September 1, 2011 must be | ||||||
5 | carried out in accordance with the requirements of this | ||||||
6 | Section prior to amendment by Public Act 97-8.
| ||||||
7 | (e) Nothing contained in Public Act 98-648 repeals, | ||||||
8 | supersedes, invalidates, or nullifies final decisions in | ||||||
9 | lawsuits pending on July 1, 2014 (the effective date of Public | ||||||
10 | Act 98-648) in Illinois courts involving the interpretation of | ||||||
11 | Public Act 97-8. | ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 100-768, eff. 1-1-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; | ||||||
13 | 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; revised 12-3-19.)
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/24A-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 24A-5) | ||||||
15 | Sec. 24A-5. Content of evaluation plans. This Section does | ||||||
16 | not apply to teachers assigned to schools identified in an | ||||||
17 | agreement entered into between the board of a school district | ||||||
18 | operating under Article 34 of this Code and the exclusive | ||||||
19 | representative of the district's teachers in accordance with | ||||||
20 | Section 34-85c of this Code.
| ||||||
21 | Each school district to
which this Article applies shall | ||||||
22 | establish a teacher evaluation plan
which ensures that each | ||||||
23 | teacher in contractual continued service
is evaluated at least | ||||||
24 | once in the course of every 2 school years. | ||||||
25 | By no later than September 1, 2012, each school district |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | shall establish a teacher evaluation plan that ensures that: | ||||||
2 | (1) each teacher not in contractual continued service | ||||||
3 | is evaluated at least once every school year; and | ||||||
4 | (2) each teacher in contractual continued service is | ||||||
5 | evaluated at least once in the course of every 2 school | ||||||
6 | years. However, any teacher in contractual continued | ||||||
7 | service whose performance is rated as either "needs | ||||||
8 | improvement" or "unsatisfactory" must be evaluated at | ||||||
9 | least once in the school year following the receipt of such | ||||||
10 | rating. | ||||||
11 | Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section or | ||||||
12 | any other Section of the School Code, a principal shall not be | ||||||
13 | prohibited from evaluating any teachers within a school during | ||||||
14 | his or her first year as principal of such school. If a | ||||||
15 | first-year principal exercises this option in a school district | ||||||
16 | where the evaluation plan provides for a teacher in contractual | ||||||
17 | continued service to be evaluated once in the course of every 2 | ||||||
18 | school years, then a new 2-year evaluation plan must be | ||||||
19 | established. | ||||||
20 | The evaluation plan shall comply with the requirements of | ||||||
21 | this Section and
of any rules adopted by the State Board of | ||||||
22 | Education pursuant to this Section. | ||||||
23 | The plan shall include a description of each teacher's | ||||||
24 | duties
and responsibilities and of the standards to which that | ||||||
25 | teacher
is expected to conform, and shall include at least the | ||||||
26 | following components: |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (a) personal observation of the teacher in the | ||||||
2 | classroom by the evaluator, unless
the teacher has no | ||||||
3 | classroom duties. | ||||||
4 | (b) consideration of the teacher's attendance, | ||||||
5 | planning,
instructional methods, classroom management, | ||||||
6 | where relevant, and
competency in the subject matter | ||||||
7 | taught. | ||||||
8 | (c) by no later than the applicable implementation | ||||||
9 | date, consideration of student growth as a significant | ||||||
10 | factor in the rating of the teacher's performance. | ||||||
11 | (d) prior to September 1, 2012, rating of the | ||||||
12 | performance of teachers in contractual continued service | ||||||
13 | as either: | ||||||
14 | (i) "excellent",
"satisfactory" or | ||||||
15 | "unsatisfactory"; or | ||||||
16 | (ii) "excellent", "proficient", "needs | ||||||
17 | improvement" or "unsatisfactory". | ||||||
18 | (e) on and after September 1, 2012, rating of the | ||||||
19 | performance of all teachers as "excellent", "proficient", | ||||||
20 | "needs improvement" or "unsatisfactory". | ||||||
21 | (f) specification as to the teacher's strengths and | ||||||
22 | weaknesses, with
supporting reasons for the comments made. | ||||||
23 | (g) inclusion of a copy of the evaluation in the | ||||||
24 | teacher's personnel
file and provision of a copy to the | ||||||
25 | teacher. | ||||||
26 | (h) within 30 school days after the completion of an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | evaluation rating a teacher in contractual continued | ||||||
2 | service as "needs improvement", development by the | ||||||
3 | evaluator, in consultation with the teacher, and taking | ||||||
4 | into account the teacher's on-going professional | ||||||
5 | responsibilities including his or her regular teaching | ||||||
6 | assignments, of a professional development plan directed | ||||||
7 | to the areas that need improvement and any supports that | ||||||
8 | the district will provide to address the areas identified | ||||||
9 | as needing improvement. | ||||||
10 | (i) within 30 school days after completion of an | ||||||
11 | evaluation rating a teacher
in contractual continued | ||||||
12 | service as "unsatisfactory", development and commencement | ||||||
13 | by the district of a remediation plan designed to correct | ||||||
14 | deficiencies
cited, provided the deficiencies are deemed | ||||||
15 | remediable.
In all school districts the
remediation plan | ||||||
16 | for unsatisfactory, tenured teachers shall
provide for 90 | ||||||
17 | school days of remediation within the
classroom, unless an | ||||||
18 | applicable collective bargaining agreement provides for a | ||||||
19 | shorter duration. In all school districts evaluations | ||||||
20 | issued pursuant
to
this Section shall be
issued within 10 | ||||||
21 | days after the conclusion of the respective remediation | ||||||
22 | plan.
However, the school board or other governing | ||||||
23 | authority of the district
shall not lose
jurisdiction to | ||||||
24 | discharge a teacher in the event the evaluation is not | ||||||
25 | issued
within 10 days after the conclusion of the | ||||||
26 | respective remediation plan. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (j) participation in the remediation plan by the | ||||||
2 | teacher in contractual continued service rated
| ||||||
3 | "unsatisfactory", an evaluator and a consulting teacher | ||||||
4 | selected by the evaluator of the teacher who was rated | ||||||
5 | "unsatisfactory", which
consulting teacher is an | ||||||
6 | educational employee as defined in the Educational
Labor | ||||||
7 | Relations Act, has at least 5 years' teaching experience, | ||||||
8 | and a
reasonable familiarity with the assignment of the | ||||||
9 | teacher being evaluated,
and who received an "excellent" | ||||||
10 | rating on his or her most
recent evaluation. Where no | ||||||
11 | teachers who meet these criteria are available
within the | ||||||
12 | district, the district shall request and the applicable | ||||||
13 | regional office of education shall supply, to participate | ||||||
14 | in the remediation process, an
individual who meets these | ||||||
15 | criteria. | ||||||
16 | In a district having a population of less than 500,000 | ||||||
17 | with an
exclusive bargaining agent, the bargaining agent
| ||||||
18 | may, if it so chooses, supply a roster of qualified | ||||||
19 | teachers from whom the
consulting teacher is to be | ||||||
20 | selected. That roster shall, however, contain
the names of | ||||||
21 | at least 5 teachers, each of whom meets the criteria for
| ||||||
22 | consulting teacher with regard to the teacher being | ||||||
23 | evaluated, or the names
of all teachers so qualified if | ||||||
24 | that number is less than 5. In the event of
a dispute as to | ||||||
25 | qualification, the State Board shall determine | ||||||
26 | qualification. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (k) a mid-point and final evaluation by an evaluator | ||||||
2 | during and at the end of the remediation period, | ||||||
3 | immediately following receipt of a remediation plan | ||||||
4 | provided for under subsections (i) and (j) of this Section. | ||||||
5 | Each evaluation shall assess the teacher's performance | ||||||
6 | during the time period since the prior evaluation; provided | ||||||
7 | that the last evaluation shall also include an overall | ||||||
8 | evaluation of the teacher's performance during the | ||||||
9 | remediation period. A written copy of the evaluations and | ||||||
10 | ratings, in which any deficiencies in performance and | ||||||
11 | recommendations for correction are identified, shall be | ||||||
12 | provided to and discussed with the teacher within 10 school | ||||||
13 | days after the date of the evaluation, unless an applicable | ||||||
14 | collective bargaining agreement provides to the contrary. | ||||||
15 | These subsequent evaluations
shall be conducted by an | ||||||
16 | evaluator. The consulting
teacher shall provide advice to | ||||||
17 | the teacher rated "unsatisfactory" on how
to improve | ||||||
18 | teaching skills and to successfully complete the | ||||||
19 | remediation
plan. The consulting teacher shall participate | ||||||
20 | in developing the
remediation plan, but the final decision | ||||||
21 | as to the evaluation shall be done
solely by the evaluator,
| ||||||
22 | unless an applicable collective bargaining agreement | ||||||
23 | provides to the contrary.
Evaluations at the
conclusion of | ||||||
24 | the remediation process shall be separate and distinct from | ||||||
25 | the
required annual evaluations of teachers and shall not | ||||||
26 | be subject to the
guidelines and procedures relating to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | those annual evaluations. The evaluator
may but is not | ||||||
2 | required to use the forms provided for the annual | ||||||
3 | evaluation of
teachers in the district's evaluation plan. | ||||||
4 | (l)
reinstatement to the evaluation schedule set forth | ||||||
5 | in the district's evaluation plan for any teacher in | ||||||
6 | contractual continued service
who achieves a rating equal | ||||||
7 | to or better than "satisfactory" or "proficient" in the | ||||||
8 | school year following a rating of "needs improvement" or | ||||||
9 | "unsatisfactory". | ||||||
10 | (m) dismissal in accordance with subsection (d) of | ||||||
11 | Section 24-12 or Section 24-16.5 or 34-85 of this
Code of | ||||||
12 | any teacher who fails to complete any applicable | ||||||
13 | remediation plan
with a rating equal to or better than a | ||||||
14 | "satisfactory" or "proficient" rating. Districts and | ||||||
15 | teachers subject to
dismissal hearings are precluded from | ||||||
16 | compelling the testimony of
consulting teachers at such | ||||||
17 | hearings under subsection (d) of Section 24-12 or Section | ||||||
18 | 24-16.5 or 34-85 of this Code, either
as to the rating | ||||||
19 | process or for opinions of performances by teachers under
| ||||||
20 | remediation. | ||||||
21 | (n) After the implementation date of an evaluation | ||||||
22 | system for teachers in a district as specified in Section | ||||||
23 | 24A-2.5 of this Code, if a teacher in contractual continued | ||||||
24 | service successfully completes a remediation plan | ||||||
25 | following a rating of "unsatisfactory" in an annual or | ||||||
26 | biennial overall performance evaluation received after the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | foregoing implementation date and receives a subsequent | ||||||
2 | rating of "unsatisfactory" in any of the teacher's annual | ||||||
3 | or biennial overall performance evaluation ratings | ||||||
4 | received during the 36-month period following the | ||||||
5 | teacher's completion of the remediation plan, then the | ||||||
6 | school district may forego remediation and seek dismissal | ||||||
7 | in accordance with subsection (d) of Section 24-12 or | ||||||
8 | Section 34-85 of this Code. | ||||||
9 | Nothing in this Section or Section 24A-4 shall be construed | ||||||
10 | as preventing immediate
dismissal of a teacher for deficiencies | ||||||
11 | which are
deemed irremediable or for actions which are | ||||||
12 | injurious to or endanger the
health or person of students in | ||||||
13 | the classroom or school, or preventing the dismissal or | ||||||
14 | non-renewal of teachers not in contractual continued service | ||||||
15 | for any reason not prohibited by applicable employment, labor, | ||||||
16 | and civil rights laws. Failure to
strictly comply with the time | ||||||
17 | requirements contained in Section 24A-5 shall
not invalidate | ||||||
18 | the results of the remediation plan. | ||||||
19 | Nothing contained in this amendatory Act of the 98th | ||||||
20 | General Assembly repeals, supersedes, invalidates, or | ||||||
21 | nullifies final decisions in lawsuits pending on the effective | ||||||
22 | date of this amendatory Act of the 98th General Assembly in | ||||||
23 | Illinois courts involving the interpretation of Public Act | ||||||
24 | 97-8. | ||||||
25 | If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public | ||||||
26 | health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Emergency Management Agency Act that suspends in-person | ||||||
2 | instruction, the timelines in this Section connected to the | ||||||
3 | commencement and completion of any remediation plan are waived. | ||||||
4 | Except if the parties mutually agree otherwise and the | ||||||
5 | agreement is in writing, any remediation plan that had been in | ||||||
6 | place for more than 45 days prior to the suspension of | ||||||
7 | in-person instruction shall resume when in-person instruction | ||||||
8 | resumes and any remediation plan that had been in place for | ||||||
9 | fewer than 45 days prior to the suspension of in-person | ||||||
10 | instruction shall be discontinued and a new remediation period | ||||||
11 | shall begin when in-person instruction resumes. The | ||||||
12 | requirements of this paragraph apply regardless of whether they | ||||||
13 | are included in a school district's teacher evaluation plan. | ||||||
14 | (Source: P.A. 97-8, eff. 6-13-11; 98-470, eff. 8-16-13; 98-648, | ||||||
15 | eff. 7-1-14.)
| ||||||
16 | (105 ILCS 5/27-3) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-3)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 27-3.
Patriotism and principles of representative
| ||||||
18 | government - Proper use of flag - Method of voting - Pledge of | ||||||
19 | Allegiance.
American patriotism and the principles of | ||||||
20 | representative government,
as enunciated in the American | ||||||
21 | Declaration of Independence, the
Constitution of the United | ||||||
22 | States of America and the Constitution of the
State of | ||||||
23 | Illinois, and the proper use and display of the American flag,
| ||||||
24 | shall be taught in all public schools and other educational | ||||||
25 | institutions
supported or maintained in whole or in part by |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | public funds. No student
shall receive a certificate of | ||||||
2 | graduation without passing a satisfactory
examination upon | ||||||
3 | such subjects , which may be administered remotely .
| ||||||
4 | Instruction shall be given in all such schools and | ||||||
5 | institutions in
the method of voting at elections by means of | ||||||
6 | the Australian Ballot
system and the method of the counting of | ||||||
7 | votes for candidates.
| ||||||
8 | The Pledge of Allegiance shall be recited each school day | ||||||
9 | by pupils in
elementary and secondary educational institutions | ||||||
10 | supported or maintained
in whole or
in part by public funds.
| ||||||
11 | (Source: P.A. 92-612, eff. 7-3-02.)
| ||||||
12 | (105 ILCS 5/27-6.5) | ||||||
13 | Sec. 27-6.5. Physical fitness assessments in schools. | ||||||
14 | (a) As used in this Section, "physical fitness assessment" | ||||||
15 | means a series of assessments to measure aerobic capacity, body | ||||||
16 | composition, muscular strength, muscular endurance, and | ||||||
17 | flexibility. | ||||||
18 | (b) To measure the effectiveness of State Goal 20 of the | ||||||
19 | Illinois Learning Standards for Physical Development and | ||||||
20 | Health, beginning with the 2016-2017 school year and every | ||||||
21 | school year thereafter, the State Board of Education shall | ||||||
22 | require all public schools to use a scientifically-based, | ||||||
23 | health-related physical fitness assessment for grades 3 | ||||||
24 | through 12 and periodically report fitness information to the | ||||||
25 | State Board of Education, as set forth in subsections (c) and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (e) of this Section, to assess student fitness indicators. | ||||||
2 | Public schools shall integrate health-related fitness | ||||||
3 | testing into the curriculum as an instructional tool, except in | ||||||
4 | grades before the 3rd grade. Fitness tests must be appropriate | ||||||
5 | to students' developmental levels and physical abilities. The | ||||||
6 | testing must be used to teach students how to assess their | ||||||
7 | fitness levels, set goals for improvement, and monitor progress | ||||||
8 | in reaching their goals. Fitness scores shall not be used for | ||||||
9 | grading students or evaluating teachers. | ||||||
10 | (c) On or before October 1, 2014, the State Superintendent | ||||||
11 | of Education shall appoint a 15-member stakeholder and expert | ||||||
12 | task force, including members representing organizations that | ||||||
13 | represent physical education teachers, school officials, | ||||||
14 | principals, health promotion and disease prevention advocates | ||||||
15 | and experts, school health advocates and experts, and other | ||||||
16 | experts with operational and academic expertise in the | ||||||
17 | measurement of fitness. The task force shall make | ||||||
18 | recommendations to the State Board of Education on the | ||||||
19 | following: | ||||||
20 | (1) methods for ensuring the validity and uniformity of | ||||||
21 | reported physical fitness assessment scores, including | ||||||
22 | assessment administration protocols and professional | ||||||
23 | development approaches for physical education teachers; | ||||||
24 | (2) how often physical fitness assessment scores | ||||||
25 | should be reported to the State Board of Education; | ||||||
26 | (3) the grade levels within elementary, middle, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | high school categories for which physical fitness | ||||||
2 | assessment scores should be reported to the State Board of | ||||||
3 | Education; | ||||||
4 | (4) the minimum fitness indicators that should be | ||||||
5 | reported to the State Board of Education, including, but | ||||||
6 | not limited to, a score for aerobic capacity (for grades 4 | ||||||
7 | through 12); muscular strength; endurance; and | ||||||
8 | flexibility; | ||||||
9 | (5) the demographic information that should accompany | ||||||
10 | the scores, including, but not limited to, grade and | ||||||
11 | gender; | ||||||
12 | (6) the development of protocols regarding the | ||||||
13 | protection of students' confidentiality and individual | ||||||
14 | information and identifiers; and | ||||||
15 | (7) how physical fitness assessment data should be
| ||||||
16 | reported by the State Board of Education to the public, | ||||||
17 | including potential correlations
with student academic | ||||||
18 | achievement, attendance, and
discipline data and other | ||||||
19 | recommended uses of the reported data. | ||||||
20 | The State Board of Education shall provide administrative | ||||||
21 | and other support to the task force. | ||||||
22 | The task force shall submit its recommendations on physical | ||||||
23 | fitness assessments on or before April 1, 2015. The task force | ||||||
24 | may also recommend methods for assessing student progress on | ||||||
25 | State Goals 19 and 21 through 24 of the Illinois Learning | ||||||
26 | Standards for Physical Development and Health. The task force |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | is dissolved on April 30, 2015. | ||||||
2 | The provisions of this subsection (c), other than this | ||||||
3 | sentence, are inoperative after March 31, 2016. | ||||||
4 | (d) On or before December 31, 2015, the State Board of | ||||||
5 | Education shall use the recommendations of the task force under | ||||||
6 | subsection (c) of this Section to adopt rules for the | ||||||
7 | implementation of physical fitness assessments by each public | ||||||
8 | school for the 2016-2017 school year and every school year | ||||||
9 | thereafter. The requirements of this Section do not apply if | ||||||
10 | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health | ||||||
11 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
12 | Management Agency Act. | ||||||
13 | (e) On or before September 1, 2016, the State Board of | ||||||
14 | Education shall adopt rules for data submission by school | ||||||
15 | districts and develop a system for collecting and reporting the | ||||||
16 | aggregated fitness information from the physical fitness | ||||||
17 | assessments. This system shall also support the collection of | ||||||
18 | data from school districts that use a fitness testing software | ||||||
19 | program. | ||||||
20 | (f) School districts may report the aggregate findings of | ||||||
21 | physical fitness assessments by grade level and school to | ||||||
22 | parents and members of the community through typical | ||||||
23 | communication channels, such as Internet websites, school | ||||||
24 | newsletters, school board reports, and presentations. | ||||||
25 | Districts may also provide individual fitness assessment | ||||||
26 | reports to students' parents. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (g) Nothing in this Section precludes schools from | ||||||
2 | implementing a physical fitness assessment before the | ||||||
3 | 2016-2017 school year or from implementing more robust forms of | ||||||
4 | a physical fitness assessment.
| ||||||
5 | (Source: P.A. 98-859, eff. 8-4-14.) | ||||||
6 | (105 ILCS 5/27-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1) | ||||||
7 | Sec. 27-8.1. Health examinations and immunizations. | ||||||
8 | (1) In compliance with rules and regulations which the | ||||||
9 | Department of Public
Health shall promulgate, and except as | ||||||
10 | hereinafter provided, all children in
Illinois shall have a | ||||||
11 | health examination as follows: within one year prior to
| ||||||
12 | entering kindergarten or the first grade of any public, | ||||||
13 | private, or parochial
elementary school; upon entering the | ||||||
14 | sixth and ninth grades of any public,
private, or parochial | ||||||
15 | school; prior to entrance into any public, private, or
| ||||||
16 | parochial nursery school; and, irrespective of grade, | ||||||
17 | immediately prior to or
upon entrance into any public, private, | ||||||
18 | or parochial school or nursery school,
each child shall present | ||||||
19 | proof of having been examined in accordance with this
Section | ||||||
20 | and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder. Any child | ||||||
21 | who received a health examination within one year prior to | ||||||
22 | entering the fifth grade for the 2007-2008 school year is not | ||||||
23 | required to receive an additional health examination in order | ||||||
24 | to comply with the provisions of Public Act 95-422 when he or | ||||||
25 | she attends school for the 2008-2009 school year, unless the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | child is attending school for the first time as provided in | ||||||
2 | this paragraph. | ||||||
3 | A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a | ||||||
4 | required part of
each health examination included under this | ||||||
5 | Section if the child resides in an
area designated by the | ||||||
6 | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence
of | ||||||
7 | tuberculosis. Additional health examinations of pupils, | ||||||
8 | including eye examinations, may be required when deemed | ||||||
9 | necessary by school
authorities. Parents are encouraged to have | ||||||
10 | their children undergo eye examinations at the same points in | ||||||
11 | time required for health
examinations. | ||||||
12 | (1.5) In compliance with rules adopted by the Department of | ||||||
13 | Public Health and except as otherwise provided in this Section, | ||||||
14 | all children in kindergarten and the second, sixth, and ninth | ||||||
15 | grades of any public, private, or parochial school shall have a | ||||||
16 | dental examination. Each of these children shall present proof | ||||||
17 | of having been examined by a dentist in accordance with this | ||||||
18 | Section and rules adopted under this Section before May 15th of | ||||||
19 | the school year. If a child in the second, sixth, or ninth | ||||||
20 | grade fails to present proof by May 15th, the school may hold | ||||||
21 | the child's report card until one of the following occurs: (i) | ||||||
22 | the child presents proof of a completed dental examination or | ||||||
23 | (ii) the child presents proof that a dental examination will | ||||||
24 | take place within 60 days after May 15th. A school may not | ||||||
25 | withhold a child's report card during a school year in which | ||||||
26 | the Governor has declared a disaster due to a public health |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois Emergency | ||||||
2 | Management Agency Act. The Department of Public Health shall | ||||||
3 | establish, by rule, a waiver for children who show an undue | ||||||
4 | burden or a lack of access to a dentist. Each public, private, | ||||||
5 | and parochial school must give notice of this dental | ||||||
6 | examination requirement to the parents and guardians of | ||||||
7 | students at least 60 days before May 15th of each school year.
| ||||||
8 | (1.10) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all | ||||||
9 | children enrolling in kindergarten in a public, private, or | ||||||
10 | parochial school on or after January 1, 2008 (the effective | ||||||
11 | date of Public Act 95-671) and any student enrolling for the | ||||||
12 | first time in a public, private, or parochial school on or | ||||||
13 | after January 1, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-671) | ||||||
14 | shall have an eye examination. Each of these children shall | ||||||
15 | present proof of having been examined by a physician licensed | ||||||
16 | to practice medicine in all of its branches or a licensed | ||||||
17 | optometrist within the previous year, in accordance with this | ||||||
18 | Section and rules adopted under this Section, before October | ||||||
19 | 15th of the school year. If the child fails to present proof by | ||||||
20 | October 15th, the school may hold the child's report card until | ||||||
21 | one of the following occurs: (i) the child presents proof of a | ||||||
22 | completed eye examination or (ii) the child presents proof that | ||||||
23 | an eye examination will take place within 60 days after October | ||||||
24 | 15th. A school may not withhold a child's report card during a | ||||||
25 | school year in which the Governor has declared a disaster due | ||||||
26 | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. The Department of | ||||||
2 | Public Health shall establish, by rule, a waiver for children | ||||||
3 | who show an undue burden or a lack of access to a physician | ||||||
4 | licensed to practice medicine in all of its branches who | ||||||
5 | provides eye examinations or to a licensed optometrist. Each | ||||||
6 | public, private, and parochial school must give notice of this | ||||||
7 | eye examination requirement to the parents and guardians of | ||||||
8 | students in compliance with rules of the Department of Public | ||||||
9 | Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to allow a | ||||||
10 | school to exclude a child from attending because of a parent's | ||||||
11 | or guardian's failure to obtain an eye examination for the | ||||||
12 | child.
| ||||||
13 | (2) The Department of Public Health shall promulgate rules | ||||||
14 | and regulations
specifying the examinations and procedures | ||||||
15 | that constitute a health examination, which shall include an | ||||||
16 | age-appropriate developmental screening, an age-appropriate | ||||||
17 | social and emotional screening, and the collection of data | ||||||
18 | relating to asthma and obesity
(including at a minimum, date of | ||||||
19 | birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date of | ||||||
20 | exam),
and a dental examination and may recommend by rule that | ||||||
21 | certain additional examinations be performed.
The rules and | ||||||
22 | regulations of the Department of Public Health shall specify | ||||||
23 | that
a tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a | ||||||
24 | required part of each
health examination included under this | ||||||
25 | Section if the child resides in an area
designated by the | ||||||
26 | Department of Public Health as having a high incidence of
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | tuberculosis.
With respect to the developmental screening and | ||||||
2 | the social and emotional screening, the Department of Public | ||||||
3 | Health must, no later than January 1, 2019, develop rules and | ||||||
4 | appropriate revisions to the Child Health Examination form in | ||||||
5 | conjunction with a statewide organization representing school | ||||||
6 | boards; a statewide organization representing pediatricians; | ||||||
7 | statewide organizations representing individuals holding | ||||||
8 | Illinois educator licenses with school support personnel | ||||||
9 | endorsements, including school social workers, school | ||||||
10 | psychologists, and school nurses; a statewide organization | ||||||
11 | representing children's mental health experts; a statewide | ||||||
12 | organization representing school principals; the Director of | ||||||
13 | Healthcare and Family Services or his or her designee, the | ||||||
14 | State Superintendent of Education or his or her designee; and | ||||||
15 | representatives of other appropriate State agencies and, at a | ||||||
16 | minimum, must recommend the use of validated screening tools | ||||||
17 | appropriate to the child's age or grade, and, with regard to | ||||||
18 | the social and emotional screening, require recording only | ||||||
19 | whether or not the screening was completed. The rules shall | ||||||
20 | take into consideration the screening recommendations of the | ||||||
21 | American Academy of Pediatrics and must be consistent with the | ||||||
22 | State Board of Education's social and emotional learning | ||||||
23 | standards. The Department of Public Health shall specify that a | ||||||
24 | diabetes
screening as defined by rule shall be included as a | ||||||
25 | required part of each
health examination.
Diabetes testing is | ||||||
26 | not required. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Physicians licensed to practice medicine in all of its | ||||||
2 | branches, licensed advanced
practice registered nurses, or | ||||||
3 | licensed physician assistants shall be
responsible for the | ||||||
4 | performance of the health examinations, other than dental
| ||||||
5 | examinations, eye examinations, and vision and hearing | ||||||
6 | screening, and shall sign all report forms
required by | ||||||
7 | subsection (4) of this Section that pertain to those portions | ||||||
8 | of
the health examination for which the physician, advanced | ||||||
9 | practice registered nurse, or
physician assistant is | ||||||
10 | responsible.
If a registered
nurse performs any part of a | ||||||
11 | health examination, then a physician licensed to
practice | ||||||
12 | medicine in all of its branches must review and sign all | ||||||
13 | required
report forms. Licensed dentists shall perform all | ||||||
14 | dental examinations and
shall sign all report forms required by | ||||||
15 | subsection (4) of this Section that
pertain to the dental | ||||||
16 | examinations. Physicians licensed to practice medicine
in all | ||||||
17 | its branches or licensed optometrists shall perform all eye | ||||||
18 | examinations
required by this Section and shall sign all report | ||||||
19 | forms required by
subsection (4) of this Section that pertain | ||||||
20 | to the eye examination. For purposes of this Section, an eye | ||||||
21 | examination shall at a minimum include history, visual acuity, | ||||||
22 | subjective refraction to best visual acuity near and far, | ||||||
23 | internal and external examination, and a glaucoma evaluation, | ||||||
24 | as well as any other tests or observations that in the | ||||||
25 | professional judgment of the doctor are necessary. Vision and
| ||||||
26 | hearing screening tests, which shall not be considered |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | examinations as that
term is used in this Section, shall be | ||||||
2 | conducted in accordance with rules and
regulations of the | ||||||
3 | Department of Public Health, and by individuals whom the
| ||||||
4 | Department of Public Health has certified.
In these rules and | ||||||
5 | regulations, the Department of Public Health shall
require that | ||||||
6 | individuals conducting vision screening tests give a child's
| ||||||
7 | parent or guardian written notification, before the vision | ||||||
8 | screening is
conducted, that states, "Vision screening is not a | ||||||
9 | substitute for a
complete eye and vision evaluation by an eye | ||||||
10 | doctor. Your child is not
required to undergo this vision | ||||||
11 | screening if an optometrist or
ophthalmologist has completed | ||||||
12 | and signed a report form indicating that
an examination has | ||||||
13 | been administered within the previous 12 months.". | ||||||
14 | (2.5) With respect to the developmental screening and the | ||||||
15 | social and emotional screening portion of the health | ||||||
16 | examination, each child may present proof of having been | ||||||
17 | screened in accordance with this Section and the rules adopted | ||||||
18 | under this Section before October 15th of the school year. With | ||||||
19 | regard to the social and emotional screening only, the | ||||||
20 | examining health care provider shall only record whether or not | ||||||
21 | the screening was completed. If the child fails to present | ||||||
22 | proof of the developmental screening or the social and | ||||||
23 | emotional screening portions of the health examination by | ||||||
24 | October 15th of the school year, qualified school support | ||||||
25 | personnel may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, offer the | ||||||
26 | developmental screening or the social and emotional screening |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to the child. Each public, private, and parochial school must | ||||||
2 | give notice of the developmental screening and social and | ||||||
3 | emotional screening requirements to the parents and guardians | ||||||
4 | of students in compliance with the rules of the Department of | ||||||
5 | Public Health. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to | ||||||
6 | allow a school to exclude a child from attending because of a | ||||||
7 | parent's or guardian's failure to obtain a developmental | ||||||
8 | screening or a social and emotional screening for the child. | ||||||
9 | Once a developmental screening or a social and emotional | ||||||
10 | screening is completed and proof has been presented to the | ||||||
11 | school, the school may, with a parent's or guardian's consent, | ||||||
12 | make available appropriate school personnel to work with the | ||||||
13 | parent or guardian, the child, and the provider who signed the | ||||||
14 | screening form to obtain any appropriate evaluations and | ||||||
15 | services as indicated on the form and in other information and | ||||||
16 | documentation provided by the parents, guardians, or provider. | ||||||
17 | (3) Every child shall, at or about the same time as he or | ||||||
18 | she receives
a health examination required by subsection (1) of | ||||||
19 | this Section, present
to the local school proof of having | ||||||
20 | received such immunizations against
preventable communicable | ||||||
21 | diseases as the Department of Public Health shall
require by | ||||||
22 | rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to this Section and | ||||||
23 | the
Communicable Disease Prevention Act. | ||||||
24 | (4) The individuals conducting the health examination,
| ||||||
25 | dental examination, or eye examination shall record the
fact of | ||||||
26 | having conducted the examination, and such additional |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | information as
required, including for a health examination
| ||||||
2 | data relating to asthma and obesity
(including at a minimum, | ||||||
3 | date of birth, gender, height, weight, blood pressure, and date | ||||||
4 | of exam), on uniform forms which the Department of Public | ||||||
5 | Health and the State
Board of Education shall prescribe for | ||||||
6 | statewide use. The examiner shall
summarize on the report form | ||||||
7 | any condition that he or she suspects indicates a
need for | ||||||
8 | special services, including for a health examination factors | ||||||
9 | relating to asthma or obesity. The duty to summarize on the | ||||||
10 | report form does not apply to social and emotional screenings. | ||||||
11 | The confidentiality of the information and records relating to | ||||||
12 | the developmental screening and the social and emotional | ||||||
13 | screening shall be determined by the statutes, rules, and | ||||||
14 | professional ethics governing the type of provider conducting | ||||||
15 | the screening. The individuals confirming the administration | ||||||
16 | of
required immunizations shall record as indicated on the form | ||||||
17 | that the
immunizations were administered. | ||||||
18 | (5) If a child does not submit proof of having had either | ||||||
19 | the health
examination or the immunization as required, then | ||||||
20 | the child shall be examined
or receive the immunization, as the | ||||||
21 | case may be, and present proof by October
15 of the current | ||||||
22 | school year, or by an earlier date of the current school year
| ||||||
23 | established by a school district. To establish a date before | ||||||
24 | October 15 of the
current school year for the health | ||||||
25 | examination or immunization as required, a
school district must | ||||||
26 | give notice of the requirements of this Section 60 days
prior |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | to the earlier established date. If for medical reasons one or | ||||||
2 | more of
the required immunizations must be given after October | ||||||
3 | 15 of the current school
year, or after an earlier established | ||||||
4 | date of the current school year, then
the child shall present, | ||||||
5 | by October 15, or by the earlier established date, a
schedule | ||||||
6 | for the administration of the immunizations and a statement of | ||||||
7 | the
medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and | ||||||
8 | the statement being
issued by the physician, advanced practice | ||||||
9 | registered nurse, physician assistant,
registered nurse, or | ||||||
10 | local health department that will
be responsible for | ||||||
11 | administration of the remaining required immunizations. If
a | ||||||
12 | child does not comply by October 15, or by the earlier | ||||||
13 | established date of
the current school year, with the | ||||||
14 | requirements of this subsection, then the
local school | ||||||
15 | authority shall exclude that child from school until such time | ||||||
16 | as
the child presents proof of having had the health | ||||||
17 | examination as required and
presents proof of having received | ||||||
18 | those required immunizations which are
medically possible to | ||||||
19 | receive immediately. During a child's exclusion from
school for | ||||||
20 | noncompliance with this subsection, the child's parents or | ||||||
21 | legal
guardian shall be considered in violation of Section 26-1 | ||||||
22 | and subject to any
penalty imposed by Section 26-10. This | ||||||
23 | subsection (5) does not apply to dental examinations, eye | ||||||
24 | examinations, and the developmental screening and the social | ||||||
25 | and emotional screening portions of the health examination. If | ||||||
26 | the student is an out-of-state transfer student and does not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | have the proof required under this subsection (5) before | ||||||
2 | October 15 of the current year or whatever date is set by the | ||||||
3 | school district, then he or she may only attend classes (i) if | ||||||
4 | he or she has proof that an appointment for the required | ||||||
5 | vaccinations has been scheduled with a party authorized to | ||||||
6 | submit proof of the required vaccinations. If the proof of | ||||||
7 | vaccination required under this subsection (5) is not submitted | ||||||
8 | within 30 days after the student is permitted to attend | ||||||
9 | classes, then the student is not to be permitted to attend | ||||||
10 | classes until proof of the vaccinations has been properly | ||||||
11 | submitted. No school district or employee of a school district | ||||||
12 | shall be held liable for any injury or illness to another | ||||||
13 | person that results from admitting an out-of-state transfer | ||||||
14 | student to class that has an appointment scheduled pursuant to | ||||||
15 | this subsection (5). | ||||||
16 | (6) Every school shall report to the State Board of | ||||||
17 | Education by November
15, in the manner which that agency shall | ||||||
18 | require, the number of children who
have received the necessary | ||||||
19 | immunizations and the health examination (other than a dental | ||||||
20 | examination or eye examination) as
required, indicating, of | ||||||
21 | those who have not received the immunizations and
examination | ||||||
22 | as required, the number of children who are exempt from health
| ||||||
23 | examination and immunization requirements on religious or | ||||||
24 | medical grounds as
provided in subsection (8). On or before | ||||||
25 | December 1 of each year, every public school district and | ||||||
26 | registered nonpublic school shall make publicly available the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | immunization data they are required to submit to the State | ||||||
2 | Board of Education by November 15. The immunization data made | ||||||
3 | publicly available must be identical to the data the school | ||||||
4 | district or school has reported to the State Board of | ||||||
5 | Education. | ||||||
6 | Every school shall report to the State Board of Education | ||||||
7 | by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the | ||||||
8 | number of children who have received the required dental | ||||||
9 | examination, indicating, of those who have not received the | ||||||
10 | required dental examination, the number of children who are | ||||||
11 | exempt from the dental examination on religious grounds as | ||||||
12 | provided in subsection (8) of this Section and the number of | ||||||
13 | children who have received a waiver under subsection (1.5) of | ||||||
14 | this Section. | ||||||
15 | Every school shall report to the State Board of Education | ||||||
16 | by June 30, in the manner that the State Board requires, the | ||||||
17 | number of children who have received the required eye | ||||||
18 | examination, indicating, of those who have not received the | ||||||
19 | required eye examination, the number of children who are exempt | ||||||
20 | from the eye examination as provided in subsection (8) of this | ||||||
21 | Section, the number of children who have received a waiver | ||||||
22 | under subsection (1.10) of this Section, and the total number | ||||||
23 | of children in noncompliance with the eye examination | ||||||
24 | requirement. | ||||||
25 | The reported information under this subsection (6) shall be | ||||||
26 | provided to the
Department of Public Health by the State Board |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of Education. | ||||||
2 | (7) Upon determining that the number of pupils who are | ||||||
3 | required to be in
compliance with subsection (5) of this | ||||||
4 | Section is below 90% of the number of
pupils enrolled in the | ||||||
5 | school district, 10% of each State aid payment made
pursuant to | ||||||
6 | Section 18-8.05 or 18-8.15 to the school district for such year | ||||||
7 | may be withheld
by the State Board of Education until the | ||||||
8 | number of students in compliance with
subsection (5) is the | ||||||
9 | applicable specified percentage or higher. | ||||||
10 | (8) Children of parents or legal guardians who object to | ||||||
11 | health, dental, or eye examinations or any part thereof, to | ||||||
12 | immunizations, or to vision and hearing screening tests on | ||||||
13 | religious grounds shall not be required to undergo the | ||||||
14 | examinations, tests, or immunizations to which they so object | ||||||
15 | if such parents or legal guardians present to the appropriate | ||||||
16 | local school authority a signed Certificate of Religious | ||||||
17 | Exemption detailing the grounds for objection and the specific | ||||||
18 | immunizations, tests, or examinations to which they object. The | ||||||
19 | grounds for objection must set forth the specific religious | ||||||
20 | belief that conflicts with the examination, test, | ||||||
21 | immunization, or other medical intervention. The signed | ||||||
22 | certificate shall also reflect the parent's or legal guardian's | ||||||
23 | understanding of the school's exclusion policies in the case of | ||||||
24 | a vaccine-preventable disease outbreak or exposure. The | ||||||
25 | certificate must also be signed by the authorized examining | ||||||
26 | health care provider responsible for the performance of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | child's health examination confirming that the provider | ||||||
2 | provided education to the parent or legal guardian on the | ||||||
3 | benefits of immunization and the health risks to the student | ||||||
4 | and to the community of the communicable diseases for which | ||||||
5 | immunization is required in this State. However, the health | ||||||
6 | care provider's signature on the certificate reflects only that | ||||||
7 | education was provided and does not allow a health care | ||||||
8 | provider grounds to determine a religious exemption. Those | ||||||
9 | receiving immunizations required under this Code shall be | ||||||
10 | provided with the relevant vaccine information statements that | ||||||
11 | are required to be disseminated by the federal National | ||||||
12 | Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which may contain | ||||||
13 | information on circumstances when a vaccine should not be | ||||||
14 | administered, prior to administering a vaccine. A healthcare | ||||||
15 | provider may consider including without limitation the | ||||||
16 | nationally accepted recommendations from federal agencies such | ||||||
17 | as the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, the | ||||||
18 | information outlined in the relevant vaccine information | ||||||
19 | statement, and vaccine package inserts, along with the | ||||||
20 | healthcare provider's clinical judgment, to determine whether | ||||||
21 | any child may be more susceptible to experiencing an adverse | ||||||
22 | vaccine reaction than the general population, and, if so, the | ||||||
23 | healthcare provider may exempt the child from an immunization | ||||||
24 | or adopt an individualized immunization schedule. The | ||||||
25 | Certificate of Religious Exemption shall be created by the | ||||||
26 | Department of Public Health and shall be made available and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | used by parents and legal guardians by the beginning of the | ||||||
2 | 2015-2016 school year. Parents or legal guardians must submit | ||||||
3 | the Certificate of Religious Exemption to their local school | ||||||
4 | authority prior to entering kindergarten, sixth grade, and | ||||||
5 | ninth grade for each child for which they are requesting an | ||||||
6 | exemption. The religious objection stated need not be directed | ||||||
7 | by the tenets of an established religious organization. | ||||||
8 | However, general philosophical or moral reluctance to allow | ||||||
9 | physical examinations, eye examinations, immunizations, vision | ||||||
10 | and hearing screenings, or dental examinations does not provide | ||||||
11 | a sufficient basis for an exception to statutory requirements. | ||||||
12 | The local school authority is responsible for determining if
| ||||||
13 | the content of the Certificate of Religious Exemption
| ||||||
14 | constitutes a valid religious objection.
The local school | ||||||
15 | authority shall inform the parent or legal guardian of | ||||||
16 | exclusion procedures, in accordance with the Department's | ||||||
17 | rules under Part 690 of Title 77 of the Illinois Administrative | ||||||
18 | Code, at the time the objection is presented. | ||||||
19 | If the physical condition
of the child is such that any one | ||||||
20 | or more of the immunizing agents should not
be administered, | ||||||
21 | the examining physician, advanced practice registered nurse, | ||||||
22 | or
physician assistant responsible for the performance of the
| ||||||
23 | health examination shall endorse that fact upon the health | ||||||
24 | examination form. | ||||||
25 | Exempting a child from the health,
dental, or eye | ||||||
26 | examination does not exempt the child from
participation in the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | program of physical education training provided in
Sections | ||||||
2 | 27-5 through 27-7 of this Code. | ||||||
3 | (8.5) The school board of a school district shall include | ||||||
4 | informational materials regarding influenza and influenza | ||||||
5 | vaccinations and meningococcal disease and meningococcal | ||||||
6 | vaccinations developed, provided, or approved by the | ||||||
7 | Department of Public Health under Section 2310-700 of the | ||||||
8 | Department of Public Health Powers and Duties Law of the Civil | ||||||
9 | Administrative Code of Illinois when the board provides | ||||||
10 | information on immunizations, infectious diseases, | ||||||
11 | medications, or other school health issues to the parents or | ||||||
12 | guardians of students. | ||||||
13 | (9) For the purposes of this Section, "nursery schools" | ||||||
14 | means those nursery
schools operated by elementary school | ||||||
15 | systems or secondary level school units
or institutions of | ||||||
16 | higher learning. | ||||||
17 | (Source: P.A. 100-238, eff. 1-1-18; 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; | ||||||
18 | 100-513, eff. 1-1-18; 100-829, eff. 1-1-19; 100-863, eff. | ||||||
19 | 8-14-18; 100-977, eff. 1-1-19; 100-1011, eff. 8-21-18; 101-81, | ||||||
20 | eff. 7-12-19.)
| ||||||
21 | (105 ILCS 5/27-21) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-21)
| ||||||
22 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 101-227 ) | ||||||
23 | Sec. 27-21. History of United States. History of the United | ||||||
24 | States shall be taught in all public schools and
in all other | ||||||
25 | educational institutions in this State supported or
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | maintained, in whole or in part, by public funds. The teaching | ||||||
2 | of history
shall have as one of its objectives the imparting to | ||||||
3 | pupils of a
comprehensive idea of our democratic form of | ||||||
4 | government and the principles
for which our government stands | ||||||
5 | as regards other nations, including the
studying of the place | ||||||
6 | of our government in world-wide movements and the
leaders | ||||||
7 | thereof, with particular stress upon the basic principles and
| ||||||
8 | ideals of our representative form of government. The teaching | ||||||
9 | of history
shall include a study of the role and contributions | ||||||
10 | of African Americans and
other ethnic groups , including , but | ||||||
11 | not restricted to , Polish, Lithuanian, German,
Hungarian, | ||||||
12 | Irish, Bohemian, Russian, Albanian, Italian, Czech, Slovak,
| ||||||
13 | French, Scots, Hispanics, Asian Americans, etc., in the history | ||||||
14 | of this
country and this
State. To reinforce the study of the | ||||||
15 | role and contributions of Hispanics, such curriculum shall | ||||||
16 | include the study of the events related to the forceful removal | ||||||
17 | and illegal deportation of Mexican-American U.S. citizens | ||||||
18 | during the Great Depression. The teaching of history also shall | ||||||
19 | include a study of the
role of labor unions and their | ||||||
20 | interaction with government in achieving the
goals of a mixed | ||||||
21 | free enterprise system. Beginning with the 2020-2021 school | ||||||
22 | year, the teaching of history must also include instruction on | ||||||
23 | the history of Illinois. No pupils shall be graduated
from the | ||||||
24 | eighth grade of any
public school unless he has received such | ||||||
25 | instruction in the history of the
United States and gives | ||||||
26 | evidence of having a comprehensive knowledge
thereof , which may |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be administered remotely .
| ||||||
2 | (Source: P.A. 101-341, eff. 1-1-20; revised 9-19-19.)
| ||||||
3 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-227 ) | ||||||
4 | Sec. 27-21. History of United States. History of the United | ||||||
5 | States shall be taught in all public schools and
in all other | ||||||
6 | educational institutions in this State supported or
| ||||||
7 | maintained, in whole or in part, by public funds. The teaching | ||||||
8 | of history
shall have as one of its objectives the imparting to | ||||||
9 | pupils of a
comprehensive idea of our democratic form of | ||||||
10 | government and the principles
for which our government stands | ||||||
11 | as regards other nations, including the
studying of the place | ||||||
12 | of our government in world-wide movements and the
leaders | ||||||
13 | thereof, with particular stress upon the basic principles and
| ||||||
14 | ideals of our representative form of government. The teaching | ||||||
15 | of history
shall include a study of the role and contributions | ||||||
16 | of African Americans and
other ethnic groups , including , but | ||||||
17 | not restricted to , Polish, Lithuanian, German,
Hungarian, | ||||||
18 | Irish, Bohemian, Russian, Albanian, Italian, Czech, Slovak,
| ||||||
19 | French, Scots, Hispanics, Asian Americans, etc., in the history | ||||||
20 | of this
country and this
State. To reinforce the study of the | ||||||
21 | role and contributions of Hispanics, such curriculum shall | ||||||
22 | include the study of the events related to the forceful removal | ||||||
23 | and illegal deportation of Mexican-American U.S. citizens | ||||||
24 | during the Great Depression. In public schools only, the | ||||||
25 | teaching of history shall include a study of the roles and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | contributions of lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender | ||||||
2 | people in the history of this country and this State. The | ||||||
3 | teaching of history also shall include a study of the
role of | ||||||
4 | labor unions and their interaction with government in achieving | ||||||
5 | the
goals of a mixed free enterprise system. Beginning with the | ||||||
6 | 2020-2021 school year, the teaching of history must also | ||||||
7 | include instruction on the history of Illinois. No pupils shall | ||||||
8 | be graduated
from the eighth grade of any
public school unless | ||||||
9 | he or she has received such instruction in the history of the
| ||||||
10 | United States and gives evidence of having a comprehensive | ||||||
11 | knowledge
thereof , which may be administered remotely .
| ||||||
12 | (Source: P.A. 101-227, eff. 7-1-20; 101-341, eff. 1-1-20; | ||||||
13 | revised 9-19-19.)
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/27-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-22)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 27-22. Required high school courses.
| ||||||
16 | (a) (Blank).
| ||||||
17 | (b) (Blank). | ||||||
18 | (c) (Blank). | ||||||
19 | (d) (Blank). | ||||||
20 | (e) As a prerequisite to receiving a high school diploma, | ||||||
21 | each pupil
entering the 9th grade must, in addition to other | ||||||
22 | course requirements, successfully
complete all of the | ||||||
23 | following courses: | ||||||
24 | (1) Four years of language arts. | ||||||
25 | (2) Two years of writing intensive courses, one of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | which must be English and the other of which may be English | ||||||
2 | or any other subject. When applicable, writing-intensive | ||||||
3 | courses may be counted towards the fulfillment of other | ||||||
4 | graduation requirements.
| ||||||
5 | (3) Three years of mathematics, one of which must be | ||||||
6 | Algebra I, one of which must include geometry content, and | ||||||
7 | one of which may be an Advanced Placement computer science | ||||||
8 | course. A mathematics course that includes geometry | ||||||
9 | content may be offered as an integrated, applied, | ||||||
10 | interdisciplinary, or career and technical education | ||||||
11 | course that prepares a student for a career readiness path. | ||||||
12 | (4) Two years of science. | ||||||
13 | (5) Two years of social studies, of which at least one | ||||||
14 | year must be history of the United States or a combination | ||||||
15 | of history of the United States and American government | ||||||
16 | and, beginning with pupils entering the 9th grade in the | ||||||
17 | 2016-2017 school year and each school year thereafter, at | ||||||
18 | least one semester must be civics, which shall help young | ||||||
19 | people acquire and learn to use the skills, knowledge, and | ||||||
20 | attitudes that will prepare them to be competent and | ||||||
21 | responsible citizens throughout their lives. Civics course | ||||||
22 | content shall focus on government institutions, the | ||||||
23 | discussion of current and controversial issues, service | ||||||
24 | learning, and simulations of the democratic process. | ||||||
25 | School districts may utilize private funding available for | ||||||
26 | the purposes of offering civics education. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (6) One year chosen from (A) music, (B) art, (C) | ||||||
2 | foreign language, which shall be deemed to include American | ||||||
3 | Sign Language, or (D) vocational education. | ||||||
4 | (f) The State Board of Education shall develop and inform | ||||||
5 | school districts of standards for writing-intensive | ||||||
6 | coursework.
| ||||||
7 | (f-5) If a school district offers an Advanced Placement | ||||||
8 | computer science course to high school students, then the | ||||||
9 | school board must designate that course as equivalent to a high | ||||||
10 | school mathematics course and must denote on the student's | ||||||
11 | transcript that the Advanced Placement computer science course | ||||||
12 | qualifies as a mathematics-based, quantitative course for | ||||||
13 | students in accordance with subdivision (3) of subsection (e) | ||||||
14 | of this Section. | ||||||
15 | (g) This amendatory Act of 1983 does not apply to pupils | ||||||
16 | entering the 9th grade
in 1983-1984 school year and prior | ||||||
17 | school years or to students
with disabilities whose course of | ||||||
18 | study is determined by an individualized
education program.
| ||||||
19 | This amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly does not | ||||||
20 | apply
to pupils entering the 9th grade in the 2004-2005 school | ||||||
21 | year or a prior
school year or to students with disabilities | ||||||
22 | whose course of study is
determined by an individualized | ||||||
23 | education program.
| ||||||
24 | (h) The provisions of this Section are subject to the | ||||||
25 | provisions of
Section
27-22.05 of this Code and the | ||||||
26 | Postsecondary and Workforce Readiness Act.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (i) The State Board of Education may adopt rules to modify | ||||||
2 | the requirements of this Section for any students enrolled in | ||||||
3 | grades 9 through 12 if the Governor has declared a disaster due | ||||||
4 | to a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
5 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
6 | (Source: P.A. 100-443, eff. 8-25-17; 101-464, eff. 1-1-20 .)
| ||||||
7 | (105 ILCS 5/34-2.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.1)
| ||||||
8 | Sec. 34-2.1. Local School Councils - Composition - | ||||||
9 | Voter-Eligibility
- Elections - Terms. | ||||||
10 | (a) A local school council shall be established for each | ||||||
11 | attendance
center within the school district. Each local school | ||||||
12 | council shall
consist of the following 12 voting members: the | ||||||
13 | principal of the
attendance center, 2 teachers employed and | ||||||
14 | assigned to perform the
majority of their employment duties at | ||||||
15 | the attendance center, 6 parents of
students currently enrolled | ||||||
16 | at the attendance center, one employee of the school district | ||||||
17 | employed and assigned to perform the majority of his or her | ||||||
18 | employment duties at the attendance center who is not a | ||||||
19 | teacher, and 2 community
residents. Neither the parents nor the | ||||||
20 | community residents who serve as
members of the local school | ||||||
21 | council shall be employees of the Board of
Education. In each | ||||||
22 | secondary attendance center, the local school council
shall | ||||||
23 | consist of 13 voting members -- the 12 voting members described | ||||||
24 | above
and one full-time student member, appointed as provided | ||||||
25 | in subsection
(m) below.
In the event that the chief executive |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | officer of the Chicago School Reform
Board of Trustees | ||||||
2 | determines that a local school council is not carrying out
its | ||||||
3 | financial duties effectively, the chief executive officer is | ||||||
4 | authorized to
appoint a representative of the business | ||||||
5 | community with experience in finance
and management
to serve as | ||||||
6 | an advisor to the local school council for
the purpose of | ||||||
7 | providing advice and assistance to the local school council on
| ||||||
8 | fiscal matters.
The advisor shall have access to relevant | ||||||
9 | financial records of the
local school council. The advisor may | ||||||
10 | attend executive sessions.
The chief executive officer shall
| ||||||
11 | issue a written policy defining the circumstances under which a | ||||||
12 | local school
council is not carrying out its financial duties | ||||||
13 | effectively.
| ||||||
14 | (b) Within 7 days of January 11, 1991, the Mayor shall | ||||||
15 | appoint the
members and officers (a Chairperson who shall be a | ||||||
16 | parent member and a
Secretary) of each local school council who | ||||||
17 | shall hold their offices until
their successors shall be | ||||||
18 | elected and qualified. Members so appointed shall
have all the | ||||||
19 | powers and duties of local school councils as set forth in
this | ||||||
20 | amendatory Act of 1991. The Mayor's appointments shall not | ||||||
21 | require
approval by the City Council.
| ||||||
22 | The membership of each local school council shall be | ||||||
23 | encouraged to be
reflective of the racial and ethnic | ||||||
24 | composition of the student population
of the attendance center | ||||||
25 | served by the local school council.
| ||||||
26 | (c) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year and in every |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | even-numbered
year thereafter, the Board shall set second | ||||||
2 | semester Parent Report Card
Pick-up Day for Local School | ||||||
3 | Council elections and may schedule elections at
year-round | ||||||
4 | schools for the same dates as the remainder of the school | ||||||
5 | system.
Elections shall be
conducted as provided herein by the | ||||||
6 | Board of Education in consultation with
the local school | ||||||
7 | council at each attendance center. | ||||||
8 | (c-5) Notwithstanding subsection (c), for the local school | ||||||
9 | council election set for the 2019-2020 school year, the Board | ||||||
10 | may hold the election on the first semester Parent Report Card | ||||||
11 | Pick-up Day of the 2020-2021 school year, making any necessary | ||||||
12 | modifications to the election process or date to comply with | ||||||
13 | guidance from the Department of Public Health and the federal | ||||||
14 | Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The terms of office | ||||||
15 | of all local school council members eligible to serve and | ||||||
16 | seated on or after March 23, 2020 through January 10, 2021 are | ||||||
17 | extended through January 10, 2021, provided that the members | ||||||
18 | continue to meet eligibility requirements for local school | ||||||
19 | council membership.
| ||||||
20 | (d) Beginning with the 1995-96 school year, the following
| ||||||
21 | procedures shall apply to the election of local school council | ||||||
22 | members at each
attendance center:
| ||||||
23 | (i) The elected members of each local school council | ||||||
24 | shall consist of
the 6 parent members and the 2 community | ||||||
25 | resident members.
| ||||||
26 | (ii) Each elected member shall be elected by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | eligible voters of
that attendance center to serve for a | ||||||
2 | two-year term
commencing on July 1
immediately following | ||||||
3 | the election described in subsection
(c) , except that the | ||||||
4 | terms of members elected to a local school council under | ||||||
5 | subsection (c-5) shall commence on January 11, 2021 and end | ||||||
6 | on July 1, 2022 . Eligible
voters for each attendance center | ||||||
7 | shall consist of the parents and community
residents for | ||||||
8 | that attendance center.
| ||||||
9 | (iii) Each eligible voter shall be entitled
to cast one | ||||||
10 | vote for up to
a total of 5 candidates, irrespective of | ||||||
11 | whether such candidates are parent
or community resident | ||||||
12 | candidates.
| ||||||
13 | (iv) Each parent voter shall be entitled to vote in the | ||||||
14 | local
school
council election at each attendance center in | ||||||
15 | which he or she has a child
currently enrolled. Each | ||||||
16 | community resident voter shall be entitled to
vote in the | ||||||
17 | local school council election at each attendance center for
| ||||||
18 | which he or she resides in the applicable attendance area | ||||||
19 | or voting
district, as the case may be.
| ||||||
20 | (v) Each eligible voter shall be entitled to vote once, | ||||||
21 | but
not more
than once, in the local school council | ||||||
22 | election at each attendance center
at which the voter is | ||||||
23 | eligible to vote.
| ||||||
24 | (vi) The 2 teacher members and the non-teacher employee | ||||||
25 | member of each local school council
shall be
appointed as | ||||||
26 | provided in subsection (l) below each to serve for a
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | two-year
term coinciding with that of the elected parent | ||||||
2 | and community resident
members. From March 23, 2020 through | ||||||
3 | January 10, 2021, the chief executive officer or his or her | ||||||
4 | designee may make accommodations to fill the vacancy of a | ||||||
5 | teacher or non-teacher employee member of a local school | ||||||
6 | council.
| ||||||
7 | (vii) At secondary attendance centers, the voting | ||||||
8 | student
member shall
be appointed as provided in subsection | ||||||
9 | (m) below to serve
for a one-year term coinciding with the | ||||||
10 | beginning of the terms of the elected
parent and community | ||||||
11 | members of the local school council. For the 2020-2021 | ||||||
12 | school year, the chief executive officer or his or her | ||||||
13 | designee may make accommodations to fill the vacancy of a | ||||||
14 | student member of a local school council.
| ||||||
15 | (e) The Council shall publicize the date and place of the | ||||||
16 | election by
posting notices at the attendance center, in public | ||||||
17 | places within the
attendance boundaries of the attendance | ||||||
18 | center and by distributing notices
to the pupils at the | ||||||
19 | attendance center, and shall utilize such other means
as it | ||||||
20 | deems necessary to maximize the involvement of all eligible | ||||||
21 | voters.
| ||||||
22 | (f) Nomination. The Council shall publicize the opening of | ||||||
23 | nominations
by posting notices at the attendance center, in | ||||||
24 | public places within the
attendance boundaries of the | ||||||
25 | attendance center and by distributing notices
to the pupils at | ||||||
26 | the attendance center, and shall utilize such other means
as it |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | deems necessary to maximize the involvement of all eligible | ||||||
2 | voters.
Not less than 2 weeks before the election date, persons | ||||||
3 | eligible to run for
the Council shall submit their name,
date | ||||||
4 | of birth, social
security number, if
available,
and some | ||||||
5 | evidence of eligibility
to the Council. The Council shall | ||||||
6 | encourage nomination of candidates
reflecting the | ||||||
7 | racial/ethnic population of the students at the attendance
| ||||||
8 | center. Each person nominated who runs as a candidate shall | ||||||
9 | disclose, in a
manner determined by the Board, any economic | ||||||
10 | interest held by such person,
by such person's spouse or | ||||||
11 | children, or by each business entity in which
such person has | ||||||
12 | an ownership interest, in any contract with the Board, any
| ||||||
13 | local school council or any public school in the school
| ||||||
14 | district.
Each person
nominated who runs as a candidate shall | ||||||
15 | also disclose, in a manner determined
by the Board, if he or | ||||||
16 | she ever has been convicted of any of the offenses
specified in | ||||||
17 | subsection (c) of Section 34-18.5; provided that neither this
| ||||||
18 | provision nor any other provision of this Section shall be | ||||||
19 | deemed to require
the disclosure of any information that is | ||||||
20 | contained in any law enforcement
record or juvenile court | ||||||
21 | record that is confidential or whose accessibility or
| ||||||
22 | disclosure is restricted or prohibited under Section 5-901 or
| ||||||
23 | 5-905 of the Juvenile
Court Act of 1987.
Failure to make such | ||||||
24 | disclosure shall render a person ineligible
for election or to | ||||||
25 | serve on the local school council. The same
disclosure shall be
| ||||||
26 | required of persons under consideration for appointment to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Council
pursuant to subsections (l) and (m) of this Section.
| ||||||
2 | (f-5) Notwithstanding disclosure, a person who has been | ||||||
3 | convicted of any
of
the
following offenses at any time shall be | ||||||
4 | ineligible for election or appointment
to a local
school | ||||||
5 | council and ineligible for appointment to a local school | ||||||
6 | council
pursuant to
subsections (l) and (m) of this Section: | ||||||
7 | (i) those defined in Section 11-1.20, 11-1.30, 11-1.40, | ||||||
8 | 11-1.50, 11-1.60, 11-6,
11-9.1, 11-14.4, 11-16,
11-17.1, | ||||||
9 | 11-19, 11-19.1, 11-19.2, 11-20.1, 11-20.1B, 11-20.3, 12-13, | ||||||
10 | 12-14, 12-14.1, 12-15, or
12-16, or subdivision (a)(2) of | ||||||
11 | Section 11-14.3, of the
Criminal Code of 1961 or the Criminal | ||||||
12 | Code of 2012, or (ii) any offense committed or attempted in any | ||||||
13 | other
state or
against the laws of the United States, which, if | ||||||
14 | committed or attempted in this
State,
would have been | ||||||
15 | punishable as one or more of the foregoing offenses.
| ||||||
16 | Notwithstanding
disclosure, a person who has been convicted of | ||||||
17 | any of the following offenses
within the
10 years previous to | ||||||
18 | the date of nomination or appointment shall be ineligible
for | ||||||
19 | election or
appointment to a local school council:
(i) those | ||||||
20 | defined in Section 401.1, 405.1, or 405.2 of the Illinois | ||||||
21 | Controlled
Substances Act or (ii) any
offense committed
or | ||||||
22 | attempted in any other state or against the laws of the United | ||||||
23 | States,
which, if
committed or attempted in this State, would | ||||||
24 | have been punishable as one or more
of the
foregoing offenses.
| ||||||
25 | Immediately upon election or appointment, incoming local | ||||||
26 | school
council members
shall be
required to undergo a criminal |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | background investigation, to be completed prior
to the member | ||||||
2 | taking office,
in order to identify
any criminal convictions | ||||||
3 | under the offenses enumerated in Section 34-18.5.
The | ||||||
4 | investigation shall be conducted by the Department of State | ||||||
5 | Police in the
same manner as provided for in Section 34-18.5. | ||||||
6 | However, notwithstanding
Section 34-18.5, the social security | ||||||
7 | number shall be provided only if
available.
If it is determined | ||||||
8 | at any time that a local school council member or
member-elect | ||||||
9 | has been convicted
of any of the offenses enumerated in this | ||||||
10 | Section or failed to disclose a
conviction of any of the | ||||||
11 | offenses enumerated in Section 34-18.5, the general
| ||||||
12 | superintendent shall notify the local school council member or | ||||||
13 | member-elect of
such
determination and the local school council | ||||||
14 | member or member-elect shall be
removed from the
local school | ||||||
15 | council by the Board, subject to a hearing,
convened pursuant | ||||||
16 | to Board rule, prior to removal.
| ||||||
17 | (g) At least one week before the election date, the Council | ||||||
18 | shall
publicize, in the manner provided in subsection (e), the | ||||||
19 | names of persons
nominated for election.
| ||||||
20 | (h) Voting shall be in person by secret ballot at the | ||||||
21 | attendance center
between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.
| ||||||
22 | (i) Candidates receiving the highest number of votes shall | ||||||
23 | be declared
elected by the Council. In cases of a tie, the | ||||||
24 | Council shall determine the
winner by lot.
| ||||||
25 | (j) The Council shall certify the results of the election | ||||||
26 | and shall
publish the results in the minutes of the Council.
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (k) The general superintendent shall resolve any
disputes
| ||||||
2 | concerning election procedure or results and shall ensure that, | ||||||
3 | except as
provided in subsections (e) and (g), no resources of | ||||||
4 | any attendance center
shall be used to endorse or promote any | ||||||
5 | candidate.
| ||||||
6 | (l) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year
and in every
| ||||||
7 | even numbered
year thereafter, the Board shall appoint 2 | ||||||
8 | teacher
members to each
local school council. These | ||||||
9 | appointments shall be made in the following
manner:
| ||||||
10 | (i) The Board shall appoint 2 teachers who are
employed | ||||||
11 | and assigned to
perform the majority of
their employment | ||||||
12 | duties at the attendance center
to serve on the local | ||||||
13 | school council of the attendance center for a two-year
term | ||||||
14 | coinciding with the terms of the elected parent and
| ||||||
15 | community members of that local school council. These
| ||||||
16 | appointments shall be made from among those teachers who | ||||||
17 | are nominated in
accordance with subsection (f).
| ||||||
18 | (ii) A non-binding, advisory poll to ascertain the
| ||||||
19 | preferences of the
school staff regarding appointments of | ||||||
20 | teachers to the local school council
for that attendance | ||||||
21 | center shall be conducted in accordance with the
procedures | ||||||
22 | used to elect parent and community Council | ||||||
23 | representatives. At
such poll, each member of the school | ||||||
24 | staff shall be entitled to indicate
his or her preference | ||||||
25 | for up to 2 candidates from among those who submitted
| ||||||
26 | statements of candidacy as described above. These |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | preferences shall be
advisory only and the Board shall | ||||||
2 | maintain absolute discretion to appoint
teacher members to | ||||||
3 | local school councils, irrespective of the preferences
| ||||||
4 | expressed in any such poll.
| ||||||
5 | (iii) In the event that a teacher representative is | ||||||
6 | unable to perform
his or her employment duties at the | ||||||
7 | school due to illness, disability, leave of
absence, | ||||||
8 | disciplinary action, or any other reason, the Board shall | ||||||
9 | declare
a temporary vacancy and appoint a replacement | ||||||
10 | teacher representative to serve
on the local school council | ||||||
11 | until such time as the teacher member originally
appointed | ||||||
12 | pursuant to this subsection (l) resumes service at the | ||||||
13 | attendance
center or for the remainder of the term. The | ||||||
14 | replacement teacher
representative shall be appointed in | ||||||
15 | the same manner and by the same procedures
as teacher | ||||||
16 | representatives are appointed in subdivisions (i) and (ii) | ||||||
17 | of this
subsection (l).
| ||||||
18 | (m) Beginning with the 1995-1996 school year, and in every
| ||||||
19 | year thereafter, the Board shall appoint one student member to | ||||||
20 | each
secondary attendance center. These appointments shall be | ||||||
21 | made in the
following manner:
| ||||||
22 | (i) Appointments shall be made from among those | ||||||
23 | students who submit
statements of candidacy to the | ||||||
24 | principal of the attendance center, such
statements to be | ||||||
25 | submitted commencing on the first day of the twentieth
week | ||||||
26 | of school and
continuing for 2 weeks thereafter. The form |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and manner of such candidacy
statements shall be determined | ||||||
2 | by the Board.
| ||||||
3 | (ii) During the twenty-second week of school in every | ||||||
4 | year,
the principal of
each attendance center shall conduct | ||||||
5 | a non-binding, advisory poll to
ascertain the preferences | ||||||
6 | of the school students regarding the appointment
of a | ||||||
7 | student to the local school council for that attendance | ||||||
8 | center. At
such poll, each student shall be entitled to | ||||||
9 | indicate his or her preference
for up to one candidate from | ||||||
10 | among those who submitted statements of
candidacy as | ||||||
11 | described above. The Board shall promulgate rules to ensure
| ||||||
12 | that these non-binding, advisory polls are conducted in a | ||||||
13 | fair and
equitable manner and maximize the involvement of | ||||||
14 | all school students. The
preferences expressed in these | ||||||
15 | non-binding, advisory polls shall be
transmitted by the | ||||||
16 | principal to the Board. However, these preferences
shall be | ||||||
17 | advisory only and the Board shall maintain absolute | ||||||
18 | discretion to
appoint student members to local school | ||||||
19 | councils, irrespective of the
preferences expressed in any | ||||||
20 | such poll.
| ||||||
21 | (iii) For the 1995-96 school year only, appointments | ||||||
22 | shall be made from
among those students who submitted | ||||||
23 | statements of candidacy to the principal
of the attendance | ||||||
24 | center during the first 2 weeks of the school year.
The
| ||||||
25 | principal shall communicate the results of any nonbinding, | ||||||
26 | advisory poll to the
Board. These results shall be advisory |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | only, and the Board shall maintain
absolute discretion to | ||||||
2 | appoint student members to local school councils,
| ||||||
3 | irrespective of the preferences expressed in any such poll.
| ||||||
4 | (n) The Board may promulgate such other rules and | ||||||
5 | regulations for
election procedures as may be deemed necessary | ||||||
6 | to ensure fair elections.
| ||||||
7 | (o) In the event that a vacancy occurs during a member's | ||||||
8 | term, the
Council shall appoint a person eligible to serve on | ||||||
9 | the Council, to fill
the unexpired term created by the vacancy, | ||||||
10 | except that any teacher vacancy
shall be filled by the Board | ||||||
11 | after considering the preferences of the school
staff as | ||||||
12 | ascertained through a non-binding advisory poll of school | ||||||
13 | staff.
| ||||||
14 | (p) If less than the specified number of persons is elected | ||||||
15 | within each
candidate category, the newly elected local school | ||||||
16 | council shall appoint
eligible persons to serve as members of | ||||||
17 | the Council for two-year terms.
| ||||||
18 | (q) The Board shall promulgate rules regarding conflicts of | ||||||
19 | interest
and disclosure of economic interests which shall apply | ||||||
20 | to local school
council members and which shall require reports | ||||||
21 | or statements to be filed
by Council members at regular | ||||||
22 | intervals with the Secretary of the
Board. Failure to comply | ||||||
23 | with such rules
or intentionally falsifying such reports shall | ||||||
24 | be grounds for
disqualification from local school council | ||||||
25 | membership. A vacancy on the
Council for disqualification may | ||||||
26 | be so declared by the Secretary of the
Board. Rules regarding |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | conflicts of interest and disclosure of
economic interests | ||||||
2 | promulgated by the Board shall apply to local school council
| ||||||
3 | members. No less than 45 days prior to the deadline, the | ||||||
4 | general
superintendent shall provide notice, by mail, to each | ||||||
5 | local school council
member of all requirements and forms for | ||||||
6 | compliance with economic interest
statements.
| ||||||
7 | (r) (1) If a parent member of a local school council ceases | ||||||
8 | to have any
child
enrolled in the attendance center governed by | ||||||
9 | the Local School Council due to
the graduation or voluntary | ||||||
10 | transfer of a child or children from the attendance
center, the | ||||||
11 | parent's membership on the Local School Council and all voting
| ||||||
12 | rights are terminated immediately as of the date of the child's | ||||||
13 | graduation or
voluntary transfer. If the child of a parent | ||||||
14 | member of a local school council dies during the member's term | ||||||
15 | in office, the member may continue to serve on the local school | ||||||
16 | council for the balance of his or her term. Further,
a local | ||||||
17 | school council member may be removed from the Council by a
| ||||||
18 | majority vote of the Council as provided in subsection (c) of | ||||||
19 | Section
34-2.2 if the Council member has missed 3 consecutive | ||||||
20 | regular meetings, not
including committee meetings, or 5 | ||||||
21 | regular meetings in a 12 month period,
not including committee | ||||||
22 | meetings.
If a parent member of a local school council ceases | ||||||
23 | to be eligible to serve
on the Council for any other reason, he | ||||||
24 | or she shall be removed by the Board
subject
to a hearing, | ||||||
25 | convened pursuant to Board rule, prior to removal.
A vote to | ||||||
26 | remove a Council member by the local school council shall
only |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be valid if the Council member has been notified personally or | ||||||
2 | by
certified mail, mailed to the person's last known address, | ||||||
3 | of the Council's
intent to vote on the Council member's removal | ||||||
4 | at least 7 days prior to the
vote. The Council member in | ||||||
5 | question shall have the right to explain
his or her actions and | ||||||
6 | shall be eligible to vote on the
question of his or her removal | ||||||
7 | from the Council. The provisions of this
subsection shall be | ||||||
8 | contained within the petitions used to nominate Council
| ||||||
9 | candidates.
| ||||||
10 | (2) A person may continue to serve as a community resident | ||||||
11 | member of a
local
school council as long as he or she resides | ||||||
12 | in the attendance area served by
the
school and is not employed | ||||||
13 | by the Board nor is a parent of a student enrolled
at the | ||||||
14 | school. If a community resident member ceases to be eligible to | ||||||
15 | serve
on the Council, he or she shall be removed by the Board | ||||||
16 | subject to a hearing,
convened pursuant to Board rule, prior to | ||||||
17 | removal.
| ||||||
18 | (3) A person may continue to serve as a teacher member of a | ||||||
19 | local school
council as long as he or she is employed and | ||||||
20 | assigned to perform a majority of
his or her duties at the | ||||||
21 | school, provided that if the teacher representative
resigns | ||||||
22 | from employment with the Board or
voluntarily transfers to | ||||||
23 | another school, the teacher's membership on the local
school | ||||||
24 | council and all voting rights are terminated immediately as of | ||||||
25 | the date
of the teacher's resignation or upon the date of the | ||||||
26 | teacher's voluntary
transfer to another school. If a teacher |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | member of a local school council
ceases to be eligible to serve | ||||||
2 | on a local school council for any other reason,
that member | ||||||
3 | shall be removed by the Board subject to a hearing, convened
| ||||||
4 | pursuant to Board rule, prior to removal. | ||||||
5 | (s) As used in this Section only, "community resident" | ||||||
6 | means a person, 17 years of age or older, residing within an | ||||||
7 | attendance area served by a school, excluding any person who is | ||||||
8 | a parent of a student enrolled in that school; provided that | ||||||
9 | with respect to any multi-area school, community resident means | ||||||
10 | any person, 17 years of age or older, residing within the | ||||||
11 | voting district established for that school pursuant to Section | ||||||
12 | 34-2.1c, excluding any person who is a parent of a student | ||||||
13 | enrolled in that school. This definition does not apply to any | ||||||
14 | provisions concerning school boards.
| ||||||
15 | (Source: P.A. 99-597, eff. 1-1-17 .)
| ||||||
16 | (105 ILCS 5/34-2.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.2)
| ||||||
17 | Sec. 34-2.2. Local school councils - Manner of operation.
| ||||||
18 | (a) The annual organizational meeting of each local school | ||||||
19 | council
shall be held at the attendance center or via | ||||||
20 | videoconference or teleconference if guidance from the | ||||||
21 | Department of Public Health or Centers for Disease Control and | ||||||
22 | Prevention limits the size of in-person meetings at the time of | ||||||
23 | the meeting . At the annual organization meeting,
which shall be | ||||||
24 | held no sooner than July 1 and no later than July 14, a parent
| ||||||
25 | member of the local school council shall be selected by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | members of such
council as its chairperson, and a secretary | ||||||
2 | shall be selected by the members of
such council from among | ||||||
3 | their number, each to serve a term of one year.
However, an | ||||||
4 | organizational meeting held by members elected to a local | ||||||
5 | school council under subsection (c-5) of Section 34-2.1 may be | ||||||
6 | held no sooner than January 11, 2021 and no later than January | ||||||
7 | 31, 2021. Whenever a vacancy in the office of chairperson or | ||||||
8 | secretary of a local school
council shall occur, a new | ||||||
9 | chairperson (who shall be a parent member) or
secretary, as the | ||||||
10 | case may be, shall be elected by the members of the local
| ||||||
11 | school council from among their number to serve as such
| ||||||
12 | chairperson or secretary for the unexpired term of office in | ||||||
13 | which the
vacancy occurs. At each annual organizational | ||||||
14 | meeting, the time and
place of any regular meetings of the | ||||||
15 | local school council shall be fixed.
Special meetings of the | ||||||
16 | local school council may be called by the
chairperson or by any | ||||||
17 | 4 members by giving notice thereof in writing,
specifying the | ||||||
18 | time, place and purpose of the meeting. Public notice of
| ||||||
19 | meetings shall also be given in accordance with the Open | ||||||
20 | Meetings Act.
| ||||||
21 | (b) Members and officers of the local school council shall | ||||||
22 | serve
without compensation and without reimbursement of any | ||||||
23 | expenses incurred in
the performance of their duties, except | ||||||
24 | that the board of education may by
rule establish a procedure | ||||||
25 | and thereunder provide for reimbursement of
members and | ||||||
26 | officers of local school councils for such of their reasonable
|
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and necessary expenses (excluding any lodging or meal expenses) | ||||||
2 | incurred in
the performance of their duties as the board may | ||||||
3 | deem appropriate.
| ||||||
4 | (c) A majority of the full membership of the local school | ||||||
5 | council
shall constitute a quorum, and whenever a vote is taken | ||||||
6 | on any measure
before the local school council, a quorum being | ||||||
7 | present, the affirmative
vote of a majority of the votes of the | ||||||
8 | full membership then serving of the
local school council shall | ||||||
9 | determine the outcome thereof; provided that
whenever the | ||||||
10 | measure before the local school council is (i) the evaluation
| ||||||
11 | of the principal, or (ii) the renewal of his or her performance | ||||||
12 | contract or
the inclusion of any provision or modification of | ||||||
13 | the contract, or (iii)
the direct selection by the local school | ||||||
14 | council of a new principal
(including
a new principal to fill a | ||||||
15 | vacancy) to serve under a 4 year performance
contract, or (iv) | ||||||
16 | the determination of the names of candidates to be submitted
to | ||||||
17 | the general superintendent for the position of
principal, the
| ||||||
18 | principal and
student member of a high school council shall not | ||||||
19 | be counted for purposes of
determining whether a quorum is | ||||||
20 | present to act on the measure and shall have no
vote thereon; | ||||||
21 | and provided further that 7 affirmative votes of the local | ||||||
22 | school
council shall be required for the direct selection by | ||||||
23 | the local school
council
of a new principal
to serve under a 4 | ||||||
24 | year performance contract but not for the renewal of a
| ||||||
25 | principal's performance contract.
| ||||||
26 | (d) Student members of high school councils shall not be |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | eligible
to vote on personnel matters, including but not | ||||||
2 | limited to principal
evaluations and contracts and the | ||||||
3 | allocation of teaching and staff resources.
| ||||||
4 | (e) The local school council of an attendance center which | ||||||
5 | provides
bilingual education shall be encouraged to provide | ||||||
6 | translators at each
council meeting to maximize participation | ||||||
7 | of parents and the community.
| ||||||
8 | (f) Each local school council of an attendance center which | ||||||
9 | provides
bilingual education shall create a Bilingual Advisory | ||||||
10 | Committee or
recognize an existing Bilingual Advisory | ||||||
11 | Committee as a standing committee.
The Chair and a majority of | ||||||
12 | the members of the advisory committee shall be
parents of | ||||||
13 | students in the bilingual education program. The parents on the
| ||||||
14 | advisory committee shall be selected by parents of students in | ||||||
15 | the
bilingual education program, and the committee shall select | ||||||
16 | a Chair. The
advisory committee for each secondary attendance | ||||||
17 | center shall include at
least one full-time bilingual education | ||||||
18 | student. The Bilingual Advisory
Committee shall serve only in | ||||||
19 | an advisory capacity to the local school council.
| ||||||
20 | (g) Local school councils may utilize the services of an | ||||||
21 | arbitration
board to resolve intra-council disputes.
| ||||||
22 | (Source: P.A. 91-622, eff. 8-19-99.)
| ||||||
23 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.5) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18.5) | ||||||
24 | Sec. 34-18.5. Criminal history records checks and checks of | ||||||
25 | the Statewide Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Violent Offender Against Youth Database. | ||||||
2 | (a) Licensed and nonlicensed applicants for
employment | ||||||
3 | with the school district are required as a condition of
| ||||||
4 | employment to authorize a fingerprint-based criminal history | ||||||
5 | records check to determine if such applicants
have been | ||||||
6 | convicted of any disqualifying, enumerated criminal or drug | ||||||
7 | offense offenses in
subsection (c) of this Section or have been
| ||||||
8 | convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment | ||||||
9 | with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of | ||||||
10 | this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any | ||||||
11 | other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if | ||||||
12 | committed or attempted in this State, would
have been | ||||||
13 | punishable as a felony under the laws of this State. | ||||||
14 | Authorization
for
the
check shall
be furnished by the applicant | ||||||
15 | to the school district, except that if the
applicant is a | ||||||
16 | substitute teacher seeking employment in more than one
school | ||||||
17 | district, or a teacher seeking concurrent part-time employment
| ||||||
18 | positions with more than one school district (as a reading | ||||||
19 | specialist,
special education teacher or otherwise), or an | ||||||
20 | educational support
personnel employee seeking employment | ||||||
21 | positions with more than one
district, any such district may | ||||||
22 | require the applicant to furnish
authorization for
the check to | ||||||
23 | the regional superintendent of the
educational service region | ||||||
24 | in which are located the school districts in
which the | ||||||
25 | applicant is seeking employment as a substitute or concurrent
| ||||||
26 | part-time teacher or concurrent educational support personnel |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | employee.
Upon receipt of this authorization, the school | ||||||
2 | district or the appropriate
regional superintendent, as the | ||||||
3 | case may be, shall submit the applicant's
name, sex, race, date | ||||||
4 | of birth, social security number, fingerprint images, and other | ||||||
5 | identifiers, as prescribed by the Department
of State Police, | ||||||
6 | to the Department. The regional
superintendent submitting the | ||||||
7 | requisite information to the Department of
State Police shall | ||||||
8 | promptly notify the school districts in which the
applicant is | ||||||
9 | seeking employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time
| ||||||
10 | teacher or concurrent educational support personnel employee | ||||||
11 | that
the
check of the applicant has been requested. The | ||||||
12 | Department of State
Police and the Federal Bureau of | ||||||
13 | Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a fingerprint-based | ||||||
14 | criminal history records check, records of convictions, | ||||||
15 | forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the president of | ||||||
16 | the school board for the school district that requested the | ||||||
17 | check, or to the regional superintendent who requested the | ||||||
18 | check. The
Department shall charge
the school district
or the | ||||||
19 | appropriate regional superintendent a fee for
conducting
such | ||||||
20 | check, which fee shall be deposited in the State
Police | ||||||
21 | Services Fund and shall not exceed the cost of the inquiry; and | ||||||
22 | the
applicant shall not be charged a fee for
such check by the | ||||||
23 | school
district or by the regional superintendent. Subject to | ||||||
24 | appropriations for these purposes, the State Superintendent of | ||||||
25 | Education shall reimburse the school district and regional | ||||||
26 | superintendent for fees paid to obtain criminal history records |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | checks under this Section. | ||||||
2 | (a-5) The school district or regional superintendent shall | ||||||
3 | further perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, | ||||||
4 | as authorized by the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, | ||||||
5 | for each applicant. The check of the Statewide Sex Offender | ||||||
6 | Database must be conducted by the school district or regional | ||||||
7 | superintendent once for every 5 years that an applicant remains | ||||||
8 | employed by the school district. | ||||||
9 | (a-6) The school district or regional superintendent shall | ||||||
10 | further perform a check of the Statewide Murderer and Violent | ||||||
11 | Offender Against Youth Database, as authorized by the Murderer | ||||||
12 | and Violent Offender Against Youth Community Notification Law, | ||||||
13 | for each applicant. The check of the Murderer and Violent | ||||||
14 | Offender Against Youth Database must be conducted by the school | ||||||
15 | district or regional superintendent once for every 5 years that | ||||||
16 | an applicant remains employed by the school district. | ||||||
17 | (b) Any
information concerning the record of convictions | ||||||
18 | obtained by the president
of the board of education or the | ||||||
19 | regional superintendent shall be
confidential and may only be | ||||||
20 | transmitted to the general superintendent of
the school | ||||||
21 | district or his designee, the appropriate regional
| ||||||
22 | superintendent if
the check was requested by the board of | ||||||
23 | education
for the school district, the presidents of the | ||||||
24 | appropriate board of
education or school boards if
the check | ||||||
25 | was requested from the
Department of State Police by the | ||||||
26 | regional superintendent, the State Board of Education and the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | school district as authorized under subsection (b-5), the State
| ||||||
2 | Superintendent of Education, the State Educator Preparation | ||||||
3 | and Licensure Board or any
other person necessary to the | ||||||
4 | decision of hiring the applicant for
employment. A copy of the | ||||||
5 | record of convictions obtained from the
Department of State | ||||||
6 | Police shall be provided to the applicant for
employment. Upon | ||||||
7 | the check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide | ||||||
8 | Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Database, the | ||||||
9 | school district or regional superintendent shall notify an | ||||||
10 | applicant as to whether or not the applicant has been | ||||||
11 | identified in the Database. If a check of an applicant for | ||||||
12 | employment as a
substitute or concurrent part-time teacher or | ||||||
13 | concurrent educational
support personnel employee in more than | ||||||
14 | one school district was requested
by the regional | ||||||
15 | superintendent, and the Department of State Police upon
a check | ||||||
16 | ascertains that the applicant has not been convicted of any
of | ||||||
17 | the enumerated criminal or drug offenses in subsection (c) of | ||||||
18 | this Section
or has not been
convicted,
within 7 years of the | ||||||
19 | application for employment with the
school district, of any | ||||||
20 | other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense | ||||||
21 | committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws | ||||||
22 | of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this | ||||||
23 | State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of | ||||||
24 | this State and so
notifies the regional superintendent and if | ||||||
25 | the regional superintendent upon a check ascertains that the | ||||||
26 | applicant has not been identified in the Sex Offender Database |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||||||
2 | Database, then the regional superintendent
shall issue to the | ||||||
3 | applicant a certificate evidencing that as of the date
| ||||||
4 | specified by the Department of State Police the applicant has | ||||||
5 | not been
convicted of any of the enumerated criminal or drug | ||||||
6 | offenses in subsection
(c) of this Section
or has not been
| ||||||
7 | convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment | ||||||
8 | with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of | ||||||
9 | this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any | ||||||
10 | other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if | ||||||
11 | committed or attempted in this State, would
have been | ||||||
12 | punishable as a felony under the laws of this State and | ||||||
13 | evidencing that as of the date that the regional superintendent | ||||||
14 | conducted a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or | ||||||
15 | Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||||||
16 | Database, the applicant has not been identified in the | ||||||
17 | Database. The school
board of any school district may rely on | ||||||
18 | the certificate issued by any regional
superintendent to that | ||||||
19 | substitute teacher, concurrent part-time teacher, or | ||||||
20 | concurrent educational support personnel employee
or may | ||||||
21 | initiate its own criminal history records check of
the | ||||||
22 | applicant through the Department of State Police and its own | ||||||
23 | check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide | ||||||
24 | Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Database as | ||||||
25 | provided in
this Section. Any unauthorized release of | ||||||
26 | confidential information may be a violation of Section 7 of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Criminal Identification Act. | ||||||
2 | (b-5) If a criminal history records check or check of the | ||||||
3 | Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and | ||||||
4 | Violent Offender Against Youth Database is performed by a | ||||||
5 | regional superintendent for an applicant seeking employment as | ||||||
6 | a substitute teacher with the school district, the regional | ||||||
7 | superintendent may disclose to the State Board of Education | ||||||
8 | whether the applicant has been issued a certificate under | ||||||
9 | subsection (b) based on those checks. If the State Board | ||||||
10 | receives information on an applicant under this subsection, | ||||||
11 | then it must indicate in the Educator Licensure Information | ||||||
12 | System for a 90-day period that the applicant has been issued | ||||||
13 | or has not been issued a certificate. | ||||||
14 | (c) The board of education shall not knowingly employ a | ||||||
15 | person who has
been convicted of any offense that would subject | ||||||
16 | him or her to license suspension or revocation pursuant to | ||||||
17 | Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as provided under | ||||||
18 | subsection (b) of 21B-80.
Further, the board of education shall | ||||||
19 | not knowingly employ a person who has
been found to be the | ||||||
20 | perpetrator of sexual or physical abuse of any minor under
18 | ||||||
21 | years of age pursuant to proceedings under Article II of the | ||||||
22 | Juvenile Court
Act of 1987. As a condition of employment, the | ||||||
23 | board of education must consider the status of a person who has | ||||||
24 | been issued an indicated finding of abuse or neglect of a child | ||||||
25 | by the Department of Children and Family Services under the | ||||||
26 | Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act or by a child welfare |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | agency of another jurisdiction. | ||||||
2 | (d) The board of education shall not knowingly employ a | ||||||
3 | person for whom
a criminal history records check and a | ||||||
4 | Statewide Sex Offender Database check have has not been | ||||||
5 | initiated. | ||||||
6 | (e) Within 10 days after the general superintendent of | ||||||
7 | schools, a regional office of education, or an entity that | ||||||
8 | provides background checks of license holders to public schools | ||||||
9 | receives information of a pending criminal charge against a | ||||||
10 | license holder for an offense set forth in Section 21B-80 of | ||||||
11 | this Code, the superintendent, regional office of education, or | ||||||
12 | entity must notify the State Superintendent of Education of the | ||||||
13 | pending criminal charge. | ||||||
14 | No later than 15 business days after receipt of a record of | ||||||
15 | conviction or of checking the Statewide Murderer and Violent | ||||||
16 | Offender Against Youth Database or the Statewide Sex Offender | ||||||
17 | Database and finding a registration, the general | ||||||
18 | superintendent of schools or the applicable regional | ||||||
19 | superintendent shall, in writing, notify the State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent of Education of any license holder who has been | ||||||
21 | convicted of a crime set forth in Section 21B-80 of this Code. | ||||||
22 | Upon receipt of the record of a conviction of or a finding of | ||||||
23 | child
abuse by a holder of any license
issued pursuant to | ||||||
24 | Article 21B or Section 34-8.1 or 34-83 of this the
School Code, | ||||||
25 | the State Superintendent of
Education may initiate licensure | ||||||
26 | suspension and revocation
proceedings as authorized by law. If |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the receipt of the record of conviction or finding of child | ||||||
2 | abuse is received within 6 months after the initial grant of or | ||||||
3 | renewal of a license, the State Superintendent of Education may | ||||||
4 | rescind the license holder's license. | ||||||
5 | (e-5) The general superintendent of schools shall, in | ||||||
6 | writing, notify the State Superintendent of Education of any | ||||||
7 | license holder whom he or she has reasonable cause to believe | ||||||
8 | has committed an intentional act of abuse or neglect with the | ||||||
9 | result of making a child an abused child or a neglected child, | ||||||
10 | as defined in Section 3 of the Abused and Neglected Child | ||||||
11 | Reporting Act, and that act resulted in the license holder's | ||||||
12 | dismissal or resignation from the school district. This | ||||||
13 | notification must be submitted within 30 days after the | ||||||
14 | dismissal or resignation. The license holder must also be | ||||||
15 | contemporaneously sent a copy of the notice by the | ||||||
16 | superintendent. All correspondence, documentation, and other | ||||||
17 | information so received by the State Superintendent of | ||||||
18 | Education, the State Board of Education, or the State Educator | ||||||
19 | Preparation and Licensure Board under this subsection (e-5) is | ||||||
20 | confidential and must not be disclosed to third parties, except | ||||||
21 | (i) as necessary for the State Superintendent of Education or | ||||||
22 | his or her designee to investigate and prosecute pursuant to | ||||||
23 | Article 21B of this Code, (ii) pursuant to a court order, (iii) | ||||||
24 | for disclosure to the license holder or his or her | ||||||
25 | representative, or (iv) as otherwise provided in this Article | ||||||
26 | and provided that any such information admitted into evidence |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in a hearing is exempt from this confidentiality and | ||||||
2 | non-disclosure requirement. Except for an act of willful or | ||||||
3 | wanton misconduct, any superintendent who provides | ||||||
4 | notification as required in this subsection (e-5) shall have | ||||||
5 | immunity from any liability, whether civil or criminal or that | ||||||
6 | otherwise might result by reason of such action. | ||||||
7 | (f) After March 19, 1990, the provisions of this Section | ||||||
8 | shall apply to
all employees of persons or firms holding | ||||||
9 | contracts with any school district
including, but not limited | ||||||
10 | to, food service workers, school bus drivers and
other | ||||||
11 | transportation employees, who have direct, daily contact with | ||||||
12 | the
pupils of any school in such district. For purposes of | ||||||
13 | criminal history records checks and checks of the Statewide Sex | ||||||
14 | Offender Database on employees of persons or firms holding | ||||||
15 | contracts with more
than one school district and assigned to | ||||||
16 | more than one school district, the
regional superintendent of | ||||||
17 | the educational service region in which the
contracting school | ||||||
18 | districts are located may, at the request of any such
school | ||||||
19 | district, be responsible for receiving the authorization for
a | ||||||
20 | criminal history records check prepared by each such employee | ||||||
21 | and submitting the same to the
Department of State Police and | ||||||
22 | for conducting a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database | ||||||
23 | for each employee. Any information concerning the record of
| ||||||
24 | conviction and identification as a sex offender of any such | ||||||
25 | employee obtained by the regional superintendent
shall be | ||||||
26 | promptly reported to the president of the appropriate school |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | board
or school boards. | ||||||
2 | (f-5) Upon request of a school or school district, any | ||||||
3 | information obtained by the school district pursuant to | ||||||
4 | subsection (f) of this Section within the last year must be | ||||||
5 | made available to the requesting school or school district. | ||||||
6 | (g) Prior to the commencement of any student teaching | ||||||
7 | experience or required internship (which is referred to as | ||||||
8 | student teaching in this Section) in the public schools, a | ||||||
9 | student teacher is required to authorize a fingerprint-based | ||||||
10 | criminal history records check. Authorization for and payment | ||||||
11 | of the costs of the check must be furnished by the student | ||||||
12 | teacher to the school district. Upon receipt of this | ||||||
13 | authorization and payment, the school district shall submit the | ||||||
14 | student teacher's name, sex, race, date of birth, social | ||||||
15 | security number, fingerprint images, and other identifiers, as | ||||||
16 | prescribed by the Department of State Police, to the Department | ||||||
17 | of State Police. The Department of State Police and the Federal | ||||||
18 | Bureau of Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a | ||||||
19 | fingerprint-based criminal history records check, records of | ||||||
20 | convictions, forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the | ||||||
21 | president of the board. The Department shall charge the school | ||||||
22 | district a fee for conducting the check, which fee must not | ||||||
23 | exceed the cost of the inquiry and must be deposited into the | ||||||
24 | State Police Services Fund. The school district shall further | ||||||
25 | perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, as | ||||||
26 | authorized by the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | of the Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth | ||||||
2 | Database, as authorized by the Murderer and Violent Offender | ||||||
3 | Against Youth Registration Act, for each student teacher. The | ||||||
4 | board may not knowingly allow a person to student teach for | ||||||
5 | whom a criminal history records check, a Statewide Sex Offender | ||||||
6 | Database check, and a Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender | ||||||
7 | Against Youth Database check have not been completed and | ||||||
8 | reviewed by the district. | ||||||
9 | A copy of the record of convictions obtained from the | ||||||
10 | Department of State Police must be provided to the student | ||||||
11 | teacher. Any information concerning the record of convictions | ||||||
12 | obtained by the president of the board is confidential and may | ||||||
13 | only be transmitted to the general superintendent of schools or | ||||||
14 | his or her designee, the State Superintendent of Education, the | ||||||
15 | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, or, for | ||||||
16 | clarification purposes, the Department of State Police or the | ||||||
17 | Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and | ||||||
18 | Violent Offender Against Youth Database. Any unauthorized | ||||||
19 | release of confidential information may be a violation of | ||||||
20 | Section 7 of the Criminal Identification Act. | ||||||
21 | The board may not knowingly allow a person to student teach | ||||||
22 | who has been convicted of any offense that would subject him or | ||||||
23 | her to license suspension or revocation pursuant to subsection | ||||||
24 | (c) of Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as provided under | ||||||
25 | subsection (b) of Section 21B-80. Further, the board may not | ||||||
26 | allow a person to student teach if he or she has been found to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be the perpetrator of sexual or physical abuse of a minor under | ||||||
2 | 18 years of age pursuant to proceedings under Article II of the | ||||||
3 | Juvenile Court Act of 1987. The board must consider the status | ||||||
4 | of a person to student teach who has been issued an indicated | ||||||
5 | finding of abuse or neglect of a child by the Department of | ||||||
6 | Children and Family Services under the Abused and Neglected | ||||||
7 | Child Reporting Act or by a child welfare agency of another | ||||||
8 | jurisdiction. | ||||||
9 | (h) (Blank). | ||||||
10 | (Source: P.A. 101-72, eff. 7-12-19; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; | ||||||
11 | revised 9-19-19.) | ||||||
12 | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.66 new) | ||||||
13 | Sec. 34-18.66. Remote and blended remote learning. This | ||||||
14 | Section applies if the Governor has declared a disaster due to | ||||||
15 | a public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||||||
16 | Emergency Management Agency Act. | ||||||
17 | (1) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a | ||||||
18 | public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
19 | Illinois Emergency Management Agency Act, the State | ||||||
20 | Superintendent of Education may declare a requirement to | ||||||
21 | use remote learning days or blended remote learning days | ||||||
22 | for the school district, multiple school districts, a | ||||||
23 | region, or the entire State. During remote learning days, | ||||||
24 | schools shall conduct instruction remotely. During blended | ||||||
25 | remote learning days, schools may utilize hybrid models of |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | in-person and remote instruction. Once declared, remote | ||||||
2 | learning days or blended remote learning days shall be | ||||||
3 | implemented in grades pre-kindergarten through 12 as days | ||||||
4 | of attendance and shall be deemed pupil attendance days for | ||||||
5 | calculation of the length of a school term under Section | ||||||
6 | 10-19. | ||||||
7 | (2) For purposes of this Section, a remote learning day | ||||||
8 | or blended remote learning day may be met through the | ||||||
9 | district's implementation of an e-learning program under | ||||||
10 | Section 10-20.56. | ||||||
11 | (3) If the district does not implement an e-learning | ||||||
12 | program under Section 10-20.56, the district shall adopt a | ||||||
13 | remote and blended remote learning day plan approved by the | ||||||
14 | general superintendent of schools. The district may | ||||||
15 | utilize remote and blended remote learning planning days, | ||||||
16 | consecutively or in separate increments, to develop, | ||||||
17 | review, or amend its remote and blended remote learning day | ||||||
18 | plan or provide professional development to staff | ||||||
19 | regarding remote education. Up to 5 remote and blended | ||||||
20 | remote learning planning days may be deemed pupil | ||||||
21 | attendance days for calculation of the length of a school | ||||||
22 | term under Section 10-19. | ||||||
23 | (4) Each remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||||||
24 | shall address the following: | ||||||
25 | (i) accessibility of the remote instruction to all | ||||||
26 | students enrolled in the district; |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (ii) if applicable, a requirement that the remote | ||||||
2 | learning day and blended remote learning day | ||||||
3 | activities reflect State learning standards; | ||||||
4 | (iii) a means for students to confer with an | ||||||
5 | educator, as necessary; | ||||||
6 | (iv) the unique needs of students in special | ||||||
7 | populations, including, but not limited to, students | ||||||
8 | eligible for special education under Article 14, | ||||||
9 | students who are English learners as defined in Section | ||||||
10 | 14C-2, and students experiencing homelessness under | ||||||
11 | the Education for Homeless Children Act, or vulnerable | ||||||
12 | student populations; | ||||||
13 | (v) how the district will take attendance and | ||||||
14 | monitor and verify each student's remote | ||||||
15 | participation; and | ||||||
16 | (vi) transitions from remote learning to on-site | ||||||
17 | learning upon the State Superintendent's declaration | ||||||
18 | that remote learning days or blended remote learning | ||||||
19 | days are no longer deemed necessary. | ||||||
20 | (5) The general superintendent of schools shall | ||||||
21 | periodically review and amend the district's remote and | ||||||
22 | blended remote learning day plan, as needed, to ensure the | ||||||
23 | plan meets the needs of all students. | ||||||
24 | (6) Each remote and blended remote learning day plan | ||||||
25 | shall be posted on the district's Internet website where | ||||||
26 | other policies, rules, and standards of conduct are posted |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | and shall be provided to students and faculty. | ||||||
2 | (7) This Section does not create any additional | ||||||
3 | employee bargaining rights and does not remove any employee | ||||||
4 | bargaining rights. | ||||||
5 | (8) Statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and | ||||||
6 | offerings may be administered via the district's remote and | ||||||
7 | blended remote learning day plan, except that the district | ||||||
8 | may not offer individual behind-the-wheel instruction | ||||||
9 | required by Section 27-24.2 via the district's remote and | ||||||
10 | blended remote learning day plan.
This Section does not | ||||||
11 | relieve schools and the district from completing all | ||||||
12 | statutory and regulatory curricular mandates and | ||||||
13 | offerings.
| ||||||
14 | (105 ILCS 5/34-85) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-85)
| ||||||
15 | Sec. 34-85. Removal for cause; notice and hearing; | ||||||
16 | suspension. | ||||||
17 | (a) No
teacher employed by the board of education shall | ||||||
18 | (after serving the
probationary period specified in Section | ||||||
19 | 34-84) be removed
except for cause. Teachers (who have | ||||||
20 | completed the probationary period specified in Section 34-84 of | ||||||
21 | this Code) shall be removed for cause in accordance with the | ||||||
22 | procedures set forth in this Section or, at the board's option, | ||||||
23 | the procedures set forth in Section 24-16.5 of this Code or | ||||||
24 | such other procedures established in an agreement entered into | ||||||
25 | between the board and the exclusive representative of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | district's teachers under Section 34-85c of this Code for | ||||||
2 | teachers (who have completed the probationary period specified | ||||||
3 | in Section 34-84 of this Code) assigned to schools identified | ||||||
4 | in that agreement. No principal employed by the board of | ||||||
5 | education shall be
removed during the term of his or her | ||||||
6 | performance contract except for
cause, which may include but is | ||||||
7 | not limited to the principal's repeated
failure to implement | ||||||
8 | the school improvement plan or to comply with the
provisions of | ||||||
9 | the Uniform Performance Contract, including additional
| ||||||
10 | criteria established by the Council for inclusion in the | ||||||
11 | performance
contract pursuant to Section 34-2.3.
| ||||||
12 | Before service of notice of charges on account of causes | ||||||
13 | that may be deemed to be remediable, the teacher or principal | ||||||
14 | must be given reasonable warning in writing, stating | ||||||
15 | specifically the causes that, if not removed, may result in | ||||||
16 | charges; however, no such written warning is required if the | ||||||
17 | causes have been the subject of a remediation plan pursuant to | ||||||
18 | Article 24A of this Code or if the board and the exclusive | ||||||
19 | representative of the district's teachers have entered into an | ||||||
20 | agreement pursuant to Section 34-85c of this Code, pursuant to | ||||||
21 | an alternative system of remediation. No written warning shall | ||||||
22 | be required for conduct on the part of a teacher or principal | ||||||
23 | that is cruel, immoral, negligent, or criminal or that in any | ||||||
24 | way causes psychological or physical harm or injury to a | ||||||
25 | student, as that conduct is deemed to be irremediable. No | ||||||
26 | written warning shall be required for a material breach of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | uniform principal performance contract, as that conduct is | ||||||
2 | deemed to be irremediable; provided that not less than 30 days | ||||||
3 | before the vote of the local school council to seek the | ||||||
4 | dismissal of a principal for a material breach of a uniform | ||||||
5 | principal performance contract, the local school council shall | ||||||
6 | specify the nature of the alleged breach in writing and provide | ||||||
7 | a copy of it to the principal. | ||||||
8 | (1) To initiate dismissal proceedings against a | ||||||
9 | teacher or principal, the general superintendent must | ||||||
10 | first approve written charges and specifications against | ||||||
11 | the
teacher or
principal. A local school council may direct | ||||||
12 | the
general superintendent to approve written charges | ||||||
13 | against its principal on behalf of the Council
upon the | ||||||
14 | vote of 7 members of the Council. The general | ||||||
15 | superintendent must
approve those charges within 45 | ||||||
16 | calendar days
or provide a written
reason for not approving | ||||||
17 | those charges. A
written notice of those charges, including | ||||||
18 | specifications,
shall be served upon the teacher or | ||||||
19 | principal within 10 business days of the
approval of the | ||||||
20 | charges. Any written notice sent on or after July 1, 2012 | ||||||
21 | shall also inform the teacher or principal of the right to | ||||||
22 | request a hearing before a mutually selected hearing | ||||||
23 | officer, with the cost of the hearing officer split equally | ||||||
24 | between the teacher or principal and the board, or a | ||||||
25 | hearing before a qualified hearing officer chosen by the | ||||||
26 | general superintendent, with the cost of the hearing |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | officer paid by the board. If the teacher or principal | ||||||
2 | cannot be found upon diligent
inquiry, such charges may be | ||||||
3 | served upon him by mailing a copy thereof in a
sealed | ||||||
4 | envelope by prepaid certified mail, return receipt | ||||||
5 | requested, to the
teacher's or principal's last known | ||||||
6 | address. A return receipt showing
delivery to such address | ||||||
7 | within 20 calendar days after the date of the
approval of | ||||||
8 | the charges shall constitute proof of service.
| ||||||
9 | (2) No hearing upon the charges is required unless the | ||||||
10 | teacher or principal
within 17 calendar
days after | ||||||
11 | receiving notice requests in writing of the general
| ||||||
12 | superintendent that a hearing
be scheduled. Pending the | ||||||
13 | hearing of the charges, the general superintendent or his | ||||||
14 | or her designee may suspend the teacher or principal | ||||||
15 | charged without pay in accordance with rules prescribed by | ||||||
16 | the board, provided that if the teacher or principal | ||||||
17 | charged is not dismissed based on the charges, he or she | ||||||
18 | must be made whole for lost earnings, less setoffs for | ||||||
19 | mitigation. | ||||||
20 | (3) The board shall maintain a list of at least 9 | ||||||
21 | qualified hearing officers who will conduct hearings on | ||||||
22 | charges and specifications. The list must be developed in | ||||||
23 | good faith consultation with the exclusive representative | ||||||
24 | of the board's teachers and professional associations that | ||||||
25 | represent the board's principals. The list may be revised | ||||||
26 | on July 1st of each year or earlier as needed. To be a |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | qualified hearing officer, the person must (i)
be | ||||||
2 | accredited by a national arbitration organization and have | ||||||
3 | had a minimum
of 5 years of experience as an arbitrator in | ||||||
4 | cases involving labor and
employment
relations matters | ||||||
5 | between employers and employees or
their exclusive | ||||||
6 | bargaining representatives and (ii) beginning September 1, | ||||||
7 | 2012, have participated in training provided or approved by | ||||||
8 | the State Board of Education for teacher dismissal hearing | ||||||
9 | officers so that he or she is familiar with issues | ||||||
10 | generally involved in evaluative and non-evaluative | ||||||
11 | dismissals.
| ||||||
12 | Within 5 business days after receiving the notice of | ||||||
13 | request for a hearing, the general superintendent and the | ||||||
14 | teacher or principal or
their legal representatives
shall | ||||||
15 | alternately strike one name
from the list until only one | ||||||
16 | name remains. Unless waived by the teacher,
the teacher or | ||||||
17 | principal shall
have the right to proceed first with the | ||||||
18 | striking. If the teacher or principal fails to participate | ||||||
19 | in the striking process, the general superintendent shall | ||||||
20 | either select the hearing officer from the list developed | ||||||
21 | pursuant to this paragraph (3) or select another qualified | ||||||
22 | hearing officer from the master list maintained by the | ||||||
23 | State Board of Education pursuant to subsection (c) of | ||||||
24 | Section 24-12 of this Code.
| ||||||
25 | (4) If the notice of dismissal was sent to the teacher | ||||||
26 | or principal before July 1, 2012, the fees and costs for |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the hearing officer shall be paid by the State
Board of | ||||||
2 | Education. If the notice of dismissal was sent to the | ||||||
3 | teacher or principal on or after July 1, 2012, the hearing | ||||||
4 | officer's fees and costs must be paid as follows in this | ||||||
5 | paragraph (4). The fees and permissible costs for the | ||||||
6 | hearing officer shall be determined by the State Board of | ||||||
7 | Education. If the hearing officer is mutually selected by | ||||||
8 | the parties through alternate striking in accordance with | ||||||
9 | paragraph (3) of this subsection (a), then the board and | ||||||
10 | the teacher or their legal representative shall each pay | ||||||
11 | 50% of the fees and costs and any supplemental allowance to | ||||||
12 | which they agree. If the hearing officer is selected by the | ||||||
13 | general superintendent without the participation of the | ||||||
14 | teacher or principal, then the board shall pay 100% of the | ||||||
15 | hearing officer fees and costs. The hearing officer shall | ||||||
16 | submit for payment a billing statement to the parties that | ||||||
17 | itemizes the charges and expenses and divides them in | ||||||
18 | accordance with this Section. | ||||||
19 | (5) The teacher or the principal charged is required to | ||||||
20 | answer the charges and specifications and aver affirmative | ||||||
21 | matters in his or her defense, and the time for doing so | ||||||
22 | must be set by the hearing officer. The State Board of | ||||||
23 | Education shall adopt rules so that each party has a fair | ||||||
24 | opportunity to present its case and to ensure that the | ||||||
25 | dismissal proceeding is concluded in an expeditious | ||||||
26 | manner. The rules shall address, without limitation, the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | teacher or principal's answer and affirmative defenses to | ||||||
2 | the charges and specifications; a requirement that each | ||||||
3 | party make mandatory disclosures without request to the | ||||||
4 | other party and then update the disclosure no later than 10 | ||||||
5 | calendar days prior to the commencement of the hearing, | ||||||
6 | including a list of the names and addresses of persons who | ||||||
7 | may be called as witnesses at the hearing, a summary of the | ||||||
8 | facts or opinions each witness will testify to, and all | ||||||
9 | other documents and materials, including information | ||||||
10 | maintained electronically, relevant to its own as well as | ||||||
11 | the other party's case (the hearing officer may exclude | ||||||
12 | witnesses and exhibits not identified and shared, except | ||||||
13 | those offered in rebuttal for which the party could not | ||||||
14 | reasonably have anticipated prior to the hearing); | ||||||
15 | pre-hearing discovery and preparation, including provision | ||||||
16 | for written interrogatories and requests for production of | ||||||
17 | documents, provided that discovery depositions are | ||||||
18 | prohibited; the conduct of the hearing; the right of each | ||||||
19 | party to be represented by counsel, the offer of evidence | ||||||
20 | and witnesses and the cross-examination of witnesses; the | ||||||
21 | authority of the hearing officer to issue subpoenas and | ||||||
22 | subpoenas duces tecum, provided that the hearing officer | ||||||
23 | may limit the number of witnesses to be subpoenaed in | ||||||
24 | behalf of each party to no more than 7; the length of | ||||||
25 | post-hearing briefs; and the form, length, and content of | ||||||
26 | hearing officers' reports and recommendations to the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | general superintendent. | ||||||
2 | The hearing officer shall commence the hearing within | ||||||
3 | 75 calendar days and conclude the hearing within 120 | ||||||
4 | calendar days after being selected by the parties as the | ||||||
5 | hearing officer, provided that these timelines may be | ||||||
6 | modified upon the showing of good cause or mutual agreement | ||||||
7 | of the parties. Good cause for the purposes of this | ||||||
8 | paragraph (5) shall mean the illness or otherwise | ||||||
9 | unavoidable emergency of the teacher, district | ||||||
10 | representative, their legal representatives, the hearing | ||||||
11 | officer, or an essential witness as indicated in each | ||||||
12 | party's pre-hearing submission. In a dismissal hearing in | ||||||
13 | which a witness is a student or is under the age of 18, the | ||||||
14 | hearing officer must make accommodations for the witness, | ||||||
15 | as provided under paragraph (5.5) of this subsection. The | ||||||
16 | hearing officer shall consider and give weight to all of | ||||||
17 | the teacher's evaluations written pursuant to Article 24A | ||||||
18 | that are relevant to the issues in the hearing. Except as | ||||||
19 | otherwise provided under paragraph (5.5) of this | ||||||
20 | subsection, the teacher or principal has the
privilege of | ||||||
21 | being present at the hearing with counsel and of
| ||||||
22 | cross-examining witnesses and may offer evidence and | ||||||
23 | witnesses and present
defenses to the charges. Each party | ||||||
24 | shall have no more than 3 days to present its case, unless | ||||||
25 | extended by the hearing officer to enable a party to | ||||||
26 | present adequate evidence and testimony, including due to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the other party's cross-examination of the party's | ||||||
2 | witnesses, for good cause or by mutual agreement of the | ||||||
3 | parties. The State Board of Education shall define in rules | ||||||
4 | the meaning of "day" for such purposes.
All testimony at | ||||||
5 | the hearing shall be taken under oath administered by the
| ||||||
6 | hearing officer. The hearing officer shall cause a record | ||||||
7 | of the
proceedings to be kept and shall employ a competent | ||||||
8 | reporter to take
stenographic or stenotype notes of all the | ||||||
9 | testimony. The costs of the
reporter's attendance and | ||||||
10 | services at the hearing shall be paid by the party or | ||||||
11 | parties who are paying the fees and costs of the hearing | ||||||
12 | officer. Either party desiring a transcript of the
hearing | ||||||
13 | shall pay for the cost thereof. At the close of the | ||||||
14 | hearing, the hearing officer shall direct the parties to | ||||||
15 | submit post-hearing briefs no later than 21 calendar days | ||||||
16 | after receipt of the transcript. Either or both parties may | ||||||
17 | waive submission of briefs. | ||||||
18 | (5.5) In the case of charges involving sexual abuse or | ||||||
19 | severe physical abuse of a student or a person under the | ||||||
20 | age of 18, the hearing officer shall make alternative | ||||||
21 | hearing procedures to protect a witness who is a student or | ||||||
22 | who is under the age of 18 from being intimidated or | ||||||
23 | traumatized. Alternative hearing procedures may include, | ||||||
24 | but are not limited to: (i) testimony made via a | ||||||
25 | telecommunication device in a location other than the | ||||||
26 | hearing room and outside the physical presence of the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | teacher or principal and other hearing participants, (ii) | ||||||
2 | testimony outside the physical presence of the teacher or | ||||||
3 | principal, or (iii) non-public testimony. During a | ||||||
4 | testimony described under this subsection, each party must | ||||||
5 | be permitted to ask a witness who is a student or who is | ||||||
6 | under 18 years of age all relevant questions and follow-up | ||||||
7 | questions. All questions must exclude evidence of the | ||||||
8 | witness' sexual behavior or predisposition, unless the | ||||||
9 | evidence is offered to prove that someone other than the | ||||||
10 | teacher subject to the dismissal hearing engaged in the | ||||||
11 | charge at issue.
| ||||||
12 | (6) The hearing officer shall within 30 calendar days | ||||||
13 | from the conclusion of the hearing
report to the general | ||||||
14 | superintendent findings of fact and a recommendation as to | ||||||
15 | whether or not the teacher or principal shall
be dismissed | ||||||
16 | and shall give a copy of the report to both the
teacher or
| ||||||
17 | principal and the general superintendent. The State Board | ||||||
18 | of Education shall provide by rule the form of the hearing | ||||||
19 | officer's report and recommendation. | ||||||
20 | (7) The board, within 45
days of receipt of the hearing | ||||||
21 | officer's findings of fact and recommendation,
shall make a | ||||||
22 | decision as to whether the teacher or principal shall be | ||||||
23 | dismissed
from its employ. The failure of the board to | ||||||
24 | strictly adhere to the timeliness
contained herein shall | ||||||
25 | not render it without jurisdiction to dismiss the
teacher
| ||||||
26 | or principal. In the event that the board declines to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | dismiss the teacher or principal after review of a hearing | ||||||
2 | officer's recommendation, the board shall set the amount of | ||||||
3 | back pay and benefits to award the teacher or principal, | ||||||
4 | which shall include offsets for interim earnings and | ||||||
5 | failure to mitigate losses. The board shall establish | ||||||
6 | procedures for the teacher's or principal's submission of | ||||||
7 | evidence to it regarding lost earnings, lost benefits, | ||||||
8 | mitigation, and offsets. The decision
of the board is final | ||||||
9 | unless reviewed in accordance with paragraph (8) of this | ||||||
10 | subsection (a).
| ||||||
11 | (8) The teacher may seek judicial review of the board's | ||||||
12 | decision in accordance with the Administrative Review Law, | ||||||
13 | which is specifically incorporated in this Section, except | ||||||
14 | that the review must be initiated in the Illinois Appellate | ||||||
15 | Court for the First District. In the event judicial review | ||||||
16 | is instituted, any costs of preparing and
filing the record | ||||||
17 | of proceedings shall be paid by the party instituting
the | ||||||
18 | review. In the event the appellate court reverses a board | ||||||
19 | decision to dismiss a teacher or principal and directs the | ||||||
20 | board to pay the teacher or the principal back pay and | ||||||
21 | benefits, the appellate court shall remand the matter to | ||||||
22 | the board to issue an administrative decision as to the | ||||||
23 | amount of back pay and benefits, which shall include a | ||||||
24 | calculation of the lost earnings, lost benefits, | ||||||
25 | mitigation, and offsets based on evidence submitted to the | ||||||
26 | board in accordance with procedures established by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | board.
| ||||||
2 | (9) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a | ||||||
3 | public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the | ||||||
4 | Illinois Emergency Management Act, except if the parties | ||||||
5 | mutually agree otherwise and the agreement is in writing, | ||||||
6 | the requirements of this Section pertaining to prehearings | ||||||
7 | and hearings are paused and do not begin to toll until the | ||||||
8 | proclamation declaring the disaster is no longer in effect. | ||||||
9 | If mutually agreed to and reduced in writing, the parties | ||||||
10 | may proceed with the prehearing and hearing requirements of | ||||||
11 | this Section connected to the appointment and selection of | ||||||
12 | a hearing officer and those connected to commencing and | ||||||
13 | concluding a hearing. Any hearing convened during a public | ||||||
14 | health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||||||
15 | Emergency Management Agency Act may be convened remotely. | ||||||
16 | Any hearing officer for a hearing convened during a public | ||||||
17 | health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||||||
18 | Emergency Management Agency Act may voluntarily withdraw | ||||||
19 | from the hearing and another hearing officer shall be | ||||||
20 | selected or appointed pursuant to this Section. | ||||||
21 | (b) Nothing in this Section affects the validity of removal | ||||||
22 | for cause hearings
commenced prior to June 13, 2011 (the | ||||||
23 | effective date of Public Act 97-8).
| ||||||
24 | The changes made by Public Act 97-8 shall apply to | ||||||
25 | dismissals instituted on or after September 1, 2011 or the | ||||||
26 | effective date of Public Act 97-8, whichever is later. Any |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | dismissal instituted prior to the effective date of these | ||||||
2 | changes must be carried out in accordance with the requirements | ||||||
3 | of this Section prior to amendment by Public Act 97-8. | ||||||
4 | (Source: P.A. 101-531, eff. 8-23-19.)
| ||||||
5 | (105 ILCS 5/34-85c) | ||||||
6 | Sec. 34-85c. Alternative procedures for teacher | ||||||
7 | evaluation, remediation, and removal for cause after | ||||||
8 | remediation. | ||||||
9 | (a) Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, the board and | ||||||
10 | the exclusive representative of the district's teachers are | ||||||
11 | hereby authorized to enter into an agreement to establish | ||||||
12 | alternative procedures for teacher evaluation, remediation, | ||||||
13 | and removal for cause after remediation, including an | ||||||
14 | alternative system for peer evaluation and recommendations; | ||||||
15 | provided, however, that no later than September 1, 2012: (i) | ||||||
16 | any alternative procedures must include provisions whereby | ||||||
17 | student performance data is a significant factor in teacher | ||||||
18 | evaluation and (ii) teachers are rated as "excellent", | ||||||
19 | "proficient", "needs improvement" or "unsatisfactory". | ||||||
20 | Pursuant exclusively to that agreement, teachers assigned to | ||||||
21 | schools identified in that agreement shall be subject to an | ||||||
22 | alternative performance evaluation plan and remediation | ||||||
23 | procedures in lieu of the plan and procedures set forth in | ||||||
24 | Article 24A of this Code and alternative removal for cause | ||||||
25 | standards and procedures in lieu of the removal standards and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | procedures set forth in Section 34-85 of this Code. To the | ||||||
2 | extent that the agreement provides a teacher with an | ||||||
3 | opportunity for a hearing on removal for cause before an | ||||||
4 | independent hearing officer in accordance with Section 34-85 or | ||||||
5 | otherwise, the hearing officer shall be governed by the | ||||||
6 | alternative performance evaluation plan, remediation | ||||||
7 | procedures, and removal standards and procedures set forth in | ||||||
8 | the agreement in making findings of fact and a recommendation. | ||||||
9 | (a-5) If the Governor has declared a disaster due to a | ||||||
10 | public health emergency pursuant to Section 7 of the Illinois | ||||||
11 | Emergency Management Agency Act that suspends in-person | ||||||
12 | instruction, the timelines connected to the commencement and | ||||||
13 | completion of any remediation plan are paused. Except where the | ||||||
14 | parties mutually agree otherwise and such agreement is in | ||||||
15 | writing, any remediation plan that had been in place for 45 or | ||||||
16 | more days prior to the suspension of in-person instruction | ||||||
17 | shall resume when in-person instruction resumes; any | ||||||
18 | remediation plan that had been in place for fewer than 45 days | ||||||
19 | prior to the suspension of in-person instruction shall | ||||||
20 | discontinue and a new remediation period will begin when | ||||||
21 | in-person instruction resumes. | ||||||
22 | (b) The board and the exclusive representative of the | ||||||
23 | district's teachers shall submit a certified copy of an | ||||||
24 | agreement as provided under subsection (a) of this Section to | ||||||
25 | the State Board of Education. | ||||||
26 | (Source: P.A. 96-861, eff. 1-15-10; 97-8, eff. 6-13-11.) |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section 10. The Illinois Articulation Initiative Act is | ||||||
2 | amended by changing Section 20 as follows: | ||||||
3 | (110 ILCS 152/20)
| ||||||
4 | Sec. 20. Course transferability.
| ||||||
5 | (a) All courses approved for Illinois Articulation | ||||||
6 | Initiative General Education codes must be transferable as a | ||||||
7 | part of the General Education Core Curriculum package, | ||||||
8 | consistent with the specific requirements of the package. | ||||||
9 | Illinois Articulation Initiative General Education courses | ||||||
10 | taken during the public health emergency declared by | ||||||
11 | proclamation of the Governor due to the COVID-19 pandemic | ||||||
12 | during calendar year 2020 must be transferable for students | ||||||
13 | receiving a grade of "pass", "credit", or "satisfactory" and | ||||||
14 | shall fulfill the prerequisite requirements for advanced | ||||||
15 | courses. | ||||||
16 | (a-5) All public institutions shall determine if Illinois | ||||||
17 | Articulation Initiative major courses are direct course | ||||||
18 | equivalents or are elective credit toward the requirements of | ||||||
19 | the major. If the receiving institution does not offer the | ||||||
20 | course or does not offer it at the lower-division level, the | ||||||
21 | student shall receive elective lower-division major credit | ||||||
22 | toward the requirements of the major for the course and may be | ||||||
23 | required to take the course at the upper-division level. | ||||||
24 | (b) Students receiving the full General Education Core |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Curriculum package must not be required to take additional | ||||||
2 | lower-division general education courses.
| ||||||
3 | (Source: P.A. 99-636, eff. 1-1-17 .) | ||||||
4 | Section 15. The Board of Higher Education Act is amended by | ||||||
5 | adding Section 9.39 as follows: | ||||||
6 | (110 ILCS 205/9.39 new) | ||||||
7 | Sec. 9.39. Emergency completion and student support | ||||||
8 | services grants. Subject to appropriation, the Board shall | ||||||
9 | award emergency completion grants and competitive grants for | ||||||
10 | public university student support services. | ||||||
11 | Section 20. The Higher Education Student Assistance Act is | ||||||
12 | amended by changing Section 65.100 as follows: | ||||||
13 | (110 ILCS 947/65.100) | ||||||
14 | (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 101-613 ) | ||||||
15 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024) | ||||||
16 | Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. | ||||||
17 | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
18 | findings: | ||||||
19 | (1) Both access and affordability are important | ||||||
20 | aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and | ||||||
21 | Career Success report. | ||||||
22 | (2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | the percentage of family income needed to pay for college. | ||||||
2 | (3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase, | ||||||
3 | rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability | ||||||
4 | of college attendance decreases. | ||||||
5 | (4) There is further research indicating that | ||||||
6 | socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of | ||||||
7 | students to use loans to attend college. | ||||||
8 | (5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease | ||||||
9 | the amount of loans that students must use to pay for | ||||||
10 | tuition. | ||||||
11 | (6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount | ||||||
12 | can make the difference in a student choosing to attend | ||||||
13 | college and enhance college access for low-income and | ||||||
14 | middle-income families. | ||||||
15 | (7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for | ||||||
16 | college attendance is met, the federally determined | ||||||
17 | Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting | ||||||
18 | amount. | ||||||
19 | (8) This State is the second largest exporter of | ||||||
20 | students in the country. | ||||||
21 | (9) When talented Illinois students attend | ||||||
22 | universities in this State, the State and those | ||||||
23 | universities benefit. | ||||||
24 | (10) State universities in other states have adopted | ||||||
25 | pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents | ||||||
26 | to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | remain in this State for college. | ||||||
2 | (11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at | ||||||
3 | Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to | ||||||
4 | maintain and educate a highly trained workforce. | ||||||
5 | (12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually | ||||||
6 | targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for | ||||||
7 | public universities. | ||||||
8 | (13) By increasing a public university's capacity to | ||||||
9 | strategically use tuition discounting, the public | ||||||
10 | university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition | ||||||
11 | revenue by increasing enrollment yields. | ||||||
12 | (b) In this Section: | ||||||
13 | "Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school | ||||||
14 | in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of | ||||||
15 | Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due | ||||||
16 | course will be completed by the end of the school year and who | ||||||
17 | meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this | ||||||
18 | Section. | ||||||
19 | "Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary | ||||||
20 | charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the | ||||||
21 | additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are | ||||||
22 | required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic | ||||||
23 | period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does | ||||||
24 | not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other | ||||||
25 | contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. | ||||||
26 | The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of | ||||||
2 | tuition and other necessary fees. | ||||||
3 | (c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public | ||||||
4 | university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot | ||||||
5 | program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year, | ||||||
6 | the Commission shall receive and consider applications from | ||||||
7 | public universities under this Section. Subject to | ||||||
8 | appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by | ||||||
9 | the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may | ||||||
10 | award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that | ||||||
11 | the applicant meets all of the following criteria: | ||||||
12 | (1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen | ||||||
13 | or eligible noncitizen of the United States. | ||||||
14 | (2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal | ||||||
15 | Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a | ||||||
16 | household income no greater than 6 times the poverty | ||||||
17 | guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by | ||||||
18 | the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the | ||||||
19 | authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the | ||||||
20 | applicant at the time of initial application shall be | ||||||
21 | deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the | ||||||
22 | duration of the pilot program. | ||||||
23 | (3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point | ||||||
24 | average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as | ||||||
25 | determined by the public university campus. | ||||||
26 | (4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | undergraduate student on a full-time basis. | ||||||
2 | (5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate | ||||||
3 | degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours. | ||||||
4 | (6) He or she is not incarcerated. | ||||||
5 | (7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or | ||||||
6 | does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal | ||||||
7 | grant or scholarship. | ||||||
8 | (8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
9 | public university campus. | ||||||
10 | (d) Each public university campus shall determine grant | ||||||
11 | renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this | ||||||
12 | Section. | ||||||
13 | (e) Each participating public university campus shall post | ||||||
14 | on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements | ||||||
15 | for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that | ||||||
16 | include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The | ||||||
17 | criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission | ||||||
18 | and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the | ||||||
19 | information on their respective Internet websites. | ||||||
20 | (f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program, | ||||||
21 | the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each | ||||||
22 | public university in an amount proportionate to the number of | ||||||
23 | undergraduate students who are residents of this State and | ||||||
24 | citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who | ||||||
25 | were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous | ||||||
26 | academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms | ||||||
2 | that the Commission shall provide to each public university | ||||||
3 | campus. The form of the application and the information | ||||||
4 | required shall be determined by the Commission and shall | ||||||
5 | include, without limitation, the total public university | ||||||
6 | campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission | ||||||
7 | in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the | ||||||
8 | total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of | ||||||
9 | this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting | ||||||
10 | documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public | ||||||
11 | university campus shall match the amount of funds received by | ||||||
12 | the Commission with financial aid for eligible students. | ||||||
13 | A public university campus is not required to claim its | ||||||
14 | entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all | ||||||
15 | public universities, on a date determined by the Commission, | ||||||
16 | any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to | ||||||
17 | those public university campuses in the proportion determined | ||||||
18 | under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those | ||||||
19 | public university campuses not claiming their full | ||||||
20 | allocations. | ||||||
21 | Each public university campus may determine the award | ||||||
22 | amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis, | ||||||
23 | but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not | ||||||
24 | be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his | ||||||
25 | or her first year attending the public university campus. | ||||||
26 | Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including, | ||||||
2 | but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit | ||||||
3 | hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time | ||||||
4 | student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition | ||||||
5 | rate. | ||||||
6 | An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this | ||||||
7 | Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant | ||||||
8 | aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total | ||||||
9 | cost of attendance at the public university campus. | ||||||
10 | (g) All money allocated to a public university campus under | ||||||
11 | this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for | ||||||
12 | students attending the public university campus during the | ||||||
13 | academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any | ||||||
14 | other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a | ||||||
15 | public university campus under this Section that are not | ||||||
16 | granted to students in the academic year for which the funds | ||||||
17 | are received may be retained by the public university campus | ||||||
18 | for expenditure on students participating in the Program or | ||||||
19 | students eligible to participate in the Program. | ||||||
20 | (h) Each public university campus that establishes a | ||||||
21 | Program under this Section must annually report to the | ||||||
22 | Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission, | ||||||
23 | the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus | ||||||
24 | who are residents of this State. | ||||||
25 | (i) Each public university campus must report to the | ||||||
26 | Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | public university campus to undergraduate students in fiscal | ||||||
2 | year 2018. To be eligible to receive funds under the Program, a | ||||||
3 | public university campus may not decrease the total amount of | ||||||
4 | non-loan financial aid for undergraduate students to an amount | ||||||
5 | lower than the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the | ||||||
6 | public university campus to undergraduate students in fiscal | ||||||
7 | year 2018, not including any funds received from the Commission | ||||||
8 | under this Section or any funds used to match grant awards | ||||||
9 | under this Section. | ||||||
10 | (j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each | ||||||
11 | public university campus that participates in the Program under | ||||||
12 | this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission | ||||||
13 | with all of the following information: | ||||||
14 | (1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and | ||||||
15 | enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability | ||||||
16 | at the public university campus. | ||||||
17 | (2) Total funds received by the public university | ||||||
18 | campus under the Program. | ||||||
19 | (3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to | ||||||
20 | undergraduate students attending the public university | ||||||
21 | campus. | ||||||
22 | (4) Total amount of funds matched by the public | ||||||
23 | university campus. | ||||||
24 | (5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds | ||||||
25 | retained by the public university campus. | ||||||
26 | (6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | under the Program by the public university campus. | ||||||
2 | (7) The total number of students receiving grants from | ||||||
3 | the public university campus under the Program and those | ||||||
4 | students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family | ||||||
5 | size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant | ||||||
6 | eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of | ||||||
7 | each grant award. This information shall include unit | ||||||
8 | record data on those students regarding variables | ||||||
9 | associated with the parameters of the public university's | ||||||
10 | Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or | ||||||
11 | SAT college admissions test score, high school or | ||||||
12 | university cumulative grade point average, or program of | ||||||
13 | study. | ||||||
14 | On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before | ||||||
15 | October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with | ||||||
16 | the findings under this subsection (j) and any other | ||||||
17 | information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i) | ||||||
18 | the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives, | ||||||
19 | (iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv) | ||||||
20 | the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
21 | Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with | ||||||
22 | the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of | ||||||
23 | the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the | ||||||
24 | Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report | ||||||
25 | may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose | ||||||
26 | personally identifying information of individual students. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | The sharing and reporting of student data under this | ||||||
2 | subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements | ||||||
3 | under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of | ||||||
4 | 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties | ||||||
5 | must preserve the confidentiality of the information as | ||||||
6 | required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this | ||||||
7 | Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of | ||||||
8 | Information Act. | ||||||
9 | Public university campuses that fail to submit a report | ||||||
10 | under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other | ||||||
11 | requirements under this Section may not be eligible for | ||||||
12 | distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic | ||||||
13 | year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each | ||||||
14 | academic year thereafter. | ||||||
15 | (k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this | ||||||
16 | Section. | ||||||
17 | (l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
| ||||||
18 | (Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18; | ||||||
19 | 100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19.) | ||||||
20 | (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 101-613 ) | ||||||
21 | (Section scheduled to be repealed on October 1, 2024) | ||||||
22 | Sec. 65.100. AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. | ||||||
23 | (a) The General Assembly makes all of the following | ||||||
24 | findings: | ||||||
25 | (1) Both access and affordability are important |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | aspects of the Illinois Public Agenda for College and | ||||||
2 | Career Success report. | ||||||
3 | (2) This State is in the top quartile with respect to | ||||||
4 | the percentage of family income needed to pay for college. | ||||||
5 | (3) Research suggests that as loan amounts increase, | ||||||
6 | rather than an increase in grant amounts, the probability | ||||||
7 | of college attendance decreases. | ||||||
8 | (4) There is further research indicating that | ||||||
9 | socioeconomic status may affect the willingness of | ||||||
10 | students to use loans to attend college. | ||||||
11 | (5) Strategic use of tuition discounting can decrease | ||||||
12 | the amount of loans that students must use to pay for | ||||||
13 | tuition. | ||||||
14 | (6) A modest, individually tailored tuition discount | ||||||
15 | can make the difference in a student choosing to attend | ||||||
16 | college and enhance college access for low-income and | ||||||
17 | middle-income families. | ||||||
18 | (7) Even if the federally calculated financial need for | ||||||
19 | college attendance is met, the federally determined | ||||||
20 | Expected Family Contribution can still be a daunting | ||||||
21 | amount. | ||||||
22 | (8) This State is the second largest exporter of | ||||||
23 | students in the country. | ||||||
24 | (9) When talented Illinois students attend | ||||||
25 | universities in this State, the State and those | ||||||
26 | universities benefit. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (10) State universities in other states have adopted | ||||||
2 | pricing and incentives that allow many Illinois residents | ||||||
3 | to pay less to attend an out-of-state university than to | ||||||
4 | remain in this State for college. | ||||||
5 | (11) Supporting Illinois student attendance at | ||||||
6 | Illinois public universities can assist in State efforts to | ||||||
7 | maintain and educate a highly trained workforce. | ||||||
8 | (12) Modest tuition discounts that are individually | ||||||
9 | targeted and tailored can result in enhanced revenue for | ||||||
10 | public universities. | ||||||
11 | (13) By increasing a public university's capacity to | ||||||
12 | strategically use tuition discounting, the public | ||||||
13 | university will be capable of creating enhanced tuition | ||||||
14 | revenue by increasing enrollment yields. | ||||||
15 | (b) In this Section: | ||||||
16 | "Eligible applicant" means a student from any high school | ||||||
17 | in this State, whether or not recognized by the State Board of | ||||||
18 | Education, who is engaged in a program of study that in due | ||||||
19 | course will be completed by the end of the school year and who | ||||||
20 | meets all of the qualifications and requirements under this | ||||||
21 | Section. | ||||||
22 | "Tuition and other necessary fees" includes the customary | ||||||
23 | charge for instruction and use of facilities in general and the | ||||||
24 | additional fixed fees charged for specified purposes that are | ||||||
25 | required generally of non-grant recipients for each academic | ||||||
26 | period for which the grant applicant actually enrolls, but does |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | not include fees payable only once or breakage fees and other | ||||||
2 | contingent deposits that are refundable in whole or in part. | ||||||
3 | The Commission may adopt, by rule not inconsistent with this | ||||||
4 | Section, detailed provisions concerning the computation of | ||||||
5 | tuition and other necessary fees. | ||||||
6 | (c) Beginning with the 2019-2020 academic year, each public | ||||||
7 | university may establish a merit-based scholarship pilot | ||||||
8 | program known as the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program. Each year, | ||||||
9 | the Commission shall receive and consider applications from | ||||||
10 | public universities under this Section. Subject to | ||||||
11 | appropriation and any tuition waiver limitation established by | ||||||
12 | the Board of Higher Education, a public university campus may | ||||||
13 | award a grant to a student under this Section if it finds that | ||||||
14 | the applicant meets all of the following criteria: | ||||||
15 | (1) He or she is a resident of this State and a citizen | ||||||
16 | or eligible noncitizen of the United States. | ||||||
17 | (2) He or she files a Free Application for Federal | ||||||
18 | Student Aid and demonstrates financial need with a | ||||||
19 | household income no greater than 6 times the poverty | ||||||
20 | guidelines updated periodically in the Federal Register by | ||||||
21 | the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services under the | ||||||
22 | authority of 42 U.S.C. 9902(2). The household income of the | ||||||
23 | applicant at the time of initial application shall be | ||||||
24 | deemed to be the household income of the applicant for the | ||||||
25 | duration of the pilot program. | ||||||
26 | (3) He or she meets the minimum cumulative grade point |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | average or ACT or SAT college admissions test score, as | ||||||
2 | determined by the public university campus. | ||||||
3 | (4) He or she is enrolled in a public university as an | ||||||
4 | undergraduate student on a full-time basis. | ||||||
5 | (5) He or she has not yet received a baccalaureate | ||||||
6 | degree or the equivalent of 135 semester credit hours. | ||||||
7 | (6) He or she is not incarcerated. | ||||||
8 | (7) He or she is not in default on any student loan or | ||||||
9 | does not owe a refund or repayment on any State or federal | ||||||
10 | grant or scholarship. | ||||||
11 | (8) Any other reasonable criteria, as determined by the | ||||||
12 | public university campus. | ||||||
13 | (d) Each public university campus shall determine grant | ||||||
14 | renewal criteria consistent with the requirements under this | ||||||
15 | Section. | ||||||
16 | (e) Each participating public university campus shall post | ||||||
17 | on its Internet website criteria and eligibility requirements | ||||||
18 | for receiving awards that use funds under this Section that | ||||||
19 | include a range in the sizes of these individual awards. The | ||||||
20 | criteria and amounts must also be reported to the Commission | ||||||
21 | and the Board of Higher Education, who shall post the | ||||||
22 | information on their respective Internet websites. | ||||||
23 | (f) After enactment of an appropriation for this Program, | ||||||
24 | the Commission shall determine an allocation of funds to each | ||||||
25 | public university in an amount proportionate to the number of | ||||||
26 | undergraduate students who are residents of this State and |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | citizens or eligible noncitizens of the United States and who | ||||||
2 | were enrolled at each public university campus in the previous | ||||||
3 | academic year. All applications must be made to the Commission | ||||||
4 | on or before a date determined by the Commission and on forms | ||||||
5 | that the Commission shall provide to each public university | ||||||
6 | campus. The form of the application and the information | ||||||
7 | required shall be determined by the Commission and shall | ||||||
8 | include, without limitation, the total public university | ||||||
9 | campus funds used to match funds received from the Commission | ||||||
10 | in the previous academic year under this Section, if any, the | ||||||
11 | total enrollment of undergraduate students who are residents of | ||||||
12 | this State from the previous academic year, and any supporting | ||||||
13 | documents as the Commission deems necessary. Each public | ||||||
14 | university campus shall match the amount of funds received by | ||||||
15 | the Commission with financial aid for eligible students. | ||||||
16 | A public university campus is not required to claim its | ||||||
17 | entire allocation. The Commission shall make available to all | ||||||
18 | public universities, on a date determined by the Commission, | ||||||
19 | any unclaimed funds and the funds must be made available to | ||||||
20 | those public university campuses in the proportion determined | ||||||
21 | under this subsection (f), excluding from the calculation those | ||||||
22 | public university campuses not claiming their full | ||||||
23 | allocations. | ||||||
24 | Each public university campus may determine the award | ||||||
25 | amounts for eligible students on an individual or broad basis, | ||||||
26 | but, subject to renewal eligibility, each renewed award may not |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | be less than the amount awarded to the eligible student in his | ||||||
2 | or her first year attending the public university campus. | ||||||
3 | Notwithstanding this limitation, a renewal grant may be reduced | ||||||
4 | due to changes in the student's cost of attendance, including, | ||||||
5 | but not limited to, if a student reduces the number of credit | ||||||
6 | hours in which he or she is enrolled, but remains a full-time | ||||||
7 | student, or switches to a course of study with a lower tuition | ||||||
8 | rate. | ||||||
9 | An eligible applicant awarded grant assistance under this | ||||||
10 | Section is eligible to receive other financial aid. Total grant | ||||||
11 | aid to the student from all sources may not exceed the total | ||||||
12 | cost of attendance at the public university campus. | ||||||
13 | (g) All money allocated to a public university campus under | ||||||
14 | this Section may be used only for financial aid purposes for | ||||||
15 | students attending the public university campus during the | ||||||
16 | academic year, not including summer terms. Notwithstanding any | ||||||
17 | other provision of law to the contrary, any funds received by a | ||||||
18 | public university campus under this Section that are not | ||||||
19 | granted to students in the academic year for which the funds | ||||||
20 | are received may be retained by the public university campus | ||||||
21 | for expenditure on students participating in the Program or | ||||||
22 | students eligible to participate in the Program. | ||||||
23 | (h) Each public university campus that establishes a | ||||||
24 | Program under this Section must annually report to the | ||||||
25 | Commission, on or before a date determined by the Commission, | ||||||
26 | the number of undergraduate students enrolled at that campus |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | who are residents of this State. | ||||||
2 | (i) Each public university campus must report to the | ||||||
3 | Commission the total non-loan financial aid amount given by the | ||||||
4 | public university campus to undergraduate students in the | ||||||
5 | 2017-2018 academic year, not including the summer term. To be | ||||||
6 | eligible to receive funds under the Program, a public | ||||||
7 | university campus may not decrease the total amount of non-loan | ||||||
8 | financial aid it gives to undergraduate students, not including | ||||||
9 | any funds received from the Commission under this Section or | ||||||
10 | any funds used to match grant awards under this Section, to an | ||||||
11 | amount lower than the reported amount for the 2017-2018 | ||||||
12 | academic year, not including the summer term. | ||||||
13 | (j) On or before a date determined by the Commission, each | ||||||
14 | public university campus that participates in the Program under | ||||||
15 | this Section shall annually submit a report to the Commission | ||||||
16 | with all of the following information: | ||||||
17 | (1) The Program's impact on tuition revenue and | ||||||
18 | enrollment goals and increase in access and affordability | ||||||
19 | at the public university campus. | ||||||
20 | (2) Total funds received by the public university | ||||||
21 | campus under the Program. | ||||||
22 | (3) Total non-loan financial aid awarded to | ||||||
23 | undergraduate students attending the public university | ||||||
24 | campus. | ||||||
25 | (4) Total amount of funds matched by the public | ||||||
26 | university campus. |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | (5) Total amount of claimed and unexpended funds | ||||||
2 | retained by the public university campus. | ||||||
3 | (6) The percentage of total financial aid distributed | ||||||
4 | under the Program by the public university campus. | ||||||
5 | (7) The total number of students receiving grants from | ||||||
6 | the public university campus under the Program and those | ||||||
7 | students' grade level, race, gender, income level, family | ||||||
8 | size, Monetary Award Program eligibility, Pell Grant | ||||||
9 | eligibility, and zip code of residence and the amount of | ||||||
10 | each grant award. This information shall include unit | ||||||
11 | record data on those students regarding variables | ||||||
12 | associated with the parameters of the public university's | ||||||
13 | Program, including, but not limited to, a student's ACT or | ||||||
14 | SAT college admissions test score, high school or | ||||||
15 | university cumulative grade point average, or program of | ||||||
16 | study. | ||||||
17 | On or before October 1, 2020 and annually on or before | ||||||
18 | October 1 thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report with | ||||||
19 | the findings under this subsection (j) and any other | ||||||
20 | information regarding the AIM HIGH Grant Pilot Program to (i) | ||||||
21 | the Governor, (ii) the Speaker of the House of Representatives, | ||||||
22 | (iii) the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives, (iv) | ||||||
23 | the President of the Senate, and (v) the Minority Leader of the | ||||||
24 | Senate. The reports to the General Assembly shall be filed with | ||||||
25 | the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of | ||||||
26 | the Senate in electronic form only, in the manner that the |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | Clerk and the Secretary shall direct. The Commission's report | ||||||
2 | may not disaggregate data to a level that may disclose | ||||||
3 | personally identifying information of individual students. | ||||||
4 | The sharing and reporting of student data under this | ||||||
5 | subsection (j) must be in accordance with the requirements | ||||||
6 | under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of | ||||||
7 | 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records Act. All parties | ||||||
8 | must preserve the confidentiality of the information as | ||||||
9 | required by law. The names of the grant recipients under this | ||||||
10 | Section are not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of | ||||||
11 | Information Act. | ||||||
12 | Public university campuses that fail to submit a report | ||||||
13 | under this subsection (j) or that fail to adhere to any other | ||||||
14 | requirements under this Section may not be eligible for | ||||||
15 | distribution of funds under the Program for the next academic | ||||||
16 | year, but may be eligible for distribution of funds for each | ||||||
17 | academic year thereafter. | ||||||
18 | (k) The Commission shall adopt rules to implement this | ||||||
19 | Section. | ||||||
20 | (l) This Section is repealed on October 1, 2024.
| ||||||
21 | (Source: P.A. 100-587, eff. 6-4-18; 100-1015, eff. 8-21-18; | ||||||
22 | 100-1183, eff. 4-4-19; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-613, eff. | ||||||
23 | 6-1-20.) | ||||||
24 | Section 95. No acceleration or delay. Where this Act makes | ||||||
25 | changes in a statute that is represented in this Act by text |
| |||||||
| |||||||
1 | that is not yet or no longer in effect (for example, a Section | ||||||
2 | represented by multiple versions), the use of that text does | ||||||
3 | not accelerate or delay the taking effect of (i) the changes | ||||||
4 | made by this Act or (ii) provisions derived from any other | ||||||
5 | Public Act.
| ||||||
6 | Section 99. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon | ||||||
7 | becoming law.
|